Skip to main content
  • Operational Rules

    • Account Opening Rules

      No: 65681/67 Date(g): 3/7/2019 | Date(h): 1/11/1440Status: In-Force
      Arabic shall be the language used in construing these Rules.
      • Chapter I. Definitions

        The following terms and phrases, wherever mentioned herein, shall have the meanings
        assigned thereto unless the context otherwise requires:

        1. SAMA:

        The Saudi Central Bank

        2. Rules:

        Rules for Bank Accounts.

        3. Bank Account:

        An accounting record maintained by a bank licensed to operate in Saudi Arabia. Such a record is generated under a contract called "Account Opening Agreement" between the bank and the account holder (the Customer) or its representative. The Agreement sets out the rights and obligations of each party including accounting entries posted by the bank in accordance with the applicable regulations and the acceptable rules and practices agreed upon under the account opening agreement, other agreements signed by the two parties, and other instructions given by the account holder to the bank.

        4. Freezing of Account:

        A temporary suspension of withdrawal/transfer or the like from a bank account/relationship due to the expiration of the customer’s ID; non update by the customer or his representative of KYC data or violation of any provision of the Account Opening Agreement.

        5. Bank Verification:

        Placing the bank official stamp or the like in addition to the bank employee signature and stamp on a copy of a document or ID card to confirm that it is a copy of the original.

        6. Special Purposes Entities

        Entities established and licensed under Rules for Special Purposes Entities, issued by the Capital Market Authority.

        7. Government Entities:

        Government entities, public institutions, authorities, funds and the like, whether they have appropriations in the State general budget or not.

        8. Foreign Schools:

        Schools licensed by the Ministry of Education that apply non-Saudi curriculum and are subject to the Regulation for Foreign Schools in Saudi Arabia. They are different from educational institutions of foreign embassies.

        9. International Multilateral Organizations:

        International organizations in Saudi Arabia that exist under a headquarters agreement (license), signed by Saudi government, such as the Muslim World League, World Assembly of Muslim Youth and the like.

        10. Chambers of Commerce and Industry:

        Non-profit organizations that represent commercial and industrial interests before public entities and protect and develop such interests. They have their own Boards of Directors.

        11. Freelancer:

        A self-employed person (who gets paid per hour, day, or work) rather than working for an employer in exchange for a monthly salary.

        12. Minor:

        A male or female under the age of 18 Hijri years.

        13. Curator:

        A person appointed by a Guardianship Deed issued by the competent courts to be a guardian of a minor.

        14. Guardian:

        The father of a minor or a person appointed by the court under a Guardianship Deed.

        15. Custodial Person:

        A person appointed by the court under a Custody Deed authorizing him/her to receive the allowances provided by public or private entities to a child in his/her custody.

        16. Legally Incompetent Person:

        A person not allowed to manage his/her money under a court deed that proves the lack or loss of mental capacity.

        17. Private Associations and Foundations:

        Associations and foundations as defined in the Civil Associations and Foundations Law.

        18. Philanthropic/Charitable Committees:

        Committees licensed by local government entities to serve the public, such as Patients’ Friends Committee and Disabled Persons Committee and the like.

        19. National Societies and Committees:

        Societies and committees established pursuant to a royal approval or a resolution by the Council of Ministers to perform specialized roles to serve the public interests.

        20. Cooperative Associations and Funds:

        - Cooperative associations:

        An associations formed by individuals in accordance with the provisions of the Law of Cooperative Associations to improve the social and economic conditions of its members in production, consumption, marketing or services through the joint efforts of the members using cooperative principles.

        - Cooperative funds:

        Funds established by the employees of a government agency or a company in accordance with the provisions of Cooperative Funds. The source of funding is member contributions. Such funding is mainly used to cover social, cultural and sport activities of the Fund's members.

        21. Foreign Endowment(2):

        Endowment for specific Saudi individuals or Saudi charities inside Saudi Arabia owned by natural or juristic non-Saudi persons with one or more Saudi legal agents.

        22. Escrow accounts for off-plan sale or rental real estate projects (6):

        A bank account for depositing the amounts paid by financiers, buyers or tenants for the project.

        23. Escrow Accounts for Real Estate Contributions Project (7):

        A bank account for depositing real estate contribution funds.

        24. Scientific Societies (3):

        Societies established in Saudi universities under their direct management and supervision in accordance with the Rules for Scientific Societies in Saudi universities.

        25. Professional Associations (3):

        Juristic and financially independent associations established to improve specific professions and work under the supervision of a government entity authorized to do so.

        26. Payment Service Providers (1):

        Any entity qualified and licensed by SAMA to provide one or more payment services in the Kingdom in accordance with SAMA'S relevant instructions.

        27. Debt-Based Crowdfunding Company (4) (5):

        a joint-stock company licensed to engage in Debt-Based Crowdfunding activity.

        28. Finance Amount (4) (5):

        funds raised from Participants via a Debt-Based Crowdfunding Platform to be provided for an Institutional Beneficiary.


        (1) This paragraph has been added pursuant to the circular No. (42073085), Dated 21/10/1442H, corresponding to 01/06/2021G.

        (2) This paragraph has been amended according to the circular No. (41042946), Dated 19/06/1441H, corresponding to 13/02/2020G.

        (3) This paragraph has been added pursuant to the circular No. (41039895), Dated 08/06/1441H, corresponding to 02/02/2020G.

        (4) This paragraph has been added pursuant to the circular No. (42075950), Dated 29/10/1442H, corresponding to 09/06/2021G.

        (5) This paragraph has been amended according to the circular No. (000046024651), Dated 19/04/1446H, corresponding to 22/10/2024G.

        (6) This paragraph has been amended according to the circular No. (46028059), Dated 08/05/1446H, corresponding to 09/11/2024G.

        (7) This paragraph has been added pursuant to the circular No. (46028059), Dated 08/05/1446H, corresponding to 09/11/2024G..

         

      • Chapter II. Supervisory Rules and Controls

        • 1. Electronic Record

          For the purpose of setting up a unified electronic database for bank accounts, all banks shall establish an electronic registration system in accordance with the classification set forth in Appendix (C) and its updates and based on the information provided in the approved IDs. This system serves as an electronic record, and should include the requirements provided in the paragraphs below as well as the detailed requirements provided in Chapters III and IV herein, as a basis for opening, operating, and following up bank accounts.

          • 1.1 Saudi Natural Persons

            -Banks must have in place an electronic record for all Saudi nationals having, as a minimum, the following:
             
             a.The full name (first, second, third and family name) as shown in the ID.
             
             b.ID number.
             
             c.ID expiry date.
             
             d.National address and contact information.
             
             e.Employer (if any).
             
            -Information used shall be based on the national ID, family register for minors, or birth certificate for people of special circumstances staying at housing centers of the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Development and shall be obtained from reliable sources.
             
          • 1.2 GCC Natural Persons

            -Banks must maintain an electronic record for all GCC nationals having, as a minimum, the following:
             
             a.The full name as shown in the national ID.
             
             b.National ID number.
             
             c.National ID expiration date.
             
             d.Nationality.
             
             e.Address and contact information.
             
             f.employer (if any).
             
            -Information shall be obtained from the national ID and from reliable sources.
             
          • 1.3 Non-Saudi Natural Persons

            -Banks must maintain an electronic record for all non-Saudi natural persons having, as a minimum, the following:
             
             a.The full name as in the passport or Iqama and in the same language according to the following priority (Arabic - English- Latin alphabets). If the name is in any other language, the name provided in the entry visa granted by Saudi embassies and consulates should be used.
             
             b.Nationality.
             
             c.Iqama No. and validity date.
             
             d.National address and contact information.
             
             e.Employer (if any).
             
            -For persons holding Iqama cards with five-year validity period that is given to some tribe members, the full name, number and validity date of the card shall be written.
             
            -No accounts may be opened for expatriates holding Saudi passports except with the approval of the Ministry of Interior through SAMA.
             
          • 1.4 Juristic Persons

            -Banks must maintain an electronic record for all juristic persons having, as a minimum, the following:
             
             a.The official full name of the juristic person as per official documents.
             
             b.Commercial register number or license number if the activity does not require a CR, (if the account is opened for the main commercial register, the main commercial register number shall be written. However, it the account is opened for a subsidiary commercial register, the subsidiary commercial register number shall be written. The main commercial register accounts shall be electronically linked with the subsidiary commercial register accounts).
             
             c.The ID numbers of the owners as indicated in the last update of memorandum of association and persons authorized to manage the accounts (owners of joint stock companies are exempted from providing their ID numbers).
             
             d.Signature of the person authorized to manage the account.
             
             e.The national address of the juristic person.
             
             f.Tax No. (if any).
             
             g.Legal Entity Identifier (if any).
             
            -For accounts opened pursuant to official approvals or applications, the reference number, date and name of body issuing such approval or making such application shall be recorded.
             
        • 2. Requirements for Inspection Purposes

          Banks shall use an electronic search system to perform the routine search according to information required in the electronic records under each category. Such search shall cover all transactions, relationships, products and services offered to customers in addition to express transfers and investment deposits.

        • 3. Freezing of Bank Accounts Upon Expiration of Identification Documents

          • 3.1 Freezing of Bank Accounts

            As a rule between banks and customers, the relationship must start and continue under valid identification documents and IDs for all transactions, whether those covered by the definition of bank account in Chapter I or other contractual relations or account-related services.

            • 3.1.1 Saudi Natural Persons

              Banks must freeze all accounts held by Saudi natural persons upon the expiration of the documents provided below unless the account holder presents a renewed document or a valid ID card. A bank may verify ID renewal without requiring the customer attendance via trusted and independent source and it shall document that. The following are the documents to be presented by Saudi customers prior to opening or maintaining a bank account: 
               
              -National ID Card: The account opened by an ID card shall be frozen after the elapse of (90) days from expiry date and shall not be reactivated except after renewal.
               
              -Family Register for Minors: An account opened for a minor under a family register shall be frozen upon the elapse of five years from the account opening date or five years from last account update. Presence of the minor is not required as the presence of his/her guardian or curator will suffice. The bank shall inform the guardian or curator, (90) calendar days prior to the minor reaching the age of (15) Hijri years, to update such account and present a valid national ID of the minor.
               
              -Birth Certificate of Children of Special Circumstances: The account must be frozen when the minor reaches the age of (15) Hijri years and may be reactivated when he/she is issued a valid ID card or when a letter is received from the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Development requesting continuation of the account until the minor reaches (18) Hijri years.
               
            • 3.1.2 Non-Saudi Natural Persons

              Banks shall freeze all accounts and transactions of all non-Saudi natural persons after (90) days of the expiration of the documents mentioned below. After (180) days of the expiration of the ID, the account balance shall be transferred to an unified account created by the bank for such cases. After 5 years from the date of last transaction/dealing carried out by the customer in his/her account, the balance shall be transferred to the suspense account created for unclaimed accounts and all outstanding obligations of the customer during and after this period shall be met. Also, all accounts of expatriates must be closed upon their final exit. The documents are as follows: 
               
              -National ID Card for GCC citizens.
               
              -Iqama for expatriates.
               
              -Diplomatic card for diplomats.
               
            • 3.1.3 Juristic Persons

              All banks must: 
               
              -Freeze all accounts of juristic entities after (90) days from the expiration date of the respective authorization to practice their activity (license, commercial registration, etc.) unless the customer provides a renewed authorization or any document valid for (90) days from a the responsible authority proving that it is being renewed.
               
              -Freeze all accounts of juristic persons and organizations whose documents of opening their accounts do not contain a validity date, such as the accounts of charity and welfare societies or organizations, government accounts and licensed schools and the like upon the lapse of five years from the date of opening the account or the date of last update to the account until the account data is updated.
               
              -Freeze the relationship with correspondent banks upon the end of the period specified in Rule (4) and until all requirements of KYC and AML/CFT are fulfilled.
               
              -Monitor the ID validity of the directors and authorized signatories of juristic person accounts and freeze and suspend their powers to operate the account only, depending if they are Saudis or non-Saudis, until the renewal of IDs. This shall also be applicable to sole proprietorship owners.
               
          • 3.2 General Instructions for Freezing of Bank Accounts

            -The bank must ensure that the account opening agreement, contractual relationships and services state that the bank has the right to freeze the account upon the expiration of the customer’s ID and/or when the customer does not update his/her personal and financial data and addresses.
             
            -The bank must notify the customer of the account freezing date at least (30) days in advance, and must have adequate processes in place to ensure the same with respect to each customer or authorized person acting on his behalf and such processes should be documented.
             
            -A joint account with a single or joint signature must be frozen upon the expiration of the ID card of either of the account holders.
             
            -Freezing order issued due to the expiry of identification documents other than the national ID may be lifted upon presentation of a valid national ID. However, banks shall not lift freezing order on accounts opened by a national ID if other identification document is presented.
             
            -Natural or juristic persons shall have the right to close their own accounts or any accounts they are authorized to operate (only single transaction) that are frozen due to the expiry of IDs or failure to update their data, provided that the customer completes a form prepared by the bank for this purpose and that the procedures stated in account closure instructions are applied.
             
            -If the request to freeze the account of an expatriate is made after his final exit from Saudi Arabia, and if the account balance is less than SAR (50,000), banks may transfer the money to the owner with the approval of the bank's compliance department, according to procedures set by the bank depending on the customers, their countries and signature checks. However, if the account balance is over SAR (50,000), the money shall only be transferred to the owner upon a request approved by the correspondent bank of the local bank or the branch of the resident foreign bank. Banks are not allowed to transfer only part of the balance. The balance shall only be transferred abroad to the account holder or the legal agent of his/her heirs upon the approval of the compliance department.
             
            -In case an expatriate customer requests the bank to transfer the balance of his/her account immediately after his/her previous final exit and presents a visa other than the work visa, the balance exceeding SAR (50,000) may only be paid upon the approval of the compliance department after evaluating the account. If such a customer directly applies to the bank and submits a new Iqama issued under the same passport or a new passport, the frozen account shall be closed if it is still within the freezing duration, before (180) days, and a new account shall be opened for him/her and the amount shall be transferred to the new account, and thereafter he/she shall be allowed to deal on such account.
             
          • 3.3 Freezing Exceptions

            Banks shall not allow a customer or its authorized person to carry out transactions from his/her accounts after the expiration of his/her ID, unless upon renewal thereof or updating his/her KYC data. The following shall be exempted from freezing: 
             
            -Personal deposits or deposits received through clearing and local and international transfers, SARIE payments/ collections and salaries of employees.
             
            -The customer existing obligations already effected by the bank with or on behalf of the customer in favor of the bank or third parties (government or non-government) before the expiration of the ID of account holder or authorized representative. Such obligations include, but are not limited to, payment of credit cards, loans, direct debit payments, standing regular instructions for payments such as payment of utility bills, letters of credit and letters of guarantee etc. These also include high risk investment transactions due to price fluctuations that are likely to inflict damages to the customer, in which case the customer would be called upon by a bank officer and given a maximum period of (60) days from the date of executing the transaction to have his ID renewed.
             
            -Standing instructions governing Saudi account not related to outstanding obligations are allowed to continue after the freezing of the account subject to the approval of the operation manager at the bank's Head Office, for a limited number of times and for a maximum period of (180) days as of the ID's expiry date. The bank should lay down the procedures and the policies which ensure control and activation of these cases in terms of limits and number of times.
             
            -Accounts of Saudi (male and female) diplomats, students on scholarship abroad, patients with chronic diseases staying at hospitals or other places and their accompanying family members, prisoners and the like, soon after the bank becomes aware of them, in which case they may be given (180) days from the date of expiration of ID for unlimited number of times after obtaining the approval of the bank’s compliance department manager. In order to extend the period specified, an approval from the bank’s CEO/general manager and the compliance department must be obtained. Banks shall contact their customers using the preferred method of contact according to their files or the procedures banks deem appropriate to encourage customers to renew their IDs.
             
            -For the accounts of the State employees whose salaries are delivered through banks and whose accounts are frozen and are not able to present national IDs because of certain formality problem in respect therewith, they shall be allowed a 180 days' delay period after the date of expiration of their identification documents or updating due date, after presenting the official employment card or an official reference letter.
             
        • 4. Updating Account Data

          Customer identification must be established at the outset of relationship. As a measure of control, banks must require all their customers to update the database of their accounts with the bank according to the cases and the periods provided in these Rules. The updating process must include the customer ID, personal information, national address, financial information including personal information of the customer’s authorized representatives/agents and information of the beneficiary of legal persons. Banks shall establish permanent procedures and policies for the updating process which shall be carried out as follows:

          • 4.1 Updating the Customer’s ID

            a. Updating official identification cards and documents by type/duration.

            -Identification cards and documents that are valid for less than five years shall be updated upon expiration, such as commercial register or license.
             
            -Identification cards and documents that are valid for more than five years shall be updated every 5 years or upon expiration, whichever comes first.
             
            -Accounts opened under official approvals or letters, such as accounts of government entities, embassies and the like and international organizations and the like, or under open-term licenses and registrations, such as accounts of private associations, foundations and schools, shall be updated every 5 years maximum.
             

            b. Updating identity information online:

            -Banks, at their discretion, may update identity information online for customers*.
             
            -Incompetent persons or the like shall not be allowed to use this service.
             
            -Banks shall check the validity of and document the identification documents by using documents, data or information obtained from reliable and independent sources.
             

            * This paragraph has been amended according to the circular No. (42033441), Dated 20/05/1442H, corresponding to 03/01/2021G.

          • 4.2 Updating Customer Information

            a.Banks may update the customer information in any of the following cases:
             
            -The customer information is outdated (the period specified has ended), or there is a change in the customer information, for example, a change in the commercial entity’s board of directors;
             
            -The customer's behavior in executing financial transactions on the account has changed.
             
            -The bank performs due diligence in case of ML/FT risks.
             
            b.Banks shall understand that official identification documents and approvals can be used to update account approvals; however, using such documents only is not sufficient to update the customer information.
             
            c.Accounts of correspondent banks shall be updated every three years maximum.
             
            d.Banks may accept updating the information of the customer via electronic banking services (e.g. online or phone banking) for those subscribing to such services, provided that the identification information is verified and documented using documents, data or information obtained from reliable and independent sources*.
             

            * This paragraph has been amended according to the circular No. (42033441), dated 20/05/1442H, corresponding to 03/01/2021G.

        • 5. Inoperative Accounts

          Accounts, relationships and transactions shall be considered non-moving after two calendar years from the date of the last financial transaction carried out by the customer, his/her authorized representative, or his/her heirs. Inoperative accounts are divided into three types as described in this Rule. The purpose of this Rule is to keep accounts active, save the customer assets (money) that have not been used for a financial transaction (withdrawal or deposit – depending on the nature of the relationship), recorded debit transactions, or documented correspondences during the period specified in Article (5.2). The Rule also supports communicating with customers, returning the rights to their owners upon request immediately after the completion of documents and necessary procedures, changing account status to abandoned if banks are unable to reach the account holder after using all methods of contact. Accounts of government entities shall be excluded from the provisions of this Rule in respect of the phase of abandoned accounts only as set forth in paragraph (5.2.4), and the bank accounts for enforcement courts that are established for the purpose of collecting enforcement amounts are excluded from all three stages of classification outlined in Article (5.2). Accounts of statutory reserve deposited by financial institutions supervised by SAMA, whose balances are not allowed to be disposed of without prior written permission from SAMA, shall also be excluded from the provisions of this Rule.

          • 5.1 Transactions Subject to this Rule

            This Rule applies to all assets (accounts, banking relationships, transactions, etc.) in cash and in-kind for natural and juristic persons which are deposited in banks operating in Saudi Arabia. Such assets include the following: 
             
            1.Inoperative current and saving accounts on which no financial transaction (withdrawal or deposit) has been carried out by the customer, his/her authorized representative, or his/her heirs*.
             
            2.Automatically renewed investment deposits whose owners do not visit the bank after the completion of the agreed-upon period and cannot be reached by the bank.
             
            3.Bank transfers (SARIE, Swift, remittance membership, etc.) that have not been settled, deducted or received from the date they are made.
             
            4.Shares, bonds and title deeds of properties pledged against banking facilities that are fully paid by their owners, but they do not contact the bank to regain their ownership.
             
            5.Safe deposit boxes (lockers) rented by banks to customers with contracts that have not been renewed from the date of the customer’s last visit, and banks were unable to reach the owners by using direct contact or other methods of contact or checking the customer’s other accounts and information in the bank. SAMA instructions on safe deposit boxes shall be applicable.
             
            6.Unpaid amounts and profits due to customers on their investments in different types of investment funds managed, or was managed, or held by the bank for customers whose investment periods have expired and their owners have not received the amounts due because they do not visit the bank to receive such amounts and profits, they do not have active accounts for the bank to deposit such amounts and profits, or they can not be reached by the bank after they have been notified in writing.
             
            7.Prepaid services accounts, in a way that does not conflict with the Regulatory Rules for the Prepaid Payment Services.
             
            8.Amounts on credit cards that are not used or claimed by customers.
             
            9.Leasing finance settlement accounts.
             
            10.Amounts held against letters of guarantee and letters of credit as of their expiry date.
             
            11.Other amounts due to customers and the accruals related thereof.
             

            * This paragraph has been amended according to the circular No. (44071426), Dated 07/09/1444H, corresponding to 28/03/2023G. Please refer to the Arabic version of this paragraph to read the last updated version.

          • 5.2 Durations, Periods and Requirements for Dealing with Inoperative Accounts

            • 5.2.1 Active Accounts

              This rule has been amended according to the circular No. (44071426), Dated 07/09/1444H, corresponding to 28/03/2023G. Please refer to the Arabic version of this rule to read the last updated version.

              Accounts shall be considered active if no more than (24) calendar months have passed since the last recorded financial transaction (withdrawal or deposit, depending on the nature of the relationship) carried out by the customer, his/her authorized representative, or his/her heirs, or since the last reliable and documented correspondence.

            • 5.2.2 Dormant Accounts

              This rule has been amended according to the circular No. (44071426), Dated 07/09/1444H, corresponding to 28/03/2023G. Please refer to the Arabic version of this rule to read the last updated version.

              Accounts shall be considered dormant after completing (24) calendar months from the date of the last recorded financial transaction (withdrawal or deposit, depending on the nature of the relationship) carried out by the customer, his/her authorized representative, or his/her heirs, or the last reliable and documented correspondence.

              Requirements for dealing with dormant accounts:

              -Activation of dormant accounts shall be subject to double supervision with higher authority, one of which includes the branch manager or the branch operation manager.
               
              -Withdrawal and transfer transactions on a dormant account shall only be accepted in the presence of the customer (natural person), the customer’s legal agent holding a deed allowing him/her to operate the account, the agent of the customer’s heirs or the person authorized to operate the account if the account is for a juristic person. As an exception, fax number or e-mail address registered in the bank records shall be accepted. In addition, carrying out financial transactions using electronic services, such as online services and phone banking, shall also be accepted. The status of the account and the nature of the executed transaction shall be clear to the customer.
               
              -Dormant accounts shall be allowed to accept all deposits, domestic and international transfers and dividends made by another person other than the account holder. The account status shall not be changed from dormant to active due to carrying out such transactions.
               
              -This shall be applied to all customers, including those who have other active accounts. Banks are required to contact customers and inform them of the action to be taken on his/her account before completing five years if such customers have other active accounts. Customers shall also be asked to activate the account by carrying out a transaction. If the account is not activated during the specified period, the requirements of unclaimed accounts shall be applied.
               
            • 5.2.3 Unclaimed Accounts

              This rule has been amended according to the circular No. (44071426), Dated 07/09/1444H, corresponding to 28/03/2023G. Please refer to the Arabic version of this rule to read the last updated version.

              Accounts shall be considered unclaimed after completing five years (60 months), including the dormant phase, from the date of the last recorded financial transaction (withdrawal or deposit, depending on the nature of the relationship) carried out by the customer, his/her authorized representative, or his/her heirs, or the last reliable and documented correspondence, and the bank becoming unable to reach the customer after using all methods of contact.

              Requirements for dealing with unclaimed accounts:

              -Banks shall transfer the balance of the account within the month following the five-year period to the bank’s suspense account created for unclaimed accounts.
               
              -Such accounts shall be classified in the suspense account to be easy to deal with and manage according to the different communication policies and procedures and supervision aspects.
               
              -Unclaimed accounts shall be allowed to accept all deposits, domestic and international transfers and dividends made by another person other than the account holder.
               
              -Banks shall completely conceal the customer signature and balance from the branch screens during this phase. Supervision on such accounts shall be limited to the Head Office.
               
              -If the customer visits the bank to activate the account or withdraw the balance, the customer may open a new account to which the outstanding balance in the bank’s records can be transferred, or may receive the balance by check or bank transfer after confirming the identity of the customer; legal agent; the agent of the customer’s heirs or the person authorized to manage and operate the account (as the case may be).
               
              -Banks shall establish policies and procedures to ensure double supervision over the files of such accounts, with a supervision level higher than that applied to the other files. Banks shall also save such files separately from the other files and provide the necessary safety tools to protect the files from recordkeeping risks.
               
              -Balances of such accounts shall be recorded as liabilities in the bank balance sheet. Banks shall not take any action regarding the balances regardless of the balance limit, the subsequent period and the account type.
               
              -Outstanding debt obligations on such accounts shall be deducted before transferring the balance to the suspense account.
               
              -The bank may close customer accounts whose balances are equal to (1,000) riyals and less, provided that the customer is notified a month prior to the date of closing, and notifies him when closing, document the notices and save them in his file. The bank must keep all the data of these customers and the amounts of their balances in the combined account; to hand it over to them when they go back to the bank.
               
            • 5.2.4 Abandoned Accounts

              Accounts shall be considered abandoned after completing the periods specified in this paragraph from the date of classifying the accounts as unclaimed, and the banks becoming unable to reach the customer after observing the account movements and his/her other transactions with the bank and using all methods of contact according to the communication policies and procedures provided in the Rules. The periods of such accounts shall be as follows: 
               
              -Unclaimed for a period of ten years (total of 15 years as of the last transaction) for current accounts, saving accounts, investment deposits, balances of deceased persons and credit amounts in credit cards.
               
              -Unclaimed for a period of five years (total of ten years as of the last transaction) for bank transfers, safe deposit boxes, retained earnings, unpaid amounts and profits due to customers on their investments, shares; bonds and title deeds of properties pledged against banking facilities that are fully paid by their owners, but they do not contact the bank to regain their ownership, amounts held against letters of guarantee and letters of credit as of their expiry date, leasing finance settlement accounts, prepaid services accounts, and other amounts due to customers and the accruals related thereof
               

              Requirements for dealing with abandoned accounts:

              -Banks shall change the account status to abandoned within the month following the completion of the periods specified.
               
              -Such accounts shall be under direct supervision of an authorized official from the bank senior management.
               
          • 5.3 General Requirements

            For inoperative accounts: 
             
            a.Account commissions and profits shall continue to be calculated as agreed upon or at market rates.
             
            b.Accounts shall be checked and classified and the procedures stipulated in the Rules thereon shall be taken according to the periods specified for each.
             
            c.Copies of documents and records of all the amounts and dues shall be kept as per the regulatory period of record-keeping.
             
            d.Detailed records of accounts shall be kept. Such records must include, as a minimum, the following:
             
             -Customer full name as shown in the identification document.
             
             -Customer ID number as shown in bank records.
             
             -Amount of assets and time periods related thereto.
             
             -Nature of customer assets (current accounts, investment deposits, remittances, etc.).
             
             -The national address, residence address and contact numbers, if any.
             
             -Bank account number, relationship number or the serial number in safe records, if any.
             
             -Ownership certificate numbers, if any or relevant.
             
             -Any other data about the customer, if available or necessary.
             
            e.Personal and financial data shall be kept by the bank in electronic records according to the technical specifications set by SAMA for easy future reference. A copy of such data shall be submitted to SAMA.
             
            f.Provisions containing the periods and procedures for freezing accounts and other funds mentioned in these Rules shall be added to contracts, agreements, account opening forms signed by customers, as well as account statements sent to customers.
             
            g.The role of the compliance department shall be supervisory at all phases and periods stated to ensure the fulfillment of the requirements of such accounts. In addition, rights shall be returned by the bank operation department.
             
          • 5.4 Communication Policy and Procedures for Inoperative Account Holders

            • 5.4.1 The Communication Policy and Procedures Shall Be Implemented in Accordance with the Customer Classification and Legal Nature, as a Minimum, as Follows

              -Resident natural persons, including Saudis, GCC nationals, expatriates and politically exposed persons residing in Saudi Arabia.
               
              -Non-resident natural persons, including Saudis, GCC nationals and foreigners not residing in Saudi Arabia, including those who leave Saudi Arabia and still have balances in their accounts.
               
              -Resident juristic persons.
               
              -Non-resident juristic persons.
               
              -Commercial banks, including international accounts.
               
              -Correspondent banks.
               
              -Accounts of government entities.
               
            • 5.4.2 Methods of Contact

              Banks shall communicate with and try to reach customers, without disclosing any financial data, in all time periods specified by all possible legal means, for example: 
               
              -SMS.
               
              -Email.
               
              -Available phone numbers.
               
              -Official letter sent by the mail to customers inside and outside Saudi Arabia.
               
              -On-site visits by the bank relation staff.
               
              -Messages on bank statements showing the account status and the actions required from the customer.
               
              -Available public search tools and official information centers that help reaching customers by providing banks with the customer new contact numbers not registered with the bank, or informing banks of the customer status if alive, left Saudi Arabia, or if his/her business and financial activity was terminated.
               
              -Media awareness advertisements explaining the relevant regulations, the actions required from dormant account holders, and balance search procedures.
               
              -Inquiries to competent official authorities.
               
              -Banks shall communicate with customers using the above mentioned methods during the different phases of inoperative accounts at intervals. Therefore, customers shall be contacted, at least, two times during each phase. If the customer is not responding and cannot be reached, banks shall stop communication a year after each stage and document the methods of contact used.
               
            • 5.4.3 Bank Communication Unit

              Banks shall establish a unit (formally established or defined) to implement the communication policy effectively. The tasks of the unit shall include implementing communication procedures and documentation, taking all related responsibilities and preparing periodic reports on communication and the results thereof.

            • 5.4.4 Stages and Steps of Implementing Communication Policy and Procedures for Inoperative Account Holders

              Banks shall comply with the following when communicating with customers according to each phase:

              a.Dormant accounts:
               
              -Banks shall inform customers, using their preferred methods of contact, of their account status, the required actions, and the procedure that will be taken by the bank in case customers fail to cooperate, including changing the account status to unclaimed.
               
              -Government entities and private associations shall be officially informed, a year before changing the account status from dormant to unclaimed, without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (4.2), of the procedures to be taken if there are no transactions in the account.
               
              -Embassies, consulates, their educational institutions, and resident diplomats shall be officially informed, a year before changing the account status from dormant to unclaimed, of the procedures to be taken if there are no transactions in the account.
               
              b.Unclaimed accounts:
               
              -A bank check shall be issued with the unclaimed account balance of the government entity to the Ministry of Finance's account with SAMA. The check shall be sent to SAMA under an official letter and a copy of the check to the government entity and the Deputy Ministry for Financial and Accounts Affairs.
               
              -Banks shall inform customers, using the preferred methods of contact based on the results of communication in the previous phase, of the unclaimed account status and that they are required to contact the bank to receive the balance and open alternative new accounts.
               
              -A bank check shall be sent to embassies, consulates and their educational institutions with the account balance. Such procedure shall be documented.
               
              c.Abandoned accounts:
               
              -Banks shall inform customers, using the preferred methods of contact based on the results of communication in the previous phase, of the abandoned account status.
               
          • 5.5 Internal Audit Control and Reports

            Unclaimed and abandoned accounts shall be subject to the internal audit program once every two years, as a maximum. In addition, audit reports shall be submitted to the Audit Committee and the annual audit program shall not be linked to any other periodic programs related to such accounts.

          • 5.6 Annual Statistical Reports Required by SAMA

            Banks shall submit an annual report to SAMA at the end of March in accordance with the schedule sent by SAMA. The report shall cover all unclaimed and abandoned accounts, including the nature, type and number of the account as of the end of December of the previous year, without disclosing any personal information.

        • 6. Application of KYC Principle and AML/CFT Requirements

          -Banks shall fully apply the KYC principle, provided that the primary purpose of the application is for the bank to be fully aware and have a complete picture of the customer and the nature of his/her activities and transactions, prior to or during the business relationship or the process of opening the account, or prior to carrying out a transaction to a customer with whom it has no business relationship, by assessing the risks that the customer may impose on the bank and the level of such risks. The identification of customers and assessment of risks shall be made while ensuring the fulfillment of all statutory requirements of opening accounts or starting business relationship.
           
          -Banks shall establish, define, review and update the necessary procedures for the application of the KYC principle in accordance with the relative significance and degree of risk assessment made by the bank.
           
          -Banks shall ensure that staff has the experience and training required to identify and assess the customer’s level of risks.
           
          -These Rules shall be read in conjunction with the requirements of the Anti-Money Laundering Law and its Implementing Regulations, the Law on Terrorism Crimes and Financing and the Guidelines issued thereunder.
           
          -The Compliance Department shall have the authority and right to timely access the customer identification data, due diligence information, transaction records and other relevant data.
           
        • 7. Curators, Legal Agents, Custodians and Authorized Persons (Natural or Juristic)

          Banks shall ascertain the nature of the relationship for natural curators, legal agents, custodians and authorized persons when opening accounts and check the validity of the documents submitted.

        • 8. On-Going Monitoring of Accounts and Transactions

          -Without prejudice to the provisions of the Anti-Money Laundering Law and its Implementing Regulations, the Law on Terrorism Crimes and Financing and the Guidelines issued thereunder, Banks should have appropriate systems in place to monitor the customer’s transactions and activities and identify any suspicious or wrong behavior. Manual transaction monitoring is not sufficient and banks shall invest in developing electronic systems in accordance with the best standards in monitoring and information security and protection to continuously monitor customers’ transactions.
           
          -Banks shall continuously assess internal risk-based controls in order to benefit from unusual activities that have been detected.
           
          -The electronic systems used in banks should be suitable for the nature of the bank's risk profile, and the monitoring system should be integrated with the bank's core systems. In case of incompatibility between the two systems due to integration, the bank shall be prepared to take the necessary precautions and manual procedures to address the incompatibility.
           
          -If the bank suspects that banking accounts are being used illegally or that the source of the money deposited is found to be earned from illegal business, the bank must notify the Saudi Arabia Financial Investigation Unit of such case.
           
        • 9. Training as a Key Principle for these Rules

          -Banks should not assign any teller or customer service staff before attending courses on KYC, AML/CFT measures, and ethical and professional behavior of bankers.
           
          -Banks should put in place continued training programs to provide on-job training to employees in these areas. Banks should include extensive training on the contents of these Rules and their applications in their training programs.
           
        • 10. Disclosure of and Enforcement on Bank Accounts, Balances and Relationships

          -Subject to SAMA’s instructions on providing government and non-government entities with documents, information and data of customer bank accounts, the disclosure of and enforcement on bank balances, accounts and relationships (such as, blocking and compulsory deduction) shall be made by an order from SAMA upon the request of the competent authorities.
           
          -Enforcement on banking relationships means blocking, compulsory deduction, check issuance and money transfer from the bank's customer accounts.
           
          -Procedures taken for the disclosure of and enforcement on bank balances, accounts and relationships at all stages shall be strictly confidential. Such requests shall be received only by SAMA except for cases stated in SAMA’s instructions.
           
          -Banks shall carry out requests for disclosure and enforcement according to the form, manner and period specified by SAMA.
           
          • 10.1 Disclosure of Bank Balances, Accounts and Relationships

            For the purpose of disclosing bank balances, accounts and relationships upon SAMA’s request and according to the relevant instructions, banks shall search for all relationships between the bank and the customer, including all active; closed and suspended accounts, inoperative accounts, deposits, valuable boxes, credit cards, remittance accounts (remittance membership) and any other relationships or products offered by the bank. Banks shall ensure that the search is made based on the customer name, ID or the document under which the account is opened according to the following: 
             
            -The search shall include sole proprietorships owned by the person inquired about and his/her participation in companies. Banks shall state in the statements submitted to SAMA that the search included such accounts and transactions. However, if the disclosure is requested for a certain relationship/transaction, banks shall only include the requested relationship/transaction in the statement.
             
            -The validity of information sent to SAMA in compliance with the requirements of this Rule shall be checked.
             
            -In case of requesting the disclosure of balances, accounts and relationships of a natural person, the disclosure shall include all the information required above in this Rule, in addition to institutions and stores owned by the natural person pursuant to the principle of full financial disclosure. If disclosure is requested for a specific institution or store, disclosure shall include the relationships related to such institution or store not the owner.
             
            -In case of requesting the disclosure of balances, accounts and relationships of a natural person, disclosure shall be limited to the name of the company and the percentage of ownership. The accounts and balances of companies the natural person co-owns or in which he/she owns shares shall not be disclosed. The same shall apply to joint accounts by disclosing only the number of the account and the percentage of ownership of the customer subject of the disclosure request, unless otherwise provided in SAMA's request.
             
            • 10.1.1 Attachment of Bank Balances, Accounts and Relationships

              Banks shall comply with the following when attaching bank accounts, balances and relationships upon the request of SAMA in accordance with the relevant instructions: 
               
              -If a specific amount of money is requested to be attached from the customer’s account, the bank shall, from the receipt of the request, commit to attaching only the amount of money specified from the outstanding balance if the amount is available. In case the amount is not available, the bank shall not allow the customer to make debit transactions from the outstanding balance in the customer’s accounts (withdrawal, transfer, etc.) or open new accounts. Only credit transactions shall be allowed until the amount is available again in the account.
               
              -Attachment shall include all credit balances in the bank accounts and relationships, except the accounts of the companies that the customer co-owns directly or indirectly, and the joint accounts, unless otherwise provided in SAMA's request.
               
              -If the request includes precautionary or executive attachment of a specific amount of money, attachment shall be enforced only on the amount specified. Once the amount requested to be attached is available, SAMA shall be informed and attachment of other accounts and amounts of money shall be lifted.
               
              -If attachment is requested for a specific period of time, attachment shall be automatically lifted upon the expiry of the period.
               
              -Banks shall, when imposing attachment, comply with the instructions issued on deduction. If deducting from an employee, the amount of money seized shall not exceed one third of the net monthly salary, except for the alimony debt if provided for in SAMA’s instructions. If deducting from a retiree, the amount of money seized shall not exceed one quarter of the net monthly pension, except for the alimony debt if provided for in SAMA’s instructions. Banks shall also comply with the instructions issued on bank accounts opened for or receive government compensation and subsidy for citizens, as well as any other instructions on the amounts excluded from attachment. In addition, banks shall allow the withdrawal of such amounts form ATMs.
               
            • 10.1.2 Instructing Banks to Stop Dealing with Customers

              -Upon receipt of requests to stop dealing with customers, banks shall ban such customers from managing their existing banking relationships and shall not
               
              -be allowed to establish new relationships or carry out debit transactions. The ban shall be imposed in respect of the customer’s funds and in his/her personal capacity only,
               
              -and shall not include the fact that the customer is a guardian, curator, legal agent or a person authorized to manage accounts not opened in his/her name, unless otherwise provided in SAMA's request.
               
              -If the stop dealing order is issued for a specific period of time, the order shall be automatically lifted upon the expiry of the period.
               
              -If the stop dealing order is issued with an attachment order, the stop dealing order shall be automatically lifted upon lifting the attachment order by the bank.
               
            • 10.1.3 Compulsory Deduction from Accounts

              -Compulsory deduction shall be enforced by an order issued from SAMA to the bank at the request of the authorized entities. Upon the request, the bank shall deduct a specified amount on a monthly basis from the bank's customer account to a specific beneficiary account.
               
              -Compulsory deductions and expenses are considered priority and must be carried out or deducted before any other debts. Necessary steps shall be taken by banks to ensure the execution of such action.
               
              -SAMA’s deduction request for expenses or debts is to be made on the customer bank account to which salary payments are credited. The deduction shall be made promptly upon crediting such payments to the account. Necessary steps shall also be taken to ensure the execution of such action. The only exception here, however, is when SAMA’s request states that such deductions shall be made from another bank account.
               
          • 10.2 Freezing in the Event of Death, Bankruptcy or Loss of Legal Competence

            • 10.2.1 Official Notice on Freezing by Reason of Death, Loss of Legal Competence, Starting Any Liquidation or Administrative Liquidation Procedures Under the Bankruptcy Law, or Going into Liquidation Under Companies Law

              I.In accordance with the applicable laws, the bank must stop all dealings related to the account and freeze the balance therein if it becomes aware of, or receives official notification from a competent authority about, any of the following:
               
              a.Death of the account holder or one of the account holders.
               
              b.Restriction on the legal competence of the account holder or one of the account holders.
               
              c.Issuance of a judicial order or a decision from the company’s general assembly or partners to liquidate the company that owns the account.
               
              d.Starting any liquidation or administrative liquidation procedures under the Bankruptcy Law for the account holder.
               
              II.When carrying out the above, the following shall be considered.
               
              -The absence of a provision in the company’s memorandum of association and articles of association that allows the company to continue if any of the cases mentioned in Paragraphs (a) and (b) of Item (I) stated above occurs.
               
              -The account must be operated in accordance with Paragraph (c) of Item (I) stated above by the liquidator appointed by a judicial liquidation decision or a decision of the company’s general assembly or partners. The decision should include the appointment of the liquidator, restrictions imposed on its power and the period needed for liquidation (provided that such period shall not exceed five years if the decision is issued by the company’s general assembly or partners). The exception to the provisions of this paragraph and Paragraph (c) of Item (I) above is when the company’s memorandum of association, its articles of association, or partners’ agreement contain(s) a provision on how to liquidate the company. In such case, the liquidation should be performed thereby, as the case may be.
               
              -The account shall be operated in accordance with Paragraph (d) of Item (I) above by the liquidator or bankruptcy committee as determined in the decision of the competent court.
               
              -Checks issued before the occurrence of any of the cases mentioned in Item (I) above should be considered, unless otherwise stated by a court order issued thereon.
               
            • 10.2.2 Request of Heirs, Guardians and Curators to Banks to Disclose Transactions and Account Balances of their Deceased or Incompetent Persons and the Like

              • 10.2.2.1 Inquiring About and Operation of a Deceased’s Account

                -If any person requests a bank to disclose transactions, accounts’ balances or banking relationships of his/her legator, the bank must respond to the request after verifying the existence of the necessary documents, which empower him/her to act so, including, as a minimum, the death certificate and determination of heirs deed (or an original copy thereof) that defines the names of heirs, including the person requesting the disclosure. If the requesting person is a legal agent of all the heirs or of one of them, he should produce the original power of attorney of his heirs or any of them that gives him the right to inquire about the legator's balances. The inquirer should be provided with the answer in a written form. The statement provided should be accurate and should include all banking relationships pertaining to the deceased. The Bank should keep a copy of the statement after being signed by the recipient.
                 
                -To operate the accounts of a deceased after freezing balances and stopping dealings because of death, the bank must verify the persons who have the right to the account of the deceased. Disbursement should be made based on legal practices and documents, including, as a minimum, the provision of the determination of heirs deed (or an original copy thereof) and the presence of heirs or their representatives collectively or individually, provided that such representatives have a power of attorney thereon. In addition, the decision of disbursement or distribution made by mutual agreement or by the competent court should be presented to the bank. If it is impossible to provide any of the required documents in connection with the deceased expatriate, the bank, after obtaining an attested death certificate, should issue a banking check with the amount of the balance in the name of the deceased’s country’s embassy to hand it to his/her heirs. The bank must comply with the requirements and procedures for heirs’ accounts set forth in Rule (200.1.1).
                 
                -Providing heirs or their representative with the deceased’s account statements or account activity for the period preceding the date of death is prohibited unless SAMA informs the bank of the issuance of a judicial order requiring so.
                 
              • 10.2.2.2 Inquiring About Incompetent Persons’ Accounts

                If any person contacts a bank to inquire about or require disclosing of transactions, accounts’ balances or banking relationships of an incompetent person, the bank must respond to the request after verifying the existence of the necessary empowering documents, including, as a minimum, a legal document that proves the person’s guardianship or custody over the incompetent person. The inquirer should be provided with the answer in a written form. The statement provided should be accurate and should include all banking relationships pertaining to the incompetent person. The bank should keep a copy of the statement after being signed by the recipient. Providing curators or guardians with the incompetent person’s account statements or account activity information for the period preceding the issuance of the custody or guardianship deed is prohibited. For account operation, the provisions of the related rules should be applied on a case-by-case basis (interdicted, disabled, etc.).

        • 11. Providing Services to Customers with Disabilities and Giving them Priority

          The bank should give the optimum priority and care to customers with disabilities in a way that facilitates the procedures of providing banking services thereto.

      • Chapter III. Procedural Rules

        • 100. General Instructions for Opening Bank Accounts

          • 1. Customer ID

            -The bank must obtain copies of all required documents and compare them with their originals in order to ensure conformity and authenticity. All copies of documents must also be stamped to confirm their authenticity.
             
            -The bank must obtain customer’s signature on the photocopy of his/her ID, confirming the authenticity of the photocopy and the original. The bank must ensure that no transaction shall be carried out for any customers before examining the customer’s ID and verifying its validity as prescribed for the identification documents of customers set forth herein.
             
            -The bank must identify and examine persons authorized to sign for bank accounts.
             
          • 2. Documents Required to Open a Bank Account are as Follows

            a.An original copy of the ID of natural or juristic customer.
             
            b.Account opening agreement form which is prepared according to the requirements hereof. The agreement should include, as a minimum, the following:
             
            -Customer's personal data: Name, nationality, ID number, validity date of ID, national address, occupation, and contact details.
             
            -Financial information: Source of income (primary/additional), the expected size of financial movement on the account (deposits/withdrawals), and the purpose of opening the account.
             
            -Terms and conditions of the agreement between the two parties (i.e. the bank and the account holder), along with customer signature thereon placed in the designated space.
             
            -A specimen signature (personal signature, thumbprint, or personal stamp) which the customer will use for his/her transactions with the bank.
             
            -Details and identity document of the guardian or representative and the like, and their signatures.
             
            -A declaration by the customer of the following:
             
             That he/she is not legally prohibited to be dealt with, that all information and data he/she has given is true and reliable, and that he/she has understood the terms, conditions and other provisions of the account opening agreement.
             
             That he/she would be liable before the competent authorities for the funds deposited in his/her account by him/her personally or deposited by others with or without his/her knowledge, whether or not he/she used such funds, and when he/she failed to formally report to the bank the existence of such funds. That the funds deposited are from legal sources, that he/she is liable for their being free from any forgery or counterfeiting, and that if the bank receives from him/her (the customer) any illegal or counterfeit notes, he/she will not be refunded or compensated.
             
             That he/she commits himself/herself to updating his/her personal data when requested by the bank or from time to time (as specified by the bank), provided that the interval shall not exceed 5 years. The customer also undertakes to provide a renewed ID before the expiration of its existing validity, and he/she acknowledges that if he/she fails to do so, the bank will freeze his/her account.
             
             That the bank reserves the right to freeze the account or an amount of money credited to the account if the bank suspects that the bank account is being used illegally or that the amounts deposited are from financial fraud.
             
             That he/she is the real beneficiary. The bank should verify such information.
             
            -The bank must ensure that the account opening agreement (for juristic persons) contains, at a minimum, the following information:
             
             Information on members of the board of directors.
             
             Information on managers of the juristic person as per its status.
             
             Information on authorized signatories, and their specimen signatures.
             
             Verification of the ownership structure to identify the actual beneficiary, in addition to the structure of control and ownership.
             
          • 3. Rules for Remote Opening of Bank Accounts for Natural Persons

            1.Opening bank accounts remotely for customers with existing accounts in the same bank is not allowed.
             
            2.The service is provided for individual citizens (national ID holders) and residents (Iqama holders).
             
            3.The bank is responsible for verifying the identity of customers by using documents, data or information acquired from a reliable and independent source.
             
            4.Risks associated with such accounts shall be assessed, policies and procedures for mitigating the associated risks shall be established periodically, and preventive measures to mitigate risks commensurate with the risk assessment results shall be developed and implemented.
             
            5.The bank must set a clear and secure mechanism to activate the ATM card used for the bank account.
             
            6.Documents and requirements referred to in Paragraph (2) above must be submitted and fulfilled by the customer, except the following:
             
             An original copy of the ID of the natural or juristic customer.
             
             A specimen signature (personal signature, thumbprint, or personal stamp) that the customer will use for his/her transactions with the bank.
             
          • 4. Rules for Remote Opening of Bank Accounts for Sole Proprietorships

            1.The bank is responsible for verifying the identity of the enterprise and its owner by using documents, data or information acquired from a reliable and independent source.
             
            2.Risks associated with such accounts shall be assessed, policies and procedures for mitigating the associated risks shall be established periodically, and preventive measures to mitigate risks commensurate with the risk assessment results shall be developed and implemented.
             
            3.The bank must set a clear and secure mechanism to activate ATM card used for the bank account.
             
          • 5. Rules for Remote Opening of Bank Accounts for Resident Corporations

            1.The bank is responsible for verifying the identity of the corporation by using documents, data or information acquired from a reliable and independent source. The following at least shall be checked: The name and legal form of the corporation, the powers that regulate and govern its work, the corporation's capital, its owners and the ownership percentage of each owner (except for the partners of a listed joint-stock company), the members of the board of directors if any, the directors, and the persons authorized to open and operate the accounts.
             
            2.Appropriate standards must be set to manage risks associated with these accounts before approving the opening of such accounts in order to avoid opening an account for a company or a person with whom dealing is prohibited, for an incompetent person or the like.
             
            3.The bank must set a clear and secure mechanism to activate the ATM card used for the bank account.
             
          • 6. Rules for Remote Opening of Bank Accounts for Foreign Companies According to Foreign Investment Law

            1. Verifying the identity of the company by using documents, data or information acquired from a reliable and independent source as follows: The commercial register and the license obtained from the Ministry of Investment (MISA), the name and legal form of the company, the powers that regulate and govern its work, the capital, the owners and the ownership percentage of each one, and the members of the board of directors/executives. 

            2. The service shall only be provided to the general director of the company whose name and powers are stated in the company’s memorandum of association, including the opening and managing of bank accounts. Additionally, the identity of the general director shall be verified by using documents, data or information acquired from a reliable and independent source.

             3. As an exception to Chapter 4 requirements concerning the operation of bank accounts, the authorized general director may operate the account with the passport, provided that the Iqama is presented after (90) days from the account opening date. 

            4. Risks associated with such accounts shall be assessed, policies and procedures for mitigating the associated risks shall be established and reviewed periodically, and preventive risk mitigation measures commensurate with the assessment results shall be developed and implemented.

          • 7. Account Information Card

            The bank must provide the customer (using any appropriate means) with account information, including the customer's name, account number and IBAN as evidence of opening the account.

          • 8. Opening an Account without Making a Deposit

            The bank must agree to open an account for any customer if the required documents and conditions are submitted and satisfied. The bank must not require the customer to deposit any amounts as a condition for opening the account. If no amount is deposited in the customer account within a period of 90 days, then the bank must close such account. The exception is being made to government entities’ accounts that the Ministry of Finance (MOF) approves opening without the need to deposit any amounts for a period specified by the MOF, As well as the bank accounts for enforcement courts that are established for the purpose of collecting enforcement amounts.

          • 9. Blind and Illiterate Customer Service and Dealing

            -The bank must open an account for any blind or illiterate customers who request so. The bank must also provide the blind or illiterate customer with an ATM card, in addition to a checkbook upon his/her request. The blind or illiterate customer has the right to obtain any banking services (telephone banking and/or Internet banking), provided he/she has been advised of the terms and conditions governing these services. Further, his/her signature must be obtained in this regard, confirming that such services are provided for him/her upon his/her request and choice, that he/she is aware of the risks associated with the use of such services, and that he/she is legally liable for all dealings being conducted through such type of services.
             
            -Both the blind customer and illiterate customer must present a personal reference to introduce them to the banking procedures taken and documents and papers required by the bank. Such personal reference shall have an ID, be 15 years old or older, and be able to read out to the blind or the illiterate and to act as a witness. The bank must obtain from the personal reference a copy of his/her ID, in addition to his/her national address and signature.
             
            -Should the blind or illiterate customer request to go through banking procedures without the presence of the personal reference, then the banking procedures will be introduced to him/her by one of the customer service representatives at the bank. Such introduction will be certified by one of the branch’s authorized signatories (branch/operations manager), confirming that the customer has been introduced to all necessary information and terms and conditions for the opening of accounts as well as the account management controls and that such terms and conditions and controls have been read out to him/her.
             
            -Both the blind customer and illiterate customer must provide a thumbprint and a personal stamp as his/her specimen signature. Should either of them wish to use the (manual) personal signature as a specimen signature, he/she will be permitted to do so. In this case, it should be documented that this procedure has been taken at his request and choice and on his/her own responsibility.
             
          • 10. Foreign Currency Accounts

            Customers may open accounts in any available foreign currency. They may deposit and withdraw funds in a foreign currency. If such foreign currency is not available, payments can be made in Saudi riyal. Normal fees and expenses involved in such transactions will be borne by the customer.

          • 11. Multiple Bank Accounts

            The customer may have more than one account at the same bank, provided that all accounts bear one Customer Information File (CIF) number. Using the same account number for a new customer is not permitted.

          • 12. Presence of Customer

            Subject to the provisions hereof, as a basic rule, no account should be opened for new customers without their presence at the bank. The exception is being made to cases where there are powers of attorney explicitly authorizing the opening of bank accounts and containing the personal information of both parties. Furthermore, this rule (the presence of customer) shall also be applied when updating Know Your Customer (KYC) details for the account.

          • 13. Visiting the Customers in Exceptional Cases

            In exceptional cases where the customer is unable to visit the bank for reasons beyond his/her control, the bank may delegate two or more of its staff (with different powers) to meet the customer on-site and obtain relevant information and documents as required herein. The bank must develop the appropriate procedures and policies to ensure correct implementation.

          • 14. Transfer and Check Services

            • 14.1 Outgoing Transfers and Sold Checks

              Banks are not allowed to render outgoing transfer and sold check service except to customers maintaining accounts therewith. Customer number is sufficient in the Express Transfers System as a substitute for bank account for customers of this service only, provided that the bank, upon the initiation of membership, obtains the personal data of customers on a special form designated for this service and uses a separate file. In addition, the bank must obtain the customer specimen signature and valid ID certified by both the customer and the bank employee pursuant to these Rules. Customer Number should be based on the ID number. Moreover, the Transfers System should be subject to regulatory procedures for accounts, such as freezing, verification of the ID validity and customer’s name, and limits placed on concerned customers. Membership account shall also be linked to transactions monitoring systems.

            • 14.2 Incoming Transfers and Purchased Checks

              Incoming transfers and purchased checks may be accepted in the following cases: 
               
              -If the transfer or check is made or issued from an account with the bank to a natural or juristic beneficiary account in one of the branches of the same bank, the transfer or check may be paid in cash to the beneficiary or his/her legal agent.
               
              -If the transfer or check is from a local bank to another local bank, then payment shall be from the account of transferor to the account of the transferee.
               
              -If the transfer is coming from outside Saudi Arabia in the personal name of the beneficiary, money transferred shall be paid through a bank account only.
               
          • 15. Time Period for Opening the Bank Accounts

            Banks shall open bank accounts for natural and juristic persons, for whom no approvals from bank’s concerned departments are required, within one business day if they meet all bank requirements and within two business days for those who need approvals. The applicant must be informed in writing of any missing or additional requirements upon application.

        • 200. Rules for Opening Accounts for Natural Persons

          • 200.1 Natural Persons Residing in Saudi Arabia

            Natural persons are allowed to open accounts and use services provided by banks operating in Saudi Arabia pursuant to conditions regulating such services, as follows:

            • 200.1.1 Saudi Natural Persons

              • Male and female citizens:

              Male and female citizens may open bank account by presenting their national ID (or family register for minors).

              • Saudi natural persons exempted from personal photographs:

              No accounts shall be opened by a national ID containing a statement on exempting its holder from providing personal photo, unless SAMA receives from the Ministry of Interior an official letter to this effect and informs the bank thereof.

              • Minors:

              Bank accounts may be opened for minors as follows: 
               
              1.The bank account shall be opened through the guardian, curator, or custodial person.
               
              2.The account shall be in the name of the minor, while it is operated by the guardian, curator or custodial person.
               
              3.The bank shall receive a copy of the custodianship deed issued by the competent court for the curator, or a copy of the guardianship deed where the guardian is not the father, or a copy of the custody deed for the custodial person.*
               
              4.The bank shall obtain and verify the data of the family register to which the customer’s information is added, as well as the national identity information of the guardian, curator or custodial person.
               
              5.When the minor reaches the age of (18) Hijri years and is still incompetent, the bank must receive a copy of the legal deed that proves the minor's condition as well as a copy of the guardianship continuation deed for the guardian or a copy of the custodianship deed for the curator.
               
              6.As an exception of Paragraphs (1) and (2), a minor who has reached the age of (15) Hijri years and has a national ID may open and operate a bank account himself/herself, provided that the bank obtains the consent of the guardian or curator to open the account for the minor. In this case, no checkbook shall be issued until he/she reaches the age of (18) Hijri years.
               

              • Bank accounts of people with disabilities-upper-limb disabled/ people with no upper limbs:

              Bank accounts may be opened for upper-limb disabled people and people with no upper limbs, who cannot write or sign, subject to the following conditions and requirements: 
               
              1.A copy of the person’s national ID or Iqama must be submitted to the bank.
               
              2.The bank should approve the customer’s seal instead of the personal signature on all documents and bank transactions.
               
              3.Withdrawals from the account shall be made only in the presence of the customer personally at one of the bank's branches. If the customer requests an ATM card, e-banking service, telephone banking service, or/and a checkbook, the bank should provide him/her with these services, upon receiving the customer’s declaration and undertaking carrying his/her own seal and upon submission of a testimony by two of the bank branch’s employees (one of them should be the branch manager or his deputy) stating that the services are granted under the customer’s own responsibility.
               
              4.Procedures should be introduced, if necessary, to the customer by two of the branch’s employees (one of them should be the branch manager or his deputy). Such employees should sign on each transaction, contractual relationship, or deposit or withdrawal document.
               

              • Legally Incompetent Person:

              A bank account may be opened for a legally incompetent person by his/her legal representative who shall be the one authorized to sign for and operate such account. The legal representative must present the original documents supporting the authority given to him/her, along with the originals of his/her own personal identification documents as well as those of the legally incompetent person.

              • Children with special circumstances:

              -These are children born in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia from unknown parents, illegitimate children, and children deprived of care from parent(s) or relatives due to death, divorce of parents, imprisonment of mother, suffering of mother from mental illness or chronic or contagious physical illness, or any other similar reason that prevents the mother from properly looking after her children. Such children are staying at housing centers of the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Development (MHRSD), such as social nurseries, social education homes, model educational institutions, or charities caring for orphans, or living with substitute families as per a status letter from the MHRSD. Such children are Saudi and are given certificate of birth, in addition to the right to have a national ID when reaching the age of 15 Hijri years.
               
              -A bank account may be opened for such children, upon a letter from the General Manager of Orphan Welfare or the General Manager of Social Affairs at the MHRSD. In addition, a copy of the child’s birth certificate authenticated by the housing center, the MHRSD or the bank (where the original is presented to the bank for verification) must be submitted. Drawing/disbursing funds from such account shall be made possible only by presenting a letter from either the Deputy Minister for Social Development or the Assistant Deputy Minster for Welfare Affairs. If the child is living with a foster family (substitute family sponsoring him/her) and the family requests opening a bank account for the child, an account may be opened in the child’s name after obtaining a letter from the MHRSD issued by the General Manager of Orphan Welfare or the General Manager of Social Affairs in the concerned region in Saudi Arabia. The letter should specify the name of the child and the names of both spouses of the family sponsoring the child. Additionally, certified copies of the child’s birth certificate and the sponsoring family’s identification documents as well as other relevant personal information of such family must be submitted to the bank. Such account shall be operated by the sponsoring family in all drawing and depositing transactions until the child reaches the legal age of 18 Hijri years. When the child reaches the age of (15) Hijri years, his/her national ID shall be accepted if presented instead of the birth certificate.
               

              • Prisoners:

              Bank accounts may be opened for prisoners if they approach banks escorted by officers of the General Directorate of Prisons. The bank must obtain from the accompanying officers a letter by the prison management in the city where the prison is located. The letter should be addressed to the bank branch, indicating the prisoner’s name and ID or Iqama number and the desire of the prisoner to open a bank account. The branch shall assign its senior teller, customer service representative or any other higher senior officer to receive the security car outside the premises of the branch, meet the prisoner, complete all regular procedures for opening the account as stipulated in Rule (100), and enable the prisoner to perform transactions and benefit from services offered by the bank. The prisoner shall also be permitted to operate his/her account following the same applicable manner and procedures. For female prisoners who do not present a national ID, the prison management’s letter introducing the female prisoner may be accepted.

              • Prisoners’ trust accounts:

              Opening of bank accounts for depositing and withdrawing of Prisoners’ Trusts shall be allowed according to the following controls: 
               
              1.The account shall be opened by a letter from the General Director of Prisons or his authorized representative. The letter shall be addressed to the bank branch at which the account will be opened, clearly indicating the purpose of opening the account.
               
              2.The name of the account shall be “The General Directorate of Prisons, Prisons of (.....) Region, (name of) Prison-Holding Prisoners’ Trusts”. The same regular procedures for account updating shall be applied to this account.
               
              3.The account shall be operated by a joint signature of at least two persons: the prison warden or his deputy and the officer in charge of the prisoners’ trusts or his deputy. Copies of the authorized signatories’ IDs and specimen signatures shall be obtained.
               
              4.Withdrawal from the account shall be made only by checks signed by the authorized persons, by transfer from the prisoners’ trust account to the prisoner's own account, or to the enforcement court according to a court ruling**.
               
              5.Deposit shall be made in cash through the bank branch or by a check if the trust is a check drawn to the order of the prisoner. Deposit shall be made by the authorized person or the person he/she may authorize. The cash deposit service can be offered by ATMs, if available at the prison department. Cash deposit card can be issued in the name of “(.....) Prison- Prisoners’ Trusts”. The PIN of the deposit card shall be handed to the of the prison warden. ATM cards and credit cards shall not be issued for such account**.
               
              6.The bank may, at its discretion and upon its approval, offer online banking and telephone banking services, based on a formal letter from the entity operating the account, for only checking account balances and inquiring about transactions.
               

              • Bank accounts of heirs:

              If the bank receives an official notice of, or becomes aware of, the death of an account holder, it should apply the following measures based on the applicable regulations: 
               
              1.The provisions of the supervisory Rule (10.2) should be applied.
               
              2.The name of the account should be changed to "Heirs of , or a new account should be opened under this name.
               
              3.The determination of heirs deed (or an original copy thereof) should be accepted as, and considered, an ID for maintaining the existing account or for opening a new account for the balances.
               
              4.In completing the account information, the ID number is the number of the determination of heirs deed, the date of the ID is the date of such deed, and the place of issue is the court issuing the deed.
               
              5.The person authorized to sign shall be the heirs themselves or their agent(s), collectively or individually. The bank is required to register the personal data of heirs and authorized agent(s) as well as including copies of their respective IDs and the legal power(s) of attorney in the account file.
               
              6.The account shall be valid for one year from the date of determining the authorized persons as per the abovementioned paragraphs. The account shall be annually updated. If the account has had no activity for five years starting from the date of death, the provisions set forth in Rule (5) of the Supervisory Rules and Controls shall be applied.
               
              7.Only checkbooks can be issued for such accounts and not ATM cards or credit cards.
               

              • Receiver:

              Opening accounts for a receiver is permitted upon completing the following: 
               
              1.Submitting a copy of the court order appointing the receiver and stating his powers.
               
              2.Submitting a copy of the national ID of the receiver.
               
              3.Submitting a copy of the receiver’s license unless appointed by the concerned parties.
               
              4.Submitting a copy of each document pertaining to the subject of dispute under receivership (for which the court order of receivership was issued). Such documents include the determination of heirs deed if the dispute is over an heirloom, or the memorandum of association and its annexes if the dispute is over a company. The document(s) required in other cases should be based on the distinction made in the previous point.
               
              5.The name of the account should indicate its purpose, in addition to including the expression "Under Receivership”.
               
              6.The court order should be used as an ID for opening the account or maintaining its use.
               
              7.In completing the account information, the ID number is the number of the court order, the date of the ID is the order date, and the place of issue is the court issuing the order.
               
              8.The authorized signatory for the account shall be the receiver or as specified by the court order.
               
              9.The account shall be valid for one year from the date of the court order. The account shall be updated annually by the authorized signatory in accordance with Paragraph (8). If the account has had no activity for five years from the date of its opening, the provisions provided for in Rule (5) of the Supervisory Rules and Controls shall be applied.
               
              10.Only checkbooks can be issued for such accounts and not ATM cards or credit cards.
               

              * In accordance with circular No. (44086644), Dated 15/11/1444H, the Saudi Central Bank confirms that all banks must accept conciliation documents issued by the conciliation Center, including proof of custody, in banking transactions that the custodian conclude on behalf of the child. reconciliation documents can be verified electronically through the Taradi platform portal.

              ** Amended according to the circular No. (12426/67), Dated 25/02/1441H, corresponding to 24/10/2019G.

            • 200.1.2 GCC Natural Persons

              The bank may open accounts for GCC natural persons, after obtaining a copy of the customer’s national ID, his/her address in Saudi Arabia (proved by a service invoice, residential lease agreement, real estate ownership deed-or an original copy thereof, or a testimony by a Saudi person stating that the customer resides in the mentioned address), and his/her address in his/her home country. A GCC natural person is allowed to authorize a Saudi person or a another GCC citizen to open and operate his/her bank accounts.

            • 200.1.3 Expatriates in Saudi Arabia

              • Expatriate holding residence permit (Iqama):

              The bank may open bank accounts for expatriates holding residence permits (Iqama) after obtaining a copy of Iqama. Such Iqamas might be issued by the Passport Department against the applicable fees or free of charge, such as Iqamas issued to students of universities, students of military colleges, and students of institutes, who obtained scholarships or training approvals, or might be issued by the Protocol Affairs at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs or the like. In addition, the bank should obtain the expatriate’s address in Saudi Arabia as well as his/her address in his/her mother country.

              • Expatriate dependents (whose Iqamas include a statement indicating that they are dependents and are “not authorized to work”):

               The bank may open bank accounts for expatriate dependents whose Iqamas indicate that they are dependents and not authorized to work in Saudi Arabia. The bank shall comply with instructions related to expatriates’ bank accounts. If the bank suspects that the bank account is being used for illegal purposes or it finds out that the deposited funds are from the work of those dependents and not from their families, then the bank must inform the Saudi Arabia Financial Investigation Unit (SAFIU).
               
               
              -If the expatriate whose Iqama indicates that he/she is a dependent and not authorized to work in Saudi Arabia is a son/daughter of a Saudi mother but a Non-Saudi father, then he/she is allowed to open a salary account, provided that he/she submits official documents proving that his/her mother is Saudi. The requirements mentioned above shall also be fulfilled.
               
               
              -If the expatriate whose Iqama indicates that he/she is a dependent and not authorized to work in Saudi Arabia works for a licensed educational institution and wishes to open a salary account, then the bank account might be opened for him/her upon satisfying the following requirements:
               
               
               1.Submitting a copy of Iqama.
               
               2.Completing an account opening form by the customer for the purpose of receiving salary from the contracting institution.
               
               3.Providing a written undertaking by the customer to notify the bank upon the expiration or termination of his/her contract.
               
               4.Submitting a letter of employment from the general management of the educational institution contracting with the account applicant. Such letter should provide basic information about the expatriate and his/her salary and bonuses and should also state that he/she is currently employed by the educational institution by an “Ajeer” notice (work permit). Moreover, the letter should indicate that it is provided for the purpose of opening a salary account. Further, the following documents should be attached to the letter:
               
                a.A copy of the valid Ajeer notice issued in the expatriate’s name and verified by the contracting institution.
               
               
                b.A copy of the contracting institution’s license as issued by the supervising body.
               
               
                c.A copy of the validity certificate issued in the expatriate’s name by the supervising body and verified by the contracting institution.
               
               
                d.An undertaking to notify the bank upon expiration or termination of the account holder’s contract.
               
               
               5.The bank account shall be valid for a period identical to the validity period of the account holder’s Iqama or Ajeer notice, whichever expires first.
               
               6.The approval of compliance department for opening the bank account shall be obtained.
               
              -If the expatriate whose Iqama indicates that he/she is a dependent and not authorized to work in Saudi Arabia is a minor (under the age of 15 years), then his/her account shall be operated by the main, sponsoring expatriate residing in Saudi Arabia. However, if the main expatriate is a woman and her husband is her escort, the minor’s account in this case shall be operated by his/her father since he is the legal guardian. If the minor reaches the age of 15 Hijri years, receives an independent Iqama, and applies directly for opening a bank account, the bank shall seek the approval of the guardian or curator for opening the account. In this case, no checkbook shall be issued until the minor reaches the age of 18 years.
               
               
              -This type of bank accounts shall be classified as a high-risk account.
               
               

              • Expatriate with a temporary (90-day) work visa in his/her passport:

              Bank account may be opened for expatriates whose employers are individuals, institutions, official entities, or companies in order to transfer or deposit their salaries and financial entitlements during the temporary residence period in accordance with the following: 
               
              1.The account is to be opened for the expatriate employee upon receiving an official request from the employer. Such request shall state that the holder(s) of the account(s) works/work for the employer and that no Iqama was issued for the expatriate due to not completing 90 days from the date of arrival in Saudi Arabia. The request shall also specify the occupation and task of the expatriate, why the account is needed, sources of money to be deposited in the account, and his/her salary. The bank shall check the original passport(s) including work visa.
               
              2.The employer shall undertake to notify the bank once the account holder leaves Saudi Arabia (on a final exit visa) during this period (the first three months of arrival in Saudi Arabia). Once notified, the bank must immediately freeze the account and contact the customer to submit to him/her the balance left and close the account. If the communication is not possible, the account freeze should continue and after the elapse of 90 days starting from the end of the 3-month period (the first three months from the date of expatriate’s arrival) or starting from the date of the account freeze due to the expatriate’s final exit, the account shall be dealt with according to the requirements of Rule (3) on Freezing of Bank Accounts.
               
              3.The bank must meet the expatriate (account holder) in person and obtain his/her signature on an account opening agreement. The bank must also obtain documents and data needed to open the account (except Iqama). The customer shall sign an undertaking to submit his/her Iqama once issued (during the three legal months). The bank may also request the customer to agree on any other requirements the bank deems appropriate in relation to balance, transfer, and/or account closing. Additionally, the bank should inform the customer that his/her account will be frozen if his/her Iqama is not submitted during the first three months of arrival in Saudi Arabia.
               
              4.Approval of the manager of compliance department at the bank shall be sought.
               
              5.This type of bank accounts shall be classified as of high risk.
               
              6.The bank account shall be valid for a period identical to the validity period of the visa. Only issuing an ATM card and performing transfer transactions are permitted for the account. No checkbooks, credit cards and/or any other services shall be issued or provided for this account during this period.
               
              7.Operating the account after three months from the expatriate’s (account holder) arrival in Saudi Arabia is not allowed unless the bank meets the account holder and verifies his/her Iqama. After meeting the customer and verifying his/her Iqama, his/her account will have the same procedures implemented on other bank accounts.
               

              • Expatriates with a visit visa to carry out certain assignments for entities in Saudi Arabia:

              A bank account may be opened in Saudi riyal for an expatriate holding a government visit visa to carry out certain assignments for a government or quasi-government entity or for any other juristic entity contracting with a government or quasi-government entity in Saudi Arabia, for an expatriate holding a business visit visa (provided for employees of companies and institutions), or for an expatriate holding scientific or professional visit visa and the like after fulfilling the following requirements: 
               
              1.A copy of the valid passport including the visit visa should be submitted.
               
              2.A letter from the inviting entity (endorsed by the Chamber of Commerce if it is a business visit visa) should be submitted. The letter should clarify the mission of the individual, the reasons for not issuing a residence permit for him/her, why the account is needed and its validity period, and sources and amounts of money to be deposited therein.
               
              3.The account shall be valid for a period identical to the validity period of the visa. If the visa is for a single entry, the account shall be immediately closed once the visa expires. If the visa is for multiple entries, the account validity shall be for (6) months from the date of entry to Saudi Arabia and should be renewed for the same period or less, taking into consideration the validity of the visa. The bank must obtain a written undertaking from the inviting entity to inform the bank when the expatriate leaves Saudi Arabia permanently in order to close the account.
               
              4.It is permitted to provide the expatriate with an ATM card that only operates on the Saudi Payment Network (MADA). However, no checkbook shall be provided for this account.
               
              5.This type of accounts shall be classified as of high risk and shall be subject to the supervision of compliance officers.
               
              6.Approval of the manager of compliance department for opening the account shall be sought.
               
              7.If the expatriate leaves Saudi Arabia permanently and then comes back with a new visa to carry out any of the assignments mentioned above for the same entity or for any other entity, the bank shall apply all the requirements set forth in the paragraphs above. The old account shall be treated according to Rule (3.2) on General Instructions for Freezing of Bank Accounts stated in Chapter II on Supervisory Rules and Controls, taking into account the account balance.
               

              • Foreign pilgrims:

              A foreign natural person having a Hajj identification card issued by the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah, pilgrim guiding institutions, or others, permitting him/her to perform Hajj, is not allowed to open bank accounts.

              • Transfer via bank account or transfer membership:

              After the elapse of the first three months of the expatriate’s arrival in Saudi Arabia or after he/she obtains an Iqama during that period, all banks are prohibited from carrying out any transfers, issuing any checks or exchanging any currencies for the expatriate, except through a bank account opened in his/her name. Customer number is sufficient in the Express Transfers System as a substitute for bank account for customers of this service only, provided that the bank obtains the personal data and Iqama of customers. In addition, customer number should be based on Iqama number. Moreover, the Transfers System should be subject to regulatory procedures for accounts, such as freezing, verification of the ID validity, checking customer’s name against his/her passport for expatriates holding non-magnetic Iqama, limits placed on concerned customers, etc.

              • Transfer limit during the 3-month work visa:

              The maximum amount of a transfer or a check which banks may effect for an expatriate during the first three months of his/her arrival in Saudi Arabia for work and before obtaining an Iqama and opening an account in his/her name shall be ten thousand Saudi riyals (SAR 10,000). This limit is applicable to professionals, such as physicians, engineers and senior administrative officers whose salaries are commensurate with such limit or are above. For individuals in normal jobs or workers, the maximum limit of each transfer should be commensurate with the type of profession specified in the work visa placed in the passport. The bank shall use the passport number as a reference for the transactions executed during such period.

              • Expatriates exempted from working for their sponsors:

              An expatriate having a valid Iqama including a statement to the effect that its holder is exempted from working for his/her sponsor may open a bank account by providing his/her Iqama and an employment letter from the person or entity for which he/she works.

              • Expatriates working in Saudi Arabia without Iqama:

              No bank account may be opened for an expatriate working under (monthly or annual) employment contract for any entity in Saudi Arabia without a valid Iqama. In this case, an explicit approval from the Ministry of Interior must be obtained for each case and should then be communicated to the bank through SAMA along with any applicable procedures.

              • Valid Iqama holders without passport:

              Bank accounts may be opened and maintained for expatriates having valid Iqama including the word “without” next to the “nationality”, by providing their Iqama only. No passport, copy or number thereof, shall be required.

              • Expatriates having Saudi passports

              No bank account may be opened by presenting a Saudi passport issued to some expatriate individuals. Such an expatriate must present a valid Iqama, and the validity of his/her Saudi passport shall not be required. However, where the expatriate has no identification document except his/her Saudi passport, the approval of SAMA shall be obtained for opening the account. Such approval shall include a reference to the approval of the Ministry of Interior. Once the account is opened, SAMA shall be provided with the number of the account and address of the expatriate. The bank shall classify this type of accounts as of high risk to be subject to continuous monitoring.

              • Authorization by expatriate to others, or opening joint accounts by expatriate:

              An expatriate may neither authorize another person to open a bank account in his/her name, nor may he/she open a joint account with others, except in the following cases: 
               
              -The expatriate husband and his expatriate wife and vice versa, and their first-degree expatriate relatives.
               
              -The female expatriate working in Saudi Arabia and her legal escort, provided that the Iqama of the legal escort or any other official document states that he is the legal escort of the female expatriate.
               
              -The female expatriate and her Saudi husband.
               
              -The female expatriate and her Saudi father, mother, son or daughter.
               
              -The male expatriate and his Saudi wife.
               
              -The male expatriate and his Saudi father, mother, son or daughter.
               
              The male or female expatriate and his/her abovementioned relatives should hold valid Iqamas. The bank should record the number of Iqama for each male or female expatriate as an electronic reference number for the expatriate. 
               

              • Standing instructions on the account of an expatriate*:

              Expatriates may set up and renew standing orders for one year only through e-banking services. The personal information of the client shall be verified using documents, data or information acquired from a reliable and independent source. Such information shall be documented as well. Expatriates may set up standing orders to make regular domestic or international money transfers. The standing order payment shall be made once a month only and the amount shall be determined by the bank according to the client’s risk assessment.


              * This paragraph has been amended according to the circular No.(42078428), Dated 10/11/1442H, corresponding to 19/06/2021G.

            • 200.1.4 Tribe Members: Displaced Tribes/Ar Rub' Al-Khali Tribes

              The bank may open accounts for those tribal individuals residing in Saudi Arabia, and the validity of their accounts should be linked to the validity of their Iqamas. The bank must obtain the individual’s Iqama which has a statement in the “nationality” space that reads “tribe members”, “displaced tribes”, or “Ar Rub’ al-khali tribes”. The supervisory and control requirements implemented on expatriates residing in Saudi Arabia, stated herein, shall apply to this category of customers.

            • 200.1.5 The Beluchis and Turkistanians

              Bank accounts may be opened for Beluchis and Turkistanians by presenting a valid Iqama. The bank should not require such customers to present the original passport or a copy thereof. Before opening a new account, updating an existing one or effecting any other banking transactions, the bank shall require the customer to identify his/her address in Saudi Arabia and submit an employment letter. Such letter should be authenticated by the Chamber of Commerce or the official organization the customer is employed under its supervision. If the customer does not work and his/her Iqama has no employer mentioned, he/she shall be required to present a letter from the mayor of the area (district, governorate or town) where he/she lives, duly authenticated by the police station of the area of such mayor. In addition, the addresses mentioned in such letter should be clear enough to allow easy access to him/her when necessary. Such requirements shall be updated annually.

            • 200.1.6 Expatriate Stewards and Stewardesses of the National Airlines, Expatriate Ship Crews and the Like

              Bank accounts may be opened for expatriate stewards and stewardesses of the national airlines, expatriate ship crews and the like by presenting a valid visa included in the passport. The visa should be checked against the identification card provided to such individuals by their employers. The bank account validity shall be identical to the validity period of visa or renewal period thereof.

            • 200.1.8 Credit Cards for Non-Resident Foreigners Employed by Resident Saudi Companies

              The bank may issue credit cards to a selected, limited category of non-resident foreigners employed by a limited category of major Saudi companies having relationship with the bank. Such employees should have jobs that necessitate moving from a place or country to another (such as private airline pilots, stewards and stewardesses), and they do not have residence cards for any country where they go, including Saudi Arabia. The Saudi company hiring such employees is responsible for covering their local and international transportation expenses by credit cards. In this case, the bank shall observe the following conditions when issuing such credit cards for those employees: 
               
              1.The credit cards shall be issued through the resident Saudi company for which such employees work.
               
              2.The Saudi company shall have good creditworthiness and a sound financial position.
               
              3.All individuals, for whom credit cards or debit cards are required to be issued, shall be employed by the Saudi company, and documents proving such shall be obtained.
               
              4.The Saudi company shall ensure in writing that the said cards will be properly used and that the company will bear all implications of use thereof by its employees.
               
              5.The Saudi company, rather than the employees to whom the cards are delivered, shall pay all due payments related to the cards.
               
              6.The maximum credit limit per card shall not exceed the limit allowed to other customers, corresponding to card category.
               
              7.Dealing under this system shall be based on a formal agreement entered into between the bank and the company prior to the issuance of such cards.
               
              8.The company shall provide the bank with the agreement, signed by the company and its employees, that determines the responsibility related to the issuance and use of such cards.
               
            • 200.1.9 Opening Bank Accounts to Raise Blood Money to Be Paid for Reconciliation in Murder Cases

              The bank must comply with the following when opening and operating such bank accounts: 
               
              I.Any activity aimed at raising funds for reconciliation shall not be undertaken without the consent of the Minister of Interior, after reporting of such activity by the emirate of the concerned region.
               
              II.If the approval of the Minister of Interior is issued, the emirate of the region shall communicate with SAMA and request opening of a bank account at a specified bank to raise blood money. The following requirements shall be satisfied:
               
              1.Approval of the Ministry of Interior for opening the bank account shall be obtained. The approval should indicate the period of the account validity.
               
              2.A copy (or an original copy) of the legal deed indicating that the victim’s heirs waive the right of legal retribution (Qisas) and agree to receive the required amount of monetary compensation (Diyah), shall be submitted. Such legal deed shall indicate the time agreed upon to submit such compensation.
               
              3.The bank account to raise blood money shall be subject to the supervision of the emirate of the concerned region, and no party of the case shall have any rights thereon, whatsoever.
               
              4.The emirate of the concerned region shall specify the names of persons authorized to manage the account (supervision of the account and following-up of deposits); copies of their IDs, specimen signatures (joint signature) and contact details shall also be included.
               
              5.The bank shall not issue checkbooks or ATM cards for the account. Further, no transfers from the account shall be allowed.
               
              6.The name of the account shall be as follows (the Emirate of... Region, Diyah Money Raising for... (the full name of the murdered shall be written)”.
               
              7.The bank shall stop the account automatically once the required amount of blood money is reached, and the account shall not accept any extra money.
               
              8.The account shall be valid for one year, as a maximum, starting from the date of opening the account. After one year, it shall be deactivated. The account may continue to operate for another year by a letter from SAMA upon the request of the emirate of the concerned region.
               
              9.If the amount of blood money is completely raised, the emirate of the concerned region should request a bank check and hand it to the beneficiary through the court.
               
              10.If the victim’s heirs reduce the amount agreed upon in the original legal waiving deed, this reduction shall be recorded in a similar legal deed or expressly added to the original legal waiving deed that includes the previously agreed-upon amount.
               
              11.If the amount of blood money is not completely raised and the victim’s heirs are not satisfied therewith, or if the victim’s heirs waive the amount, the funds raised shall be returned to their depositors whose names are known through deposit slips. As for anonymous deposits, the emirate of the concerned region shall present the case to the Mufti to give a formal legal opinion (Fatwa) regarding how to handle such funds. (The bank shall satisfy this requirement upon receiving the direction of the emirate of the concerned region, which is delivered to the bank by authorized individuals.)
               
              12.Only one bank account shall be opened for each case involving raising blood money (Diyah). In addition, opening more accounts in other banks for the same case is not allowed.
               
              13.The account shall be closed once the amount of the blood money is completely raised. Then a bank check of the amount shall be issued.
               
              14.This rule also applies to bank accounts dedicated to raising funds to be paid as compensation in injury cases.
               
          • 200.2 Natural Persons Outside Saudi Arabia

            • 200.2.1 Saudi Citizens Residing Outside Saudi Arabia

              Saudi citizens residing outside Saudi Arabia for study, medical treatment or official work (such as in embassies, consulates, or multilateral organizations) may open bank accounts upon the following: 
               
              1.Providing a copy of the passport.
               
              2.Providing a copy of the national ID.
               
              3.Submitting a specimen signature.
               
              4.Completing the account opening form or authorizing a Saudi citizen to open the bank account.
               
              5.Obtaining verification of such documents from the Saudi embassy or consulate in the foreign country.
               
              -Saudi individuals residing in a GCC country may provide such data via the correspondent GCC bank for the bank operating in Saudi Arabia.
               
            • 200.2.2 GCC Nationals Not Residing in Saudi Arabia

              Bank accounts may be opened for GCC nationals who are not residing in Saudi Arabia, directly by themselves or by a Saudi or GCC citizen authorized by a power of attorney. The bank should obtain the following documents from such individuals: 
               
              1.A copy of the valid national ID.
               
              2.A copy of the valid passport (if any).
               
              3.An employment letter from the entity for which he/she works, or from his/her personal business.
               
              4.A completed account opening form.
               
              5.A specimen signature.
               
              -Such documents shall be obtained by the employees of the local bank directly or by the correspondent GCC bank in the GCC country where such individual resides. The GCC bank shall authenticate all documents obtained, and all deposit, withdrawal and transfer transactions shall be effected through the correspondent bank. Receiving such documents and effecting deposit, withdrawal and transfer transactions are also possible through a correspondent bank in the GCC country where the GCC citizen resides. No cash deposits by third party shall be accepted.
               
              -No checkbook, ATM card or credit card may be given to such individual unless he/she comes to Saudi Arabia and presents to the bank adequate data proving his/her residence in Saudi Arabia. In this case, Rule (200.1.2) shall be applied to such customer, and his/her account status shall be changed.
               
            • 200.2.3 Non-Saudi and Non-GCC Natural Persons Not Residing in Saudi Arabia

              The bank shall not open an account in Saudi riyal or in any foreign currencies, or any other account, for non-Saudi and non-GCC natural persons not residing in Saudi Arabia unless written approval from the Ministry of Interior or the Ministry of Foreign Affairs is received through SAMA. If so, the account may be opened by the passport of the individual.

        • 300. Rules for Opening Bank Accounts for Juristic Persons

          • 300.1 Resident Juristic Persons (Including Embassies and Multilateral Organizations)

            • 300.1.1 Licensed Businesses and Shops

              The bank may open bank accounts for these licensed businesses and shops upon completing the following: 
               
              1.Obtaining a copy of the entity’s commercial register, or license if it is the only item required for practicing the entity's business without the need for a commercial register.
               
              2.Verifying the identity of the owner of the entity against his/her name in the commercial register or license, and checking the information and validity of the owner’s ID.
               
              3.Obtaining copies of the IDs of individuals authorized to mange and operate the accounts.
               
              If the owner of entity or shop is an endowment or private societies/foundations or cooperative associations, the bank must then request the following, in addition to the aforementioned requirements:
               
              1.A copy of a valid endowment registration certificate issued by the General Authority of Awqaf, including at minimum the following: Name of endowment, endowment deed number and date, and names of administrators and their ID numbers (for endowments); or a copy of the license issued by the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Development, a copy of the decision of the board of directors of the society/foundation (meeting minutes) approving the establishment of the business, entity or shop, and the approval for the account’s authorized signatories (for private societies/foundations or cooperative associations).
               
              2.Copies of the IDs of administrators whose names are stated in the endowment registration certificate (for endowments).
               
              3.This type of accounts shall be classified as a high-risk account.
              • 300.1.1.1 Special-Purpose Entities

                The bank may open accounts for these special-purpose entities upon completing the following: 
                 
                1.Obtaining a copy of the license of the special-purpose entity, issued by the Capital Market Authority (CMA).
                 
                2.Obtaining a copy of the license (if any) or commercial register of the owner, issued by the concerned authority.
                 
                3.Obtaining a copy of the entity’s articles of association.
                 
                4.Checking the IDs (for natural persons) and licenses or commercial registers (for juristic persons) of registered board members.
                 
                5.Obtaining a copy of the decision made by the authorized signatory in such entity, authorizing specific individuals to manage and operate the accounts.
                 
                6.Obtaining copies of the IDs of individuals authorized to mange and operate the accounts; and
                 
                7.Checking the IDs (for natural persons) and licenses or commercial registers (for juristic persons) of the special-purpose entity’s owners whose names are stated in its articles of association and amendments thereto.
                 
              • 300.1.1.2 Foreign Schools

                The bank may open accounts for these resident foreign schools upon completing the following: 
                 
                1.Receiving a letter from the board chairman or school principal, containing a request to open a bank account and the names of the account’s authorized signatories (a joint signature), along with copies of their IDs attached.
                 
                2.Receiving the approval of the Ministry of Education for opening the bank account and for the authorized signatories.
                 
                3.Obtaining a copy of the school’s license that is issued by the Ministry of Education.
                 
                4.Receiving a copy of the decision of forming the school board, approved by the Ministry of Education, and copies of members' Iqamas.
                 
                5.The account shall be valid for a period identical to the validity period of school license and the term specified for the school board as per its formation decision approved by the Ministry of Education.
                 
                6.The signatories shall be the school principal and its financial officer (who shall be employed in the same school), or one of them and a school board member, provided that such member is not a diplomat or an embassy employee. Such member may be from outside this school as an exemption from Paragraph (3) of Rule (4) of Chapter IV on the General Rules for Operation of Bank Accounts, regarding controls for authorizing non-Saudis.
                 
                7.Withdrawal from these accounts shall be as per dual control, and in case of withdrawal by checks, check shall be payable to the first beneficiary.
                 
                8.ATM cards or credit cards shall not be issued for such accounts.
                 
              • 300.1.1.3 E-Commerce Businesses with No Official Premises

                The bank may open accounts for e-commerce businesses as per the requirements of Rule (300.1.1) on Licensed Businesses and Shops. The following shall also be observed: 
                 
                1.The account name shall be as shown in the commercial register of the business, and the purpose of opening the account shall be “e-commerce”.
                 
                2.The e-platform of the business shall be as shown in the commercial register.
                 
                3.The national address of the entity or its owner shall be obtained.
                 
                4.This type of bank accounts shall be classified as of high risk and shall be updated every two years.
                 
              • 300.1.1.4 Freelance Job Permit Holder

                The bank may open bank accounts for freelancers upon completing the following: 
                 
                1.Obtaining a copy of the freelancer’s permit issued by the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Development.
                 
                2.Obtaining a copy of the national ID of the person holding the freelance job permit.
                 
                3.Obtaining the national address of the freelancer.
                 
                4.The bank account shall be in the name of the person holding the freelance job license. The work type stated in such license shall also be added to the name of the account.
                 
                5.The account shall be for one person only and shall not have signatories.
                 
                6.This type of accounts shall be classified as of high risk, and the purpose of opening such account shall be specified.
                 
                7.The account shall be valid for a period identical to the validity period of the freelance job license.
                 
            • 300.1.2 Licensed Money Changers

              The bank may open accounts for licensed money changers upon completing the following: 
               
              1.Copies of licenses issued by SAMA shall be obtained. The account shall be valid for a period identical to the validity period of the license issued by SAMA.
               
              2.A copy of the commercial register shall be obtained.
               
              3.The bank shall verify the information contained in the commercial register or in the license issued by SAMA matches the information contained in the owner’s ID card.
               
              4.A copy of the owner’s ID shall be obtained.
               
              5.Copies of the IDs of individuals authorized to mange and operate the accounts shall be obtained.
               
            • 300.1.3 Resident Companies

              The bank may open accounts for companies residing in Saudi Arabia upon completing the following: 
               
              1.A copy of the commercial register shall be obtained.
               
              2.Obtaining a copy of the memorandum of association or the articles of association and their annexes.
               
              3.Obtaining a copy of the ID of the manager in charge.
               
              4.Verifying the identity of board members.
               
              5.Obtaining the power of attorney issued by a notary public or a notary (or the authorization made in the bank by the person/persons who, by virtue of memorandum of association, partners’ decision or board of directors’ decision, has/have the power to authorize), authorizing natural persons to sign for and operate the accounts.
               
              6.Obtaining copies of the IDs of individuals authorized to sign for and operate the accounts.
               
              7.Verifying the IDs of the owners of the company, whose names are included in the last update of the memorandum of association. Public joint-stock companies are excluded from this requirement.
               
              Where the owner or one of the owners of the company is an endowment, private society/foundation or cooperative association, according to the memorandum of association, the bank must then fulfill the following, in addition to the above requirements:
               
              1.Obtaining a copy of a valid endowment registration certificate issued by the General Authority of Awqaf, including at minimum the following: Name of endowment, endowment deed number and date, and names of administrators and their ID numbers (for endowments); or a copy of the license issued by the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Development and the decision of the board of directors of the society/foundation (meeting minutes) approving the establishment of the company (for private societies/foundations or cooperative associations).
               
              2.Obtaining copies of the IDs of administrators whose names are stated in the endowment registration certificate (for endowments).
               
              3.This type of accounts shall be classified as of high risk if the ownership of endowments, private societies/foundations or cooperative associations exceeds 50% of the company's capital.
               
              • 300.1.3.1 Joint-Stock and Simplified Joint-Stock Companies

                This rule has been amended according to the circular No. (44061480), Dated 28/07/1444H, corresponding to 18/02/2023G, please refer to the Arabic version of this rule to read the last updated version.

                • Companies under formation:

                The bank accounts for depositing and retaining the capital of these companies under formation shall be opened as follows:
                 

                1.A letter from the founders, including at a minimum: a request to open the account stating its purpose as "Depositing the capital of the company (…name of the company) Under Formation," the names of the founders, and the ownership percentage of each founder in the company's capital.
                 
                2.The name of the account shall be as follows :"Founders Account of the Company (name of the company) "
                 
                3.Verifying the identity of the company's founders.
                 
                4.Payment from the account shall only be allowed by the company's board of directors after its registration in the commercial register and the bank's completion of the required documents in accordance with the requirements of Rule (300-1-3) related to resident companies. In the event the company's formation is not completed, the bank must return the amounts to each founder according to their share of the capital.
                 

                Licensed companies:

                Documents required are as specified in (300.1.3) above.

              • 300.1.3.2 Limited Liability Companies

                Documents required are as specified in (300.1.3) above.

              • 300.1.3.3 General Partnerships

                Documents required are as specified in (300.1.3) above.

              • 300.1.3.4 Limited Partnerships

                Documents required are as specified in (300.1.3) above.

              • 300.1.3.5 GCC Commercial Non-Banking Companies Residing in Saudi Arabia

                Should a GCC company acquire a commercial register in Saudi Arabia (without investment license issued by the Ministry of Investment), such company shall be treated as a resident company, subject to the same requirements applicable to Saudi resident companies. Consequently, such GCC company shall submit the required documents specified in (300.1.3) above.

              • 300.1.3.6 Rules for Opening Escrow Accounts for Real Estate Development Projects

                The bank may open escrow accounts for real estate projects (sale or rental of off-plan real estate projects or real estate contributions) after fulfilling the following documents and procedures:

                1.Verifying and identifying of the real estate developer, consulting office/engineering consultant, and certified public accountant in the legal form for each of them.
                 
                2.A written undertaking shall be made by the real estate developer stating that no disbursement shall be made from the account for purposes other than those concerning the project determined or its returns in the escrow account.
                 
                3.A written undertaking shall be made by the real estate developer stating its consent to amend the escrow account agreement to comply with any relevant laws, regulations, or instructions.
                 
                • Controls related to Opening and Managing Escrow Accounts for Off-Plan Sale or Rental Real Estate Projects:
                1.Only one account shall be opened for each individual project and shall be named as follows: "name of project" Project- Escrow Account for "name of real estate developer”. Sub-accounts linked to the main account of the project may be opened, such as administrative and marketing expenses account, savings account, construction cost account, incentives account and finance account.
                 
                2.Payment shall be made from the project's escrow account based on the payment document submitted by the real estate developer to the bank. Such documents shall be certified by the consulting office and the certified public accountant and shall include the required amounts and justifications for their expenditure. Payment documents may be processed through secure technological means.
                 
                3.By exception to the provision in paragraph (2) above, payment may be made from the escrow account upon request from the Real Estate General Authority. The bank shall be notified through the Saudi Central Bank.
                 
                4.Payment from the account shall be made by check or transfers only and shall be within the limits stated in Paragraphs (2) and (3) above.
                 
                5.Deposits in the account shall be made by buyers, tenants, or financiers via any means of payment accepted by the bank other than cash.
                 
                • Controls for Opening and Managing Escrow Accounts for Real Estate Contribution Projects:*
                1.Only one account shall be opened for each individual project and shall be named as follows: "name of project" Project- Escrow Account for "Real Estate Contribution”. Sub-accounts linked to the main account of the contribution may be opened, such as: reserve account, revenue account, and any other sub-accounts for the purpose of the contribution project, such as a finance account.
                 
                2.Payment shall be made from the project's escrow account based on the payment document submitted by the real estate developer to the bank. Such documents shall be certified by the engineering consultant and the certified public accountant and shall include the required amounts and justifications for their expenditure. Payment documents may be processed through secure technological means.
                 
                3.Payment from the account shall be made by check or transfers only and shall be within the limits stated in Paragraph (2) above.
                 
                4.Payment shall be made from the reserve account based on the payment document submitted by the real estate developer to the bank. Such documents shall be certified by the engineering consultant and the certified public accountant and shall include the required amounts and justifications for their expenditure, along with the approval from the shareholders' association.
                 
                5.Payment shall be made from the revenue account based on the disbursement document submitted by the real estate developer, which must be recorded on the shareholders' register and certified by the certified public accountant. The document must include the required amounts and be accompanied by the completion certificate from the consultant or proof of the liquidation of the real estate contribution.
                 
                6.Deposits into the main and sub-accounts shall be made by the relevant financial market institution for issuing contribution certificates, financiers, or buyers, or from proceeds of the liquidation of the real estate contribution, by any accepted method, and cash deposits are not permitted.
                 
                • General Provisions:
                1.The bank shall not activate the escrow account for the real estate project unless the license issued by the “Authority” to engage in the off-plan sale or rental of real estate projects or to offer the real estate contribution is submitted.
                 
                2.Project’s sub-accounts shall be used only for receiving/making deposits and transfers from and (in)to the main account.
                 
                3.No funds may be transferred from the escrow account to any other accounts other than that of its sub-accounts whose purposes are specified.
                 
                4.Checkbooks may be issued for this account at the request of the real estate developer. However, ATM cards and/or credit cards shall not be issued for this account.
                 
                5.The bank shall not attach the account for its own interest or that of the creditors of the real estate developer.
                 
                6.The bank shall not close the escrow account for the project except after obtaining approval from the relevant authority, without prejudice to the provisions of SAMA's instructions and the agreements in place.
                 

                * This rule has been added pursuant to the circular No. (46028059), Dated 08/05/1446H, corresponding to 09/11/2024G.

              • 300.1.3.7 Collection Accounts for Depositing and Retaining the Funds of Payment Companies’* Clients

                 The collection accounts for depositing and retaining the funds of payment companies’ clients shall be opened and managed in accordance with the following requirements:
                 
                1.A letter from the Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the company or their authorized representative to the bank, stating the purpose of opening the account under the name “Deposit and Retention of the Funds of (name of payment company)‘s Clients”, and identifying the persons authorized to manage the account.
                 
                2.A copy of SAMA’s non-objection letter to open a collection account for the company for the purpose of depositing and retaining the funds of their clients.
                 
                3.Copies of all the company’s incorporation documents, including the memorandum of association, articles of association and Board formation decision.
                 
                4.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to manage the account.
                 
                5.The name of the account shall be “Deposit and Retention of the Funds of (name pf payment company)‘s Clients”.
                 
                6.The account shall be separate and independent from the accounts opened for managing the company’s business, including the fees and commissions collected by the company. The account shall not be used for any financial obligations or rights of the company.
                 
                7.Payment transactions and transfer of money to other accounts, other than the payment orders made by clients, shall only be made after submitting SAMA’s non-objection for such transaction.
                 
                8.Cash deposits to or withdrawals from the account shall not be allowed.
                 

                * Payment Service Providers

              • 300.1.3.8 Collection Accounts for Managing the Finance Value of Debt-Based Crowdfunding Companies

                The collection accounts for collecting funds from participants in order to extend credit to beneficiaries shall be opened and managed in accordance with the following requirements: 
                 
                1.A letter from the Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the company or their authorized representative to the bank, stating the purpose of opening the account under the name “Management of the Finance Amount of (name of debt-based crowdfunding company)”, and identifying the persons authorized to manage the account.
                 
                2.Copies of all the company’s incorporation documents, including the memorandum of association, articles of association and Board formation decision.
                 
                3.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to manage the account.
                 
                4.The name of the account shall be “Management of the Finance Amount of (name of debt-based crowdfunding company).”
                 
                5.The account shall be separate and independent from the accounts opened for managing the company’s business, including the fees and commissions collected by the company. The account shall not be used for any financial obligations or rights of the company.
                 
                6.Transfer of money to other accounts without the approval of the participants shall only be made after submitting SAMA’s non-objection for such transaction.
                 
                7.Cash deposits to or withdrawals from the account shall not be allowed.
                 
              • 300.1.3.9 Companies in the Special Logistics Zone

                The bank may open accounts for companies that are established and registered in the Special Logistics Zone of the General Authority of Civil Aviation (GACA)- under Companies Regulations for the Special Integrated Logistics Zone- after submitting the following documents:

                1. A copy of the commercial register issued by the GACA.
                2. A copy of the company’s memorandum of association and appendixes.
                3. Verifying the IDs of the board members/executives.
                4. A power of attorney issued by a notary public or a notary or an authorization made in the bank by the person(s) who has the authority, by the memorandum of association or partners’ decision or board/executives’ decision, to authorize natural persons to sign and operate accounts.
                5. Copies of the IDs of individuals authorized to sign for and operate the accounts.
            • 300.1.4 Residents Investing Under Foreign Investment Law

              No: 65681/67 Date(g): 3/7/2019 | Date(h): 1/11/1440Status: In-Force
              This rule has been respectively amended according to the circular No. (41029537), dated 27/04/1441H, corresponding to 24/12/2019G ,and circular No. (44082632), dated 28/10/1444H, corresponding to 18/05/2023G,please refer to the Arabic version of this rule to read the last updated version.

              The bank may open accounts for entities wholly owned by a foreign investor or jointly owned by a foreign investor and a Saudi investor upon receiving the following:

              • 300.1.4.1 Joint-Venture Entities Owned by a Saudi Investor and a Foreign Investor

                This rule has been respectively amended according to the circular No. (41029537), dated 27/04/1441H, corresponding to 24/12/2019G ,and circular No. (44082632), dated 28/10/1444H, corresponding to 18/05/2023G,please refer to the Arabic version of this rule to read the last updated version.

                • Joint-venture entity owned by a foreign investor (natural or juristic) and a Saudi investor (natural or juristic):

                1.A copy of the license issued by the Ministry of Investment.
                 
                2.A copy of the commercial register without the need to acquire the business license, or a copy of the professional license of the entity if the entity is a service provider.
                 
                3.A copy of the memorandum of association or the articles of association and its annexes.
                 
                4.A copy of the ID of the manager in charge in the entity. A copy of the passport can be sufficient, provided that a copy of the Iqama is submitted (90) days after opening the account.
                 
                5.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to operate and manage the account, and verification of their authorization by identifying them in the memorandum of association, the articles of association, or a decision from the board of directors or partners – or their equivalent. If the authorized person for the account is an agent acting on behalf of the principal, a copy of the power of attorney issued by a notary public or a notary in Saudi Arabia must be provided, or the power of attorney must be authenticated by the Saudi embassy or with an Apostille Authentication if issued outside Saudi Arabia.
                 
                6.Understanding the ownership structure and identifying the partners whose names are mentioned in the memorandum of association or the articles of association, and verifying them using documents, data, or information from a reliable and independent source. -In cases where money laundering risks are lower-, the verification process can be completed later, after the account is opened, provided that it is done as quickly as possible. Any delay in identity verification must be necessary to avoid disrupting normal business procedures, and appropriate and effective measures should be applied to control money laundering risks.
                 
              • 300.1.4.2 Entities Wholly Owned by a Foreign Investor

                This rule has been respectively amended according to the circular No. (41029537), dated 27/04/1441H, corresponding to 24/12/2019G ,and circular No. (44082632), dated 28/10/1444H, corresponding to 18/05/2023G,please refer to the Arabic version of this rule to read the last updated version.

                • Branches of foreign corporations or companies:

                1.A copy of the license issued by the Ministry of Investment.
                 
                2.A copy of the commercial register without the need to acquire the business license, or a copy of the professional license of the entity if the entity is a service provider.
                 
                3.A copy of the ID of the manager in charge in the entity. A copy of the passport can be sufficient, provided that the Iqama is submitted (90) days after opening the account.
                 
                4.A copy of the commercial register or professional license, as well as the memorandum of association or the articles of association of the entity in the home country, certified by the Saudi embassy or with an Apostille Authentication.
                 
                5.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to operate and manage the account, along with verification of their authorization by identifying them in a mandate from the main office of the company or corporation in the home country. The authorization must name the persons authorized to sign on behalf of the company in Saudi Arabia regarding the bank accounts.
                 
                6.Understanding the ownership structure and identifying the partners of the entity in the home country, whose names are mentioned in the memorandum of association or the articles of association, and verifying them using documents, data, or information from a reliable and independent source. -In cases where money laundering risks are lower-, the verification process can be completed later, after the account is opened, provided that it is done as quickly as possible. Any delay in identity verification must be necessary to avoid disrupting normal business procedures, and appropriate and effective measures should be applied to control money laundering risks.
                 

                • An entity owned by a foreign investor or jointly owned by more than one foreign investor:

                1.A copy of the license issued by the Ministry of Investment.
                 
                2.A copy of the commercial register without the need to acquire the business license, or a copy of the professional license of the entity if the entity is a service provider.
                 
                3.A copy of the memorandum of association or the articles of association and its annexes.
                 
                4.A copy of the ID of the manager in charge in the entity. A copy of the passport can be sufficient, provided that the Iqama is submitted (90) days after opening the account.
                 
                5.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to operate and manage the account, and verification of their authorization by identifying them in the memorandum of association, the articles of association, or a decision from the board of directors or partners – or their equivalent. If the authorized person for the account is an agent acting on behalf of the principal, a copy of the power of attorney issued by a notary public or a notary in Saudi Arabia must be provided, or the power of attorney must be authenticated by the Saudi embassy or with an Apostille Authentication if issued outside outside Saudi Arabia.
                 
                6.Understanding the ownership structure and identifying the partners whose names are mentioned in the memorandum of association or the articles of association, and verifying them using documents, data, or information from a reliable and independent source. -In cases where money laundering risks are lower-, the verification process can be completed later, after the account is opened, provided that it is done as quickly as possible. Any delay in identity verification must be necessary to avoid disrupting normal business procedures, and appropriate and effective measures should be applied to control money laundering risks.
                 

                • Foreign individual investor (Sole proprietorships):

                1.A copy of the license issued by the Ministry of Investment.
                 
                2.A copy of the commercial register without the need to acquire the business license.
                 
                3.A copy of the Iqama for the manager in charge and the investor, owner of the entity. A copy of the passport can be sufficient, provided that the Iqama is submitted (90) days after opening the account.
                 
                4.The full address of the investor in his/her home country.
                 
                5.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to operate and manage the account, as identified in a power of attorney certified by a notary public or a notary if issued inside Saudi Arabia and by the Saudi embassy or Apostille Authentication if issued outside Saudi Arabia, in the case of an agent or authorized person other than the owner of the entity.
                 
            • 300.1.5 Rules for Non-Profit Sector, Hajj and Umrah Entities, and Public Entities

              The bank may open accounts for non-profit sector, Hajj and Umrah entities, and public entities upon fulfilling the requirements set forth for each activity as outlined below. Only residents in Saudi Arabia are allowed to operate the accounts of these licensed entities, with the exception of individuals authorized to operate Hajj and Umrah accounts as per Rule (300.1.5.1). Copies of the IDs of such persons must be obtained for account opening.

              • 300.1.5.1 Hajj, Umrah and Visiting the Prophet’s Mosque in Madinah

                • Pilgrim affairs offices:

                a. Requirements for opening a bank account:

                1.Bank accounts shall be opened in Saudi riyal only.
                 
                2.The Hajj organizer shall present to the bank a letter from the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah approving opening a bank account for the pilgrim affairs office and including the office’s information as follows:
                 
                 The official name of the pilgrim affairs office.
                 
                 Names of the persons authorized to sign for the account (joint signature), provided that they shall be members of the pilgrim affairs office or shall be officials in the embassy of the country of such office.
                 
                 The position of each account signatory and his/her information as per his/her passport.
                 
                 The bank account shall be limited to Hajj purposes only.
                 
                 The office’s bank account number in its home country or in the country designated by the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah ,and the name of the bank transferring the money, which the office deals with in its home country or in the country designated by the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah, shall also be stated.
                 
                3.The bank shall conclude an account opening agreement with the authorized signatories specified in the letter of the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah, addressed to the bank.
                 
                4.The account signatories shall determine, in Saudi riyal, the approximate total amount that their respective office will transfer for Hajj purposes.
                 
                5.Upon meeting the above requirements by the bank, the bank’s compliance department shall submit an application to SAMA along with all necessary documents to obtain SAMA approval for opening the bank account.
                 
                6.The bank shall ensure that such accounts are subject to dual control.
                 
                7.The bank shall provide the pilgrim affairs office and the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah with the IBAN number of the office’s bank account.
                 
                8.If the requirements for opening a bank account are not met, the bank branch manager must inform the applicant of the necessary requirements for opening a bank account. Such process shall be documented in a special file designed for this purpose in the bank branch. In addition, measures taken in this regard shall be reported to the compliance department at the head office of the bank on the same day.
                 
                9.If the requirements for opening a bank account are met, the documents shall be submitted on the same day to the compliance department at the bank’s head office. Consequently, the compliance department, in turn, shall submit such documents to SAMA on the same day or at the beginning of the following working day, at the most.
                 
                10.The pilgrim affairs office may open multiple accounts, provided that these accounts are opened in the same bank only - with an explanation of the account's purpose -, The office may not open other accounts in other banks. If the office requests to transfer its accounts from one bank to another, it shall provide compelling justifications that are not related to meeting the requirements. Approval of the Ministry Hajj and Umrah and SAMA for that matter shall be secured.
                 

                b. Requirements for account operation and management:

                1.The account shall be operated under a new approval letter from the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah to the bank on the account operation. The letter should specify the operation period, which should be from the beginning of Rabi II up till the end of Muharram of the following year. The letter shall be accompanied by a list provided by the pilgrim affairs office. This list shall include the names of Saudi natural persons, companies and establishments that the office will be dealing with for petty expenses, and it shall be attested by the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah.
                 
                2.Deposits shall be made in the accounts of the pilgrim affairs office via remittances from a bank in the office’s home country or countries designated by the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah, the purpose of such remittance shall be specified as “office’s expenses related to Hajj only”.
                 
                3.Deposits may be made in the account via checks under collection, drawn by the office itself on a bank in the office’s home country only.
                 
                4.Remittances, checks or cash deposits from entities inside Saudi Arabia shall not be accepted, except in the following cases:
                 
                 By persons whose names are included in the list, submitted in advance to the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah by the pilgrim affairs office and attached to the ministry's letter to the bank. Such list should include the names of service providers dealing with the pilgrim affairs office. The amounts of such remittances, shall be less than or equal to the amounts stated in contracts concluded with each beneficiary (at the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah’s discretion).
                 
                 By authorized persons, provided that such an amount is within normal limits, i.e. is less than or equal to the withdrawn amount as petty expenses (at the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah’s discretion).
                 
                 The amounts (in SAR/foreign currencies) disclosed at ports of entry (land ports, seaports, or airports) shall be delivered to the bank branch at the port or the bank representative in the seasonal office at the port as per a document from the Saudi Zakat, Tax, and Customs Authority. Such document shall include the name of the pilgrim affairs office and its account number (IBAN) in Saudi Arabia, as well as the name of the cash carrier and a copy of his/her passport. The bank employee shall give the depositor a deposit or transfer receipt attested by the bank.
                 
                5.Transfers from the office’s account to the electronic pathway of the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah are made for services contracted through the electronic pathway. Direct transfers from the office’s account in its country—or in countries designated by the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah—to the electronic pathway account of the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah for external pilgrims are allowed for contracting purposes related to Hajj arrangements and any other purposes specified by the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah, in compliance with all requirements stated in this rule.
                 
                6.The organizer may pay authorized signatories by checks for petty expenses (within the estimated amounts approved by the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah).
                 
                7.The approval of the bank’s compliance department is required for the operation of the office’s account.
                 
                8.The office shall not use its account balances for investments.
                 

                c. Operating the pilgrim affairs office’s account after Hajj season:

                1.At the end of the Hajj season (end of Muharram), amounts left in the account of the pilgrim affairs office shall be returned to a bank in the office’s home country or to a bank in one of the countries designated by the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah in case they were the source of these funds at the request of the authorized persons in the office. Such a request shall be indicated in the bank account opening agreement signed by the office.
                 
                2.If the office wants to keep the balance in the same account to be used in the subsequent Hajj year, the account will be frozen at the end of Muharram until the beginning of the subsequent Hajj season (which is to be specified by the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah).
                 
                3.In exceptional cases, operating the account of the pilgrim affairs office may be allowed during the period in which using the account is originally prohibited, provided that the bank obtains SAMA written approval therefor.
                 

                d. Reactivating and operating the pilgrim affairs office’s account in the following Hajj year:

                To reactivate the pilgrim affairs office’s bank account in the following Hajj year, the bank shall obtain a letter from the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah, including the same information specified in the form filled out by the ministry when it first approved the account opening. In particular, the information should include the names of authorized persons and their information. The approval letter should be obtained along with the list provided by the pilgrim affairs office for the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah, stating the parties that the office has contracted with in the Hajj year and that the office will write checks and make payments for. This list shall be attested by the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah.

                • Tourism companies and travel agencies organizing pilgrim arrival from outside Saudi Arabia:

                a. Requirements for opening a bank account:

                1.Bank accounts shall be opened in Saudi riyal only.
                 
                2.The Hajj organizer shall present to the bank a letter from the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah approving opening a bank account for the pilgrim affairs office and including the office’s information as follows:
                 
                 Official name of the organizer (tourism company, agency or association approved to organize pilgrims’ arrival) in Arabic and English.
                 
                 The computer number given to the organizer by the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah.
                 
                 Name(s) of person(s) authorized to manage the bank account, provided that they are officials in the tourism company, agency or association approved to organize for pilgrim arrival. Full names shall be written in English and Arabic as shown in their passports, along with their passport number.
                 
                 The authorized person’s title shall be a “Hajj organizer".
                 
                 The bank account shall be limited to Hajj purposes only.
                 
                 The organizer’s bank account number in its home country or or in the country designated by the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah, shall be specified, as well as the name of the bank transferring funds, which the organizer deals with in its home country or in the country designated by the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah.
                 
                3.A copy of the organizer’s commercial register and/or license issued for the organizer in its home country shall be submitted. Such commercial register and/or license shall be attested by the concerned Saudi embassy and/or the Ministry of Foreign Affairs.
                 
                4.The bank must obtain copies of the passports of person(s) authorized to operate the bank account for dual control.
                 
                5.The bank shall conclude an account opening agreement with the authorized signatories.
                 
                6.The organizer shall determine, in Saudi riyal, the approximate total amount that it will transfer for Hajj purposes.
                 
                7.Upon meeting all the above requirements by the bank, the bank’s compliance department shall submit an application to SAMA along with all necessary documents to obtain SAMA approval for opening the bank account.
                 
                8.The bank shall ensure that such accounts are subject to dual control.
                 
                9.The bank shall provide the organizer and the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah with the IBAN number of the organizer's account on a form designed for this purpose.
                 
                10.If the requirements for opening a bank account are not met, the bank branch manager must inform the applicant of the necessary requirements for opening a bank account. Such process shall be documented in a special file designed for this purpose in the bank branch. In addition, measures taken in this regard shall be reported to the compliance department at the head office of the bank on the same day.
                 
                11.If the requirements for opening a bank account are met, the documents shall be submitted on the same day to the compliance department at the bank’s head office. Consequently, the compliance department, in turn, shall submit such documents to SAMA on the same day or at the beginning of the following working day, at the most.
                 
                12.Where all requirements are met, the period for opening a bank account shall not exceed two working days.
                 
                13.The Hajj organizer may open multiple accounts, provided that these accounts are opened in the same bank only - with an explanation of the account's purpose - The organizer may not open other accounts in other banks. If the organizer requests to transfer its accounts from one bank to another, it shall provide compelling justifications that are not related to meeting the requirements. Approval of the Ministry Hajj and Umrah and SAMA for that matter shall be secured.
                 

                b. Requirements for account operation and management:

                1.The account shall be operated under a new approval letter from the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah to the bank on the account operation. The letter should specify the operation period, which should be from the first day of Rabi I up till the last day of Muharram of the following year. The letter shall be accompanied by a list provided by the Hajj organizer. This list shall include the names of Saudi natural persons, companies and establishments that the organizer will be dealing with for petty expenses, and it shall be attested by the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah.
                 
                2.Deposits shall be made in the account of the Hajj organizer via remittances from a bank in the organizer’s home country or countries designated by the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah, the purpose of such remittance shall be specified as “organizer’s expenses related to Hajj only”.
                 
                3.Deposits may be made in the account via checks under collection, drawn by the organizer itself on a bank in the organizer’s home country only.
                 
                4.Remittances, checks or cash deposits from entities inside Saudi Arabia shall not be accepted, except in the following cases:
                 
                 By persons whose names are included in the list, submitted in advance to the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah by the organizer and attached to the ministry's letter to the bank. Such list should include the names of service providers dealing with the organizer. The amounts of such remittances, checks or cash deposits shall be less than or equal to the amounts stated in contracts concluded with each beneficiary (at the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah’s discretion).
                 
                 By authorized persons, provided that such an amount is within normal limits, i.e. is less than or equal to the withdrawn amount as petty expenses (at the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah’s discretion).
                 
                 The amounts (in SAR/foreign currencies) disclosed at ports of entry (land ports, seaports, or airports) shall be delivered to the bank branch at the port or the bank representative in the seasonal office at the port as per a document from the Saudi Zakat, Tax, and Customs Authority. Such document shall include the name of the organizer and its account number (IBAN) in Saudi Arabia, as well as the name of the cash carrier and a copy of his/her passport. The bank employee shall give the depositor a deposit or transfer receipt attested by the bank.
                 
                5.Transfers from the office’s account to the electronic pathway of the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah are made for services contracted through the electronic pathway. Direct transfers from the office’s account in its country—or in countries designated by the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah—to the electronic pathway account of the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah for external pilgrims are allowed for contracting purposes related to Hajj arrangements and any other purposes specified by the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah, in compliance with all requirements stated in this rule.
                 
                6.The organizer may pay authorized signatories by checks for petty expenses (within the estimated amounts approved by the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah).
                 
                7.The approval of the bank’s compliance department is required for the operation of the organizer’s account.
                 
                8.The organizer shall not use its account balances for investments.
                 

                c. Operating the organizer’s account after Hajj season:

                1.At the end of the Hajj season (end of Muharram), amounts left in the account of the organizer shall be returned to a bank in the office’s home country or to a bank in one of the countries designated by the Saudi Ministry of Hajj and Umrah in case they were the source of these funds at the request of the authorized persons. Such a request shall be indicated in the bank account opening agreement signed by the organizer.
                 
                2.If the organizer wants to keep the balance in the same account to be used in the subsequent Hajj year, the account will be frozen at the end of Muharram until the beginning of the subsequent Hajj season (which is to be specified by the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah).
                 
                3.In exceptional cases, operating the account of the organizer may be allowed during the period in which using the account is originally prohibited, provided that the bank shall obtain SAMA written approval therefor.
                 

                d. Reactivating and operating the organizer’s account in the following Hajj year:

                To reactivate the organizer’s bank account in the following Hajj year, the bank shall obtain a letter from the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah, including the same information specified in the form filled out by the ministry when it first approved the account opening. In particular, the information should include the names of authorized persons and their information. The approval letter should be obtained along with the list provided by the organizer for the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah, stating the parties that the organizer has contracted with in the Hajj year and that the organizer will write checks and make payments for. This list shall be attested by the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah.

                • Saudi establishments and companies organizing the arrival of Umrah performers and visitors of the Prophet's Mosque:

                -Documents required from those Saudi establishments are as specified in Rule (300.1.1) above.
                 
                -Documents required from those Saudi companies are as specified in Rule (300.1.3) above.
                 
                -All bank accounts of Saudi establishments and companies licensed to offer Umrah and holy site visit services shall be separated from one another, in that bank accounts designated for Umrah and holy site visit services shall be separate from other bank accounts designated for other activities and services. In addition, all bank transactions related to Umrah services shall be separate from those related to other services and activities that such establishments and companies may carry out.
                 
              • 300.1.5.2 Private Associations

                This rule has been amended according to the circular No. (106878603), Dated 01/07/1446H, corresponding to 31/12/2024H. Please refer to the Arabic version of this rule to read the last updated version.


                The bank may open accounts only in Saudi riyal for private associations. The requirements are as follows: 

                a. Requirements and controls for opening and managing main bank accounts:

                - Requirements for opening main account:

                1.A copy of the registration certificate issued by the National Center for the Development of the Non-Profit Sector (NCNP) (the Center).
                 
                2.A copy of the association's bylaws, approved by the Center.
                 
                3.A copy of the decision to form the board of directors and appoint the officials, which is approved by the Center, along with the verification of the board members' identities.
                 
                4.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to operate and manage the account, and verification of their authorization by identifying them in the decision of the board of directors; such authorization shall allow for joint signature by two officials, and obtaining the approval of the Center when the authorized persons are from outside the board.
                 
                5.Approval of the bank’s senior management to open the account in cases where required -in accordance with the provisions of the Guidance of Anti Money Laundering and Combating Terrorist Financing-.
                 

                - Controls for managing the main account:

                1.Cash donations or donations made via electronic channels may be accepted as long as these donations come from banking sources inside Saudi Arabia only, through which donor’s information can be retrieved.
                 
                2.If disbursement is made by a check, the check shall be payable to the first beneficiary.
                 
                3.ATM and/or credit cards shall not be issued for such accounts.
                 
                4.No transactions (e.g. remittance, collection of checks, etc.) from the association’s accounts to any beneficiaries outside Saudi Arabia shall be made, except for transferring money for the purpose of managing the association’s activities. For example, remittance for paying fees of consulting services or of participation in external symposiums, conferences and the like may be made after the bank obtains the official approval therefore from the Center (NCNP).
                 
                5.Remittances or checks coming from outside Saudi Arabia to the association’s account at the bank -or coming to other banks operating in Saudi Arabia via the bank- shall not be accepted, unless official approval therefore is obtained from the Center (NCNP).
                 
                6.Sub-accounts may be opened for investing the association’s funds in activities with financial returns that would help the association achieve its objectives. To do so, the bank must first obtain the association’s rules that govern the investment of its surplus funds, which are approved by its general assembly.
                 

                b. Requirements and controls for opening and managing sub-accounts:

                Sub-accounts may be opened for the various purposes of the association, such as the collection of Zakat, as follows:

                1.Only the documents for opening and managing the main account shall be required.
                 
                2.These accounts shall be used only for the purpose for which they were opened.
                 
                3.Cash donations or donations made via electronic channels may be accepted as long as these donations come from banking sources inside Saudi Arabia only, through which donor’s information can be retrieved.
                 
                4.In case there are branches of the association, one sub-account may be opened for each branch of the association, with the primary purpose being "Expenses-Branch Name", as follows:
                 a.A copy of the approval of the Center (NCNP) for establishing the branch for which a sub-account is to be opened.
                 b.A copy of the organizational structure decision for the branch and the names of the employees in its management, approved by the Center (NCNP), with Verifying their identities.
                 c.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to operate and manage the bank account, and verification of their authorization by identifying them in the decision of the association's board of directors; such authorization shall allow for joint signature by two officials, and obtaining the approval of the Center when the authorized persons are from outside the board.
                 d.The sub-account shall be named “Branch of... Association/Office in (City)-Subaccount of Periodic Advance”.
                 e.Disbursements from the account shall be limited to the following:
                  -bank checks withdrawn only by the first beneficiary.
                  -Transfers made to the bank accounts of beneficiaries of charity inside Saudi Arabia only. The transfer forms shall be filled out by the persons authorized to sign for the advances’ account. In addition, the transfers shall be monitored by the bank to ensure that they go in line with the nature of the branch’s activities.
                  -Paying salaries of the association branch’s staff.
                  -Paying utility bills and government invoices.
                 f.ATM and/or credit cards shall not be issued for such accounts.
                 g.Approval of the bank’s senior management to open the account in cases where required -in accordance with the provisions of the Guidance of Anti Money Laundering and Combating Terrorist Financing-.
                 h.Cash donations or donations made via electronic channels may be accepted as long as these donations come from banking sources inside Saudi Arabia only, through which donor’s information can be retrieved.
              • 300.1.5.3 Private Foundations

                This rule has been amended according to the circular No. (106878603), Dated 01/07/1446H, corresponding to 31/12/2024H. Please refer to the Arabic version of this rule to read the last updated version.

                The bank may open accounts only in Saudi riyal for private Foundations. The requirements are as follows: 

                a. Requirements and controls for opening and managing main bank accounts:

                - Requirements for opening main account:

                1.A copy of the registration certificate issued by the National Center for the Development of the Non-Profit Sector (NCNP) (the Center).
                 
                2.A copy of the foundation's bylaws, approved by the Center.
                 
                3.A copy of the trustee board formation decision and verifying the identities of the members.
                 
                4.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to operate and manage the bank account, and verification of their authorization by identifying them in the decision of the trustees board; such authorization shall allow for joint signature by two officials, and obtaining the approval of the Center when the authorized persons are from outside the board.
                 
                5.Approval of the bank’s senior management to open the account in cases where required -in accordance with the provisions of the Guidance of Anti Money Laundering and Combating Terrorist Financing-.
                 

                - Controls for managing the main account:

                1.If disbursement is made by a check, the check shall be payable to the first beneficiary.
                 
                2.ATM and/or credit cards shall not be issued.
                 
                3.A prepaid card may be issued and funded based on the joint signature of the authorized persons on the account.
                 
                4.The foundation is not allowed to accept gifts, bequests, donations, endowments, grants, or Zakat from parties other than the founders specified in its bylaws, unless the approval of the Center is obtained. Additionally, private foundations are not allowed to carry out any cash dealings.
                 
                5.No transactions (e.g. remittance, collection of checks, etc.) to any beneficiaries outside Saudi Arabia shall be made, except for transferring money for the purpose of managing the foundation’s activities. For example, remittance for paying fees of consulting services or of participation in external symposiums, conferences and the like may be made after the bank obtains the official approval therefore from the Center (NCNP).
                 
                6.Remittances or checks coming from outside Saudi Arabia to the foundation’s account at the bank shall not be accepted, unless official approval therefore is obtained from the Center (NCNP).
                 
                7.Sub-accounts may be opened for investing the foundation’s funds in activities with financial returns that would help the foundation achieve its objectives, after obtaining approval from the Board of Trustees.
                 

                b. Requirements and controls for opening and managing sub-accounts:

                Sub-accounts may be opened for the various purposes of the foundation, as follows:

                1.Only the documents for opening and managing the main account shall be required.
                 
                2.These accounts shall be used only for the purpose for which they were opened.
                 
                3.In case there are branches of the foundation, one sub-account may be opened for each branch of the foundation, with the primary purpose being "Expenses-Branch Name", as follows:
                 
                 a.A copy of the approval of the Center (NCNP) for establishing the branch for which a sub-account is to be opened.
                 
                 b.A copy of the organizational structure decision for the branch and the names of the employees in its management, approved by the Center (NCNP), with Verifying their identities.
                 
                 c.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to operate and manage the account, and verification of their authorization by identifying them in the decision of the Board of Trustees of the Foundation; such authorization shall allow for joint signature by two officials, and obtaining the approval of the Center when the authorized persons are from outside the board.
                 
                 e.Disbursements from the account shall be limited to the following:
                 
                  -bank checks withdrawn only by the first beneficiary.
                 
                  -Transfers made to the bank accounts of beneficiaries of material support inside Saudi Arabia only. The transfer forms shall be filled out by the persons authorized to sign for the expense sub-account. In addition, the transfers shall be monitored by the bank to ensure that they go in line with the nature of the branch’s activities.
                 
                  -Paying salaries of the foundation branch’s staff.
                 
                  -Paying utility bills and government invoices.
                 
                 f.ATM cards and/or credit cards shall not be issued for such accounts.
                 
                 g.A prepaid card may be issued and funded based on the joint signature of the authorized persons on the account.
                 
                 h.Approval of the bank’s senior management to open the account in cases where required -in accordance with the provisions of the Guidance of Anti Money Laundering and Combating Terrorist Financing-.
                 

                 

                • Civil Society Organizations established pursuant to royal orders: 
                   
                This rule has been added pursuant to the circular No. (450651330000), dated 14/10/1445H, corresponding to 22/04/2024G. Please refer to the Arabic version of this rule to read the last updated version.
                 
                Bank accounts may be opened for Civil Society Organizations established pursuant to royal orders as follows: 
                 
                1.A copy of the approval from His Majesty the King for the establishment of the civil society organization. 
                 
                2.A copy of the articles of association of the organization. 
                 
                3.A copy of the trustee board formation decision and verifying the identities of the members. 
                 
                4.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to manage and operate the bank account, with verification of their authorization by identifying them in a decision by the Board of Trustees. The signature should be joint for two officials, unless the organization's articles of association state otherwise. 
                 
                5.Any transactions (e.g. remittance, collection of checks, etc.) outside Saudi Arabia may be made after verifying that these transactions align with the activity or main purpose for which the organization was established, as per its articles of association. 
                 
                6.No transactions (e.g. remittance, collection of checks, etc.) outside Saudi Arabia shall be made for an organization if it is evident that the transaction does not align with its activity or main purpose under its articles of association, except for transferring money for the purpose of managing the organization’s activities. For example, remittance for paying fees of consulting services or of participation in external symposiums, conferences and the like may be made after obtaining approval from the National Center for Non-Profit Sector. 
                 

                • Family funds:

                The bank may open accounts only in Saudi riyal for family funds. The requirements are as follows:
                 

                a. Requirements and controls for opening and managing main bank accounts:

                • Requirements for opening main account:
                   
                1.A letter from the chairman of the trustee board of the family fund (or their authorized representative) to the bank in which the account is to be opened clearly indicating the purpose of opening the account.
                 
                2.A copy of the registration certificate issued by the National Center for the Development of the Non-Profit Sector (NCNP).
                 
                3.A copy of the fund's bylaws, approved by the Center.
                 
                4.A copy of the trustee board formation decision approved by the Center, and verifying the identities of the members.
                 
                5.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to operate and manage the bank account, and verification of their authorization by identifying them in the decision of the trustees board and the approval of the Center. The signature should be joint for two officials.
                 
                •  
                Controls for managing the main account:
                1.disbursement from the fund shall be in accordance with the methods and conditions stipulated in the fund's bylaws.
                 
                2.The family fund may accept funds, gifts, bequests, Zakat and subscriptions (if any) from its founders and family members only, provided that the bank obtains a pledge from the chairman of the fund’s trustee board to comply with this requirement.
                 
                3.No transactions (e.g. remittance, collection of checks, etc.) to any beneficiaries outside Saudi Arabia shall be made, except for transferring money for the purpose of managing the fund’s activities. For example, remittance for paying fees of consulting services or of participation in external symposiums, conferences and the like may be made after obtains the official approval therefor from the Center.
                 
                4.The family fund is allowed to invest its money according to the provisions stipulated in the fund’s bylaws.
                 
                5.Approval of the bank’s senior management to open the account in cases where required -in accordance with the provisions of the Guidance of Anti Money Laundering and Combating Terrorist Financing-.
                 
                 b. Requirements and controls for opening and managing sub-accounts:
                 

                Sub-accounts may be opened for the various purposes of the fund, such as the collection of Zakat, as follows:
                 

                1.Only the documents for opening and managing the main account shall be required.
                 
                2.These accounts shall be used only for the purpose for which they were opened.
                 
                3.Cash donations or donations made via electronic channels may be accepted as long as these donations come from banking sources inside Saudi Arabia only, through which donor’s information can be retrieved.
                 
                4.In case there are branches of the fund, one sub-account may be opened for each branch of the fund, with the primary purpose being "Expenses-Branch Name", as follows:
                 
                 a.A copy of the approval of the Center (NCNP) for establishing the branch for which a sub-account is to be opened.
                 
                 b.A copy of the organizational structure decision for the branch and the names of the employees in its management, approved by the Center (NCNP), with Verifying their identities.
                 
                 c.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to operate and manage the bank account, and verification of their authorization by identifying them in the decision of the fund's Board of Trustees; such authorization shall allow for joint signature by two officials, and obtaining the approval of the Center when the authorized persons are from outside the board.
                 
                 d.The sub-account shall be named “Branch of... Fund/Office in (City)-Subaccount of Periodic Advance”.
                 
                 e.Disbursements from the account shall be limited to the following:
                 
                  -bank checks withdrawn only by the first beneficiary.
                 
                  -Transfers made to the bank accounts of beneficiaries of charity inside Saudi Arabia only. The transfer forms shall be filled out by the persons authorized to sign for the advances’ account. In addition, the transfers shall be monitored by the bank to ensure that they go in line with the nature of the branch’s activities.
                 
                  -Paying salaries of the fund branch’s staff.
                 
                  -Paying utility bills and government invoices.
                 
                  -Prepaid cards and deposits may be issued, provided that their issuance is based on a joint signature from the authorized persons on the bank account, and that the prepaid card is funded with a joint signature from the authorized persons
                 
                 g.Approval of the bank’s senior management to open the account in cases where required -in accordance with the provisions of the Guidance of Anti Money Laundering and Combating Terrorist Financing-.
                 
                 h.Cash donations or donations made via electronic channels may be accepted as long as these donations come from banking sources inside Saudi Arabia only, through which donor’s information can be retrieved.
                 

                • Charitable activities of (civil and military) government bodies:
                 

                 The bank may open accounts only in Saudi riyal for charitable activities of (civil or military) government bodies. The following requirements and controls shall be met and applied:
                 
                1.The bank shall obtain, through SAMA, the approval of the Ministry of Finance for opening a bank account or for maintaining the operation of an existing account, if the account’s funds (or part of them) are from public funds.
                 
                2.The bank shall receive a request from the ultimate authority in the government body carrying out the charitable activity or the person he/she authorizes to open the account, if the account’s funds are not from public funds.
                 
                3.The bank shall receive from the ultimate authority or his/her authorized representative a letter containing the names of the persons authorized to manage the bank account (by joint signature), provided that such authorized persons are Saudi employees of the same government body.
                 
                4.Such government body shall not raise funds or accept donations, aids or gifts from anyone except from its staff.
                 
                5.Deposits are accepted in cash, by checks, and through domestic direct transfer. In addition, deposits can be carried out using ATMs, Internet or credit cards. In all deposits, depositor’s information shall be obtained.
                 
                6.No ATM cards and/or remittance membership shall be issued/granted for the account.
                 
                7.The government body wishing to open such bank account shall undertake that the beneficiaries of such account are from its staff and their families.
                 
                8.Disbursement from the account shall be made by checks payable to the first beneficiary, or via wire transfer from the main account to the first beneficiary’s account.
                 
                9.Sub-accounts under the main account may be opened. Sub-accounts shall be used only for receiving deposits and making transfers to the main account. Checkbooks shall not be issued for such sub-accounts. Moreover, neither withdrawal nor transfer from these sub-accounts shall be allowed except to the main account.
                 
                10.Approval of the manager of compliance department for opening the account shall be sought.
                 
              • 300.1.5.4 Public Welfare Committees (e.g. Committees of Patients’ Friends, Committees Caring for People with Disabilities or Blind People, Committees of Academic Excellence Awards, Charitable Warehouses Licensed by Regional Governors, and the Like)

                -The bank may open accounts for these committees only in Saudi riyal upon obtaining a copy of the committee’s license issued by the concerned official authority as per its jurisdiction, such as the Ministry of Education, the concerned emirate of the region, etc. Bank accounts for such committees shall be opened and managed under a joint signature of the committee chairman (or secretary) and its financial manager. Further, the bank shall obtain copies of the IDs of those two officials (the committee chairman/secretary and the financial manger), along with copies of the IDs of the members of the board of directors (or board of trustees). Copies of the bylaws of the committee/organization shall also be submitted to the bank. Approval of the manager of compliance department for opening the account shall be sought. Additionally, SAMA shall be informed about opening such accounts.
                 
                -Bank accounts may be opened for annual or seasonal public welfare activities, such as festivals, celebrations and the like, whose funds are not from the state budget. In this case, the bank shall receive a formal request from the concerned official entity organizing such activity to open the bank account. Such bank account shall be opened and managed under a joint signature of the person authorized to manage the activity and the financial manager; copies of their IDs shall also be obtained. In addition, the bank shall obtain copies of the IDs of the activity committee members. Moreover, the validity period of the account shall be specified; after such period the account shall be closed. Further, approval of the manager of compliance department for opening the account shall be sought. SAMA shall be informed about opening the account.
                 
                -Transferring funds from such accounts to parties outside Saudi Arabia is not permitted.
                 
              • 300.1.5.5 Bank Accounts for Collection of Shoppers' Donations of Remaining Halalas (Change) in Favor of Charities

                1.Donation collection service shall be restricted to commercial enterprises with commercial registers.
                 
                2.Charities that can benefit from such voluntary donation shall be licensed to operate in Saudi Arabia, and its articles of association or bylaws shall permit collection of donations.
                 
                3.No commercial enterprise shall be allowed to provide the voluntary donation service of remaining halalas (change) in favor of charities (whether societies, foundations, committees or others) wishing to receive such donations without official permission from the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Development or the authority supervising the charity.
                 
                4.The supervisory authority's permission shall include (or have enclosed therewith) the license number for collection of donations and its validity period, as well as the name of the commercial enterprise and its commercial register number.
                 
                5.Collection of donations of remaining halalas shall be subject to a two-party contract, i.e. a contract between the commercial enterprise collecting donations of remaining halalas and the charity receiving such donations. The contract shall state obligations of both parties, including that the commercial enterprise will not charge any fees for providing such service.
                 
                6.The contract may be extended for more than one period with the consent of the authority supervising the charity. In this case, all previous licenses of donation collection and their related accounts shall be revoked or settled prior to granting renewal approval at the end of the financial year.
                 
                7.Donations collected shall be submitted to the concerned charity by a crossed check or a bank transfer to its account at the end of each quarter of the Gregorian calendar year. In addition, the supervisory authority shall be furnished with copies of paid checks or bank transfer receipts.
                 
                8.The commercial enterprise shall state in the crossed check or transfer slip the name or account number of the charity and that the amount presented is the donation of remaining halalas by shoppers.
                 
                9.The halala-donation procedures, automatic system, and controls of the commercial enterprise shall consider the following:
                 
                 Using a separate special payment means (e.g. cash/sale points) for donation of halalas.
                 
                 Allocating a separate bank account under the name of the commercial enterprise with the clause "remaining halalas" for keeping amounts donated by costumers. This account shall include sub-accounts; each of which shall be designated for one charity with which the commercial enterprise has contracted.
                 
              • 300.1.5.6 Cooperative Associations and Funds

                • Cooperative associations

                a. Cooperative associations under establishment:

                A Saudi Riyal trust account may be opened for a cooperative association under establishment for the purpose of capital raising. The following requirements shall be satisfied: 
                 
                1.The bank shall receive a letter from the competent authority at the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Development (MHRSD), stating that the cooperative association is under establishment and that the MHRSD agrees on opening an account for the association to raise its capital. The letter shall specify the name of the cooperative association under establishment and the name and ID number of the founding committee’s chairman, who is in charge of communicating with the bank for the account opening. In addition, a copy of the association’s preliminary memorandum of association shall be submitted to the bank with the letter.
                 
                2.The trust account shall be opened only for six months. The bank may extend this period for another six months upon receiving a request from the concerned authority at the MHRSD.
                 
                3.If the association is not registered and established within the period specified in Paragraph (2) above, amounts deposited in the trust account shall be returned upon the approval of the concerned authority at the MHRSD. The approval shall specify the method of returning such amounts and their recipient.
                 
                4.If the association is registered and established, the bank shall fulfill the requirements of Paragraph (b) below and shall convert the trust account into a current account.
                 

                b. Licensed cooperative associations:

                The bank may open a Saudi Riyal account for cooperative associations upon fulfilling the following conditions and requirements: 
                 
                1.Receiving a request of the association’s board chairman to open a bank account; the account to be opened shall be managed under a joint signature of the board chairman (or his/her vice-chairman) and the treasurer (principal signatory).
                 
                2.Obtaining a copy of the association registration and establishment decision (the association registration certificate) issued by the MHRSD.
                 
                3.Obtaining a copy of the entity’s board formation decision that is issued, approved or attested by the MHRSD.
                 
                4.Obtaining a copy of the entity’s memorandum of association.
                 
                5.Obtaining a copy of the entity’s bylaws.
                 
                6.Obtaining copies of the board members’ IDs.
                 

                • Cooperative funds:

                The bank may open accounts for the cooperative funds upon fulfilling the following conditions and requirements: 
                 
                1.Obtaining a copy of the decision allowing or approving the establishment of the fund, issued by the concerned minister, general director or sector head.
                 
                2.Naming the fund after the organization establishing it.
                 
                3.Ensuring that the account is opened and operated by the manager and treasurer of the organization that owns the fund.
                 
                4.Obtaining a copy of the regulations governing the fund, issued by the concerned government body.
                 
                5.Obtaining a copy of the regulations governing the fund, issued by the concerned government body.
                 
              • 300.1.5.7 Homeowners’ Associations/Housing Societies Licensed by the Real Estate General Authority

                Banks may open bank accounts for homeowners’ associations/housing societies upon obtaining the following: 
                 
                1.A letter from the real estate manager requesting the opening of the account, including the names of those authorized to manage and operate the account, certified by the chairman of the association/society.
                 
                2.A copy of the articles of association of the association/society.
                 
                3.A copy of the association/society registration certificate issued by the Real Estate General Authority.
                 
                4.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to manage and operate the account.
                 
              • 300.1.5.8 Endowments and Bequests

                Without prejudice to Rules (300.1.1) and (300.1.3), bank accounts shall be opened in Saudi Riyal for endowments and bequests as follows:

                1. Endowments:

                a.Endowments under the administration of the General Authority for Awqaf:
                 
                 1.A letter by the Governor of the General Authority for Awqaf, requesting the opening of a bank account under the name of “Revenues’’ shall be submitted. The persons authorized to operate the account shall be identified, and dual authorization shall be applied. The financial powers of or right to delegate for the persons authorized must be specified.
                 
                 2.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to operate the account shall be submitted.
                 
                b.Endowments not under the administration of the General Authority for Awqaf:
                 
                 1.The bank shall receive a copy of the valid endowment registration certificate issued by the General Authority for Awqaf, including at minimum, the following: name of endowment, endowment deed number and date, and names of administrators and their ID numbers.
                 
                 2.A copy of the legal deed of the endowment shall be submitted.
                 
                 3.A letter from the authorized signatory under the endowment deed, specifying the persons authorized to operate the account, shall be submitted.
                 
                 4.Copies of the IDs of persons authorized to operate the account shall be submitted.
                 
                 5.Copies of the IDs of administrators whose names are stated in the endowment registration certificate shall be submitted.
                 
                 6.No transactions (e.g. remittance, collection of checks, etc.) from the endowment accounts to any beneficiaries outside Saudi Arabia shall be made, except for transferring money for the purpose of managing the association’s activities. For example, remittance for paying fees of consulting services or of participation in external symposiums, conferences and the like may be made after the bank obtains the official approval therefor from the General Authority for Awqaf.
                 
                c.Foreign endowments:
                 
                 1.The bank shall receive a copy of the valid endowment registration certificate issued by the General Authority for Awqaf, including at minimum, the following: name of endowment, endowment deed number and date, and names of administrators and their ID numbers.
                 
                 2.The bank shall receive a letter from the endowment administrator or agent (Saudi national), requesting the opening of a bank account. The letter shall be accompanied by a request from the authority responsible for endowments in the home country of the foreign endowment (or by a request from the ambassador of that country) and by the approval of the General Authority for Awqaf.
                 
                 3.The bank shall receive a copy of the endowment’s legal deed stating that the property is allocated as Waqf (endowment) and registered with the competent authority in Saudi Arabia.
                 
                 4.The bank shall receive a copy of the administration deed/power of attorney issued by the competent authority in Saudi Arabia, which provides for the full right to handle endowment and fulfill the donor's conditions. The administration deed does need to contain a provision for opening bank accounts, as the endowment administration includes this authority.
                 
                 5.The bank shall receive a copy of the national ID of the endowment administrator/agent.
                 
                 6.The bank account shall be in the name of the endowment as stated in the endowment deed and the registration certificate issued by the General Authority for Awqaf.
                 
                 7.SAMA must be informed when the account is opened.
                 
                 8.Withdrawal from this account shall be made by checks.
                 
                 9.Transferring funds or issuing personal/bank checks from this account to beneficiaries outside Saudi Arabia shall not be allowed.
                 
                 10.ATM cards and/or credit cards shall not be issued for such accounts.
                 
                 11.Receiving remittances or checks from beneficiaries outside Saudi Arabia shall not be permitted without written approval from the General Authority for Awqaf.
                 

                2. Bequests:

                1.The bank shall receive a copy (or a certified copy) of the guardianship deed, which provides for the bequests.
                 
                2.The bank shall receive a copy of the national ID of the trustee(s).
                 
                3.The account shall be in the name of the bequest (Bequest of..).
                 
              • 300.1.5.9 Cultural, Sports and Social Clubs and Youth Hostels

                • Sports clubs licensed by the General Sports Authority:

                The bank may open Saudi Riyal accounts for sports clubs licensed by the General Sports Authority upon receiving the following documents: 
                 
                 1.The approval of the Ministry of Finance for opening the account.
                 
                 2.A copy of the license issued by the General Sports Authority.
                 
                 3.A copy of the decision to form the club’s board of directors.
                 
                 4.A copy of the authorization letter by the board of directors (joint signature), allowing specific persons to open and operate the account.
                 
                 5.Copies of the IDs of the authorized persons and board members.
                 
                 -Bank accounts for contributions of the club's members of honor and fans may be opened without the approval of the Ministry of Finance. Such accounts may be opened in Saudi Riyal or foreign currencies, but they shall be separated from the government subsidy account.
                 

                • Youth hostels:

                Requirements for the sports clubs licensed by the General Sports Authority shall also apply to youth hostels.

                • Cultural and literary clubs supervised by the Ministry of Culture:

                The bank may open Saudi Riyal accounts for cultural and literary clubs supervised by the Ministry of Culture upon receiving the following documents: 
                 
                 1.The approval of the Ministry of Finance for opening the account.
                 
                 2.A copy of the license issued by the supervisory authority.
                 
                 3.a copy of the decision to form the club’s board of directors;
                 
                 4.The authorization letter by the board of directors, allowing specific persons to open and operate the account under a joint signature.
                 
                 5.Copies of the IDs of the authorized persons and board members.
                 

                • Camel Club, and its branches and offices:

                The bank may open Saudi Riyal accounts for camel club and its branches and offices upon receiving the following documents: 
                 
                 1.A copy of the decision to form the club’s board of directors, issued by the Council of Ministers.
                 
                 2.A copy of the authorization letter by the board of directors, allowing specific persons to open and operate the account.
                 
                 3.Copies of the authorized signatories’ IDs.
                 
                 4.Copies of the board members’ IDs.
                 
                 5.Payment from the main account shall be made only for the purposes for which the account was established.
                 
              • 300.1.5.10 Public Corporations and Public Sector Institutions

                The bank may open accounts for public corporations and public institutions (see Appendix "B" for further information on such entities and their names) upon obtaining the following documents: 
                 
                1.A copy of the decision to form the entity’s board of directors, issued by the Council of Ministers.
                 
                2.A copy of the authorization letter by the board of directors, allowing specific person(s) to operate the account, along with copies of those persons’ IDs and their specimen signatures.
                 
              • 300.1.5.11 Chambers of Commerce and Industry

                The bank may open accounts for chambers of commerce and industry upon obtaining the following documents: 
                 
                1.A copy of the decision to form the chamber’s board of directors.
                 
                2.A copy of the authorization letter by the board of directors, allowing specific person(s) to open and operate the account, along with copies of those persons’ IDs and their specimen signatures.
                 
              • 300.1.5.12 Building, Renovating or Expanding Small and Large Mosques

                The bank may open bank accounts designated for building, renovating or expanding small or large mosques. The following requirements shall be fulfilled: 
                 
                1.The bank shall receive a letter from the Ministry of Islamic Affairs, Dawah and Guidance (MoIA) or any of its branches in the concerned region, requesting the opening of a bank account and indicating its purpose.
                 
                2.The bank shall obtain a copy of the approval of the MoIA or any of its branches in the concerned region for building, renovating or expanding a small or large mosque.
                 
                3.The bank shall obtain the decision made by the MoIA or any of its branches in the concerned region to form a committee to supervise the mosque construction, renovation or expansion process. The committee formed shall be chaired personally by the branch manager of the MoIA and include two members of the officials of MoIA branch in the concerned region.
                 
                4.The account shall be named “Branch of the Ministry of Islamic Affairs, Dawah and Guidance in... (building, renovating or expanding) (name of the mosque)”.
                 
                5.The account shall be operated personally by the manager of MoIA branch in the concerned region (principal signatory) with one or both of the committee members indicated above.
                 
                6.The bank shall obtain copies of the IDs of committee members who are authorized to sign for the account.
                 
                7.If funds are donations, the approval of the concerned authority shall be submitted.
                 
                8.Disbursement from the account shall be made only by checks, under a joint signature. In addition, ATM cards and/or credit cards shall not be issued for this account.
                 
                9.The account shall be valid for a period identical to the period specified by the MoIA for the mosque construction, renovation or expansion. Should there be a need to extend the validity period of the account, a letter to this effect shall be submitted to the bank by the MoIA or its concerned branch.
                 
                10.If account funds are from the state budget, as per a request from the MoIA, the approval of the Ministry of Finance shall be communicated to the bank through SAMA.
                 
                11.Approval of the manager of compliance department for opening the account shall be sought.
                 
              • 300.1.5.13 National Societies and Committees

                The bank may open accounts for national societies and committees, such as the National Society for Human Rights and the National Prevention of Blindness Committee, upon completing the following: 
                 
                1.Receiving a request from the chairman of the society/committee for opening a bank account.
                 
                2.Obtaining a copy of the royal approval or the resolution of the Council of Ministers, allowing the society or committee to exercise its activities.
                 
                3.Obtaining a copy of the articles of association of the society/committee.
                 
                4.Obtaining a copy of the society’s/committee’s regulations governing its financial affairs.
                 
                5.Obtaining copies of the IDs of society’s/committee’s executive council members.
                 
                6.The names of authorized signatories shall be determined by the chairman of the society/committee. The bank shall obtain copies of those signatories’ IDs and their specimen signatures. Such copies shall be attested as true copies of the original by both the society/committee and the bank. Changing the authorized signatories requires sending a letter from the chairman of the society/committee to the bank where the account is opened.
                 
                7.Withdrawal from these accounts shall be as per dual control, and in case of withdrawal by checks, check shall be payable to the first beneficiary.
                 
              • 300.1.5.14 Trial and Enforcement Courts

                Bank accounts for trial courts, such as commercial courts and family courts, may be opened for the purpose of managing the cases pending before such courts and for the enforcement courts for the purpose of depositing execution funds as follows: 
                 
                1.The bank shall receive a letter from the Deputy Minister of Justice for Enforcement or his authorized representative (for the bank accounts of enforcement courts), or a letter from the Deputy Minister of Justice for Judicial Affairs or his authorized representative (for the bank accounts of trial courts). The letter shall be addressed to the bank, requesting the opening of a bank account and stating the names of persons authorized to manage and operate the account under a joint signature (two signatories are required).
                 
                2.The bank shall obtain copies of the authorized signatories’ IDs and their specimen signatures.
                 
                3.The account shall be separate from other accounts of each court.
                 
                4.Disbursement from the account shall be made by checks payable to the first beneficiary, by transfers to the collection accounts such as the account opened under the name “Ministry of Justice/Deputyship for Enforcement) and designated for receiving funds via SADAD system, or by transfers to beneficiaries’ accounts. Where checks are used, the purpose of the check and the case number and date shall be written on the check.
                 
                5.ATM cards and/or credit cards shall not be issued for such accounts.
                 
                6.Transferring funds from these accounts to beneficiaries outside Saudi Arabia shall not be allowed. The exception to this rule is when the beneficiary is a foreign (natural or legal) person residing outside Saudi Arabia and the approval of the concerned deputy minister or the chief judge is obtained for the transfer.
                 
              • 300.1.5.15 Property Conveyancing Processes

                The bank may open collection accounts for the purpose of property conveyancing and for enforcement of related decisions. The following requirements and controls shall be met and applied: 
                 
                1.The bank shall receive a letter from the Minister of Justice or his delegate, specifying the names of persons (two as a minimum) authorized to manage the account under a joint signature.
                 
                2.The account shall be named “Property Conveyancing for....”. The account shall also be separate from the accounts of the Ministry of Justice.
                 
                3.The bank shall obtain copies of the authorized signatories’ IDs and specimen signatures.
                 
                4.Bank transfers related to the electronic property conveyancing, whether made to the collection accounts opened under the name (Property Conveyancing) or to the accounts of beneficiaries, shall be made using electronic banking services. Withdrawal from the account shall be made only by checks payable to the first beneficiary. The purpose of the check and the ID number of the payee shall be written on the check.*
                 
                5.ATM cards and/or credit cards shall not be issued for such accounts.
                 
                6.Transferring funds from these accounts to beneficiaries outside Saudi Arabia shall not be allowed.
                 

                This paragraph has been amended by circular No. (42009020), dated 18/02/1442H, corresponding to 27/09/2020G.

              • 300.1.5.16 Civil Rights–Personal Debt Settlement Account

                Bank accounts in Saudi Riyal only may be opened for any verdict execution administrations, divisions or sections, or for rights units at police centers. The following requirements shall be fulfilled: 
                 
                1.The bank shall receive a letter from the head of the verdict enforcement administration, division or section, or from the head of the police center, requesting opening a bank account and specifying its purpose and authorized signatories.
                 
                2.The account name shall be “the Ministry of Interior, Public Security, Verdict Enforcement Administration in … (Region/City/Governorate)-Personal Debt Settlement Account”.
                 
                3.The account shall be operated under a joint signature of at least two persons. One of them shall be the head of the verdict enforcement administration, division or section (or the head of the police center) or his/her deputy. The other signatory shall be the treasurer or his/her deputy (principal signatory).
                 
                4.The bank shall obtain copies of the authorized signatories’ IDs and their specimen signatures.
                 
                5.Funds shall be deposited in the account only by the debtor, his/her family, and their representatives via the following means:
                 
                 Bank checks in the following form: “Pay to the order of Civil Rights Department in … Region/ City/Governorate-Personal Debt Settlement Account”. The purpose of the check shall be written on it as follows: “Repaying the debt of... (debtor’s name and national ID number), Case/Verdict/Resolution No. ... dated ...”.
                 
                 Bank transfers, provided that all the required information of the transferor and the transfer purpose are indicated.
                 
                 Points of sale.
                 
                 Cash acceptance machines.
                 
                6.Withdrawal from the account shall be made only by checks signed by the authorized persons mentioned in point (3) above. The check shall be in the following form: “Pay to... (name of the creditor)”. The purpose of the check shall also be written on it as follows: “Repaying the debt of ... (debtor’s name and national ID number), Case/Verdict/Resolution No. ... dated...”.
                 
                7.ATM cards and/or credit cards shall not be issued for this account. Moreover, fund transfer from such account shall not be allowed.
                 
                8.The compliance officer at the bank shall ensure that all the abovementioned requirements are fulfilled and documents are verified.
                 
                9.The bank shall send a free detailed account statement to the concerned civil rights department every month, or whenever requested.
                 
              • 300.1.5.17 Scientific Societies

                The bank accounts of scientific societies may be opened as follows: 
                 
                1.The bank shall receive a letter from the chairman of the society’s board of directors requesting opening of the account. The letter must specify the persons authorized to manage and operate the account under a joint signature of the chairman (or his/her deputy) and the chief financial officer.
                 
                2.The bank shall receive a copy of the university council’s decision to form the society.
                 
                3.The bank shall receive a copy of the decision to form the board of directors approved by the university council.
                 
                4.The bank shall receive a copy of the society’s bylaws.
                 
                5.The bank shall receive copies of the IDs of the members of the board of directors and those authorized to manage and operate the account.
                 
                6.Acceptance of deposits shall be as determined by the bylaws (or financial regulations) of the society.
                 
                7.Transferring money to or receiving money from outside Saudi Arabia shall not be accepted, except for transferring money for the purpose of managing the society’s activities. For example, remittance for paying fees of consulting services or of participation in external symposiums, conferences and the like may be made after the bank obtains the official approval therefor from the university council.
                 
                8.ATM cards and/or credit cards shall not be issued for such accounts.
                 
              • 300.1.5.18 Professional Associations

                The bank accounts of professional associations may be opened as follows: 
                 
                1.The bank shall receive a letter from the Secretary General of the association, requesting the opening of the account. The letter must specify the persons authorized to manage and operate the account under a joint signature of the chairman of the board (or his/her deputy) and the secretary general.
                 
                2.The bank shall receive a copy of the decision to form the board of directors approved by the government authority "competent authority” that supervises the work of the association.
                 
                3.The bank shall receive a copy of the association’s bylaws.
                 
                4.The bank shall receive copies of the IDs of the members of the board of directors and those authorized to manage and operate the account.
                 
                5.Acceptance of deposits shall be as determined by the bylaws (or financial regulations) of the association.
                 
                6.Transferring money to or receiving money from outside Saudi Arabia shall not be accepted, except for transferring money for the purpose of managing the association’s activities. For example, remittance for paying fees of consulting services or of participation in external symposiums, conferences and the like may be made after the bank obtains the official approval of the competent authority.
                 
                7.ATM cards and/or credit cards shall not be issued for such accounts.
                 
            • 300.1.6 Rules for Foreign Embassies, Consulates, Diplomats, Airlines, Multilateral Organizations, and their Employees

              • 300.1.6.1 Embassies, Consulates, and their Educational Institutions and Employees

                -Foreign embassies and consulates and educational institutions operating under their auspices are permitted to open bank accounts. However, they are not permitted to open accounts for or on behalf of other entities, including businesses and charities.
                 
                -The bank shall receive a letter from such diplomatic entities, requesting to open a bank account. The letter shall specify the name and nature of the account as well as names of residents authorized to operate the account. Copies of the diplomatic cards of such authorized residents and of the ambassador/consul shall be authenticated and stamped by the embassy/consulate and attached to the letter. Alternatively, the letter may be certified by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, authenticating the identity of official in charge and the name of embassy. In either case, the entity shall also complete the account opening agreement and submit it to the bank. If the embassy is under formation in Saudi Arabia, the bank may open an account for it upon receiving a letter from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. The letter shall specify the name of the embassy, the name of the person authorized to open the account, and the type and number of his/her ID. The bank shall update the information related to the embassy and its staff once the embassy/consulate is set up.
                 
              • 300.1.6.2 Resident Diplomats

                Subject to the provisions of the Anti-Money Laundering Law and its Implementing Regulations, the Law of Terrorism Crimes and Financing and its Implementing Regulations, and the guidelines issued thereunder concerning politically exposed persons, bank accounts may be opened for resident diplomats working at foreign embassies and consulates. Such diplomats must present to the bank copies of their diplomatic cards, issued by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, and copies of their diplomatic passports for verification. The bank shall keep such copies in the customer information file. Further, the bank may open accounts for diplomats whose embassies in Saudi Arabia are still under establishment upon receiving a letter from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. The letter shall specify the name of the embassy, the name of the diplomat, and his/her ID information. A copy of his/her diplomatic passport shall also be submitted to the bank. Once the embassy is set up, the customer information file shall be updated.

              • 300.1.6.3 Diplomats on Temporary Visit

                The bank may open accounts for diplomats visiting Saudi Arabia to carry out official temporary tasks. In addition to obtaining documents indicated in Rule (300.1.6.2) above, the bank shall receive from or through the embassy a letter of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, specifying the term of the diplomat’s task. Moreover, approval of the manager of the bank’s compliance department for opening the account shall be sought. SAMA must be informed about opening the account. Such accounts must be closed when the visit (the assignment) term expires. Upon the expiration of the visit term and if no extension is granted and the account balance remains unsettled, the bank shall then obtain a letter from the customer, addressed to the bank and attested by the concerned embassy. The letter shall indicate that the account holder has left Saudi Arabia and shall specify the suitable method to return the account balance to him/her. However, the bank is not permitted to open accounts for visitors coming for other purposes other than the official tasks or visitors coming to engage in official tasks but for a few days.

              • 300.1.6.4 Foreign Airlines and their Employees

                Foreign airlines can open bank accounts to serve their basic objectives. However, they are not permitted to open accounts for or on behalf of any other juristic entities, including corporations, organizations, businesses and charities. To open accounts for foreign airlines, the following requirements shall be met: 
                 
                1.The person authorized to open the bank account for the airline shall be a resident of Saudi Arabia. If such person is non-Saudi, he/she must be under the sponsorship of the company or present the license of the agency (for agents).
                 
                2.The bank shall receive a copy of the approval or permission of the General Authority of Civil Aviation.
                 
                3.The bank shall receive a copy of the license issued by the Ministry of Investment to the company if the company directly undertakes its business without an agent, except GCC airlines.
                 
                4.The bank shall obtain a copy of the company’s commercial register according to which the business is performed.
                 
                5.The account shall be used only for receiving business proceeds and for paying expenses to agents and other suppliers.
                 
                -Accounts of airlines employees shall be subject to Rule (200.1).
                 
              • 300.1.6.5 Rules for International Multilateral Organizations

                The Muslim World League and its affiliated councils and organizations:

                The Muslim World League (MWL):

                Banks accounts may be opened for the Muslim World League (MWL) as follows:

                I. Main account:

                a. Requirements for opening main account:

                 1.The bank shall receive a letter from the Secretary General or Vice Secretary General of the MWL, requesting opening of the account. The letter shall define the purpose of the account, provided that the persons authorized to operate it under a joint signature are the Secretary General or Vice Secretary General of the MWL and the chief financial officer (principal signatory).
                 
                 2.The bank shall obtain a copy of the MWL Saudi Arabia Headquarters Agreement and the appended protocol.
                 
                 3.The bank shall obtain a copy of the decision to form the MWL board of directors, appoint its executives and determine their powers.
                 
                 4.The bank shall obtain copies of the IDs of the Secretary General of the MWL, Vice Secretary General, chief financial officer and board members. Such copies shall be attested by the MWL.
                 
                 5.Only one main account shall be opened under the entity’s name as stated in its Headquarters Agreement for deposit, withdrawal and transfer.
                 
                 6.Approval of the manager of compliance department at the bank for opening the account.
                 
                 7.Telephone banking and e-banking services shall be limited to balance inquiry and transfer from sub-accounts to the main account only.
                 
                 8.SAMA shall be informed when the account is opened.
                 

                b. Deposit controls:

                 1.Deposited cash amounts to the MWL main account and sub-accounts from MWL official staff may be accepted.
                 
                 2.The bank may accept cash deposits, checks and transfers to the main account and sub-accounts from non-official staff of MWL or MWL branches inside Saudi Arabia only if they are gift, subsidy or endowment and not donation.
                 
                 3.Amounts incoming to the MWL main account or sub-accounts from outside Saudi Arabia clearly stating their purpose as gifts, subsidy or donation may be accepted. Such amounts shall not be deposited in the MWL accounts unless after the MWL submits to the bank the approval of the competent authority in Saudi Arabia to deposit the amounts, whether they are, for example, transfers or checks under collection.
                 

                c. Withdrawal controls:

                Disbursement from the main account shall be limited only to checks or transfers to entities inside or outside Saudi Arabia. Transactions (remittance, issuance of checks, etc.) made to outside Saudi Arabia shall be only for the purpose of managing the MWL or implementing its programs or projects.

                d. Balance investment:

                The MWL may open accounts to invest its excess funds in activities that have financial return to help achieving its objectives.

                II. Sub-accounts for MWL branches and its various activities:

                 -Sub-accounts of or linked to the MWL main account for the same purposes of the branches or the activities of the MWL shall be opened after meeting and providing the following conditions and documents:
                 
                  1.A letter from the MWL Chairman or the Vice Chairman to the bank to open the sub-account specifying the purpose and persons authorized to manage the account.
                 
                  2.A copy of the official approval from the competent authority in Saudi Arabia to open a MWL branch or practice sub-activity.
                 
                  3.Copies of the authorized signatories IDs attested by the MWL.
                 
                  4.The MWL Chairman or the Vice Chairman may authorize members from the MWL staff to manage the account as the authorization shall be limited to making transfers from the sub-accounts to the main account.
                 
                  -Documents required to open and update the main account shall be sufficient for sub-accounts as they are nested under the main account.
                 

                • Institutions and organizations affiliated with the MWL, including the International Organization for Relief, Welfare and Development:

                Bank accounts may be opened for such entities as follows:

                I. Main account:

                a. Requirements for opening a main account:

                 1.A letter from the Chairman of the MWL affiliated entity to the bank requesting opening a main account or maintaining and updating the existing account specifying the purpose of the account, provided that the persons authorized to manage the account under a joint signature are the Chairman or the Vice Chairman of the entity and the chief financial officer (principal signatory).
                 
                 2.A copy of the MWL Saudi Arabia Headquarters Agreement and the appended protocol.
                 
                 3.A copy of the decision to form the Board of Directors of the entity and the appointment of its officials and their powers.
                 
                 4.A copy of the by-law and procedures of the entity.
                 
                 5.Copies of the IDs of the Chairman, Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and the board members attested by the entity.
                 
                 6.One main account only shall be opened under the entity’s name as stated in the license for deposit, withdrawal and transfer.
                 
                 7.Approval of the manager of compliance department at the bank for opening the account.
                 
                 8.Telephone banking and e-banking services shall be limited to balance inquiry and transfer from sub-accounts to the main account only.
                 
                 9.SAMA shall be informed when the account is opened.
                 

                b. Deposit controls:

                 1.Deposited cash amounts to the entity’s main account and sub-accounts from MWL official staff may be accepted.
                 
                 2.The bank may accept cash deposits, checks and transfers to the main account and sub-accounts from non-official staff of the entity or its branches inside Saudi Arabia only if they are gift, subsidy or endowment and not donation.
                 
                 3.Amounts incoming to the entity main account or sub-accounts from outside Saudi Arabia clearly stating their purpose as gifts, subsidy or donation may be accepted. Such amounts shall not be deposited in the entity accounts unless after entity submits to the bank the approval of the competent authority in Saudi Arabia to deposit the amounts, whether they are, for example, transfers or checks under collection.
                 

                c. Withdrawal controls:

                Disbursement from the main account shall be limited only to checks or transfers to entities inside or outside Saudi Arabia. Transactions (remittance, issuance of checks, etc.) made to outside Saudi Arabia shall be only for the purpose of managing the MWL or implementing its programs or projects.

                d. Balance investment:

                The entity may open accounts to invest its excess funds in activities that have financial return to help achieving its objectives.

                II. Sub-accounts for the branches of the institution or organization and their various activities:

                 -Sub-accounts of or linked to the entity’s main account for the same purposes of the branches or the activities of the entity shall be opened after meeting the following conditions and documents:
                 
                  1.A letter from the entity’s Chairman or the Vice Chairman to the bank to open the sub-account specifying the purpose and persons authorized to manage the account.
                 
                  2.A copy of the official approval from the competent authority in Saudi Arabia to open a branch of the entity or practice sub-activity.
                 
                  3.The entity’s Chairman or the Vice Chairman may authorize members from the entity staff to manage the account as the authorization shall be limited to making transfers from the sub-accounts to the main account.
                 
                  4.Copies of the authorized signatories IDs attested by the entity.
                 
                 -Documents required to open and update the main account shall be sufficient for sub-accounts as they are nested under the main account.
                 

                • World Assembly of Muslim Youth (WAMY):

                Bank accounts shall be opened for the WAMY upon fulfilling the following conditions and procedures:

                I. Main account:

                a. Requirements for opening a bank account:

                 1.A letter from the president of the WAMY affiliated entity to the bank requesting opening a main account or maintaining and updating the existing account specifying the purpose of the account and that the persons authorized to manage the account are the Chairman or Secretary General with joint signature and the Chief Financial Officer with main signature.
                 
                 2.A copy of the WAMY Saudi Arabia Headquarters Agreement.
                 
                 3.A copy of the protocol appended to the WAMY Headquarters Agreement.
                 
                 4.A copy of the decision to form WAMY Board of Trustees and the appointment of its officials and their powers.
                 
                 5.A copy of the by-law and procedures of WAMY.
                 
                 6.The authorized persons must fulfil the account opening agreement (contract) determining the purpose of the account, the sources of income and the real beneficiaries.
                 
                 7.Copies of the IDs of the Chairman, Secretary General, Chief Financial Officer and the members of the Board of Trustees attested by the entity.
                 
                 8.One main account only shall be opened under WAMY’s name as stated in Headquarters Agreement for deposit, withdrawal and transfer. The account shall be opened at the bank head office or main branch in the region.
                 
                 9.Approval of the CEO/general director and the manager of compliance department of the bank to open the account or to maintain and update the existing account.
                 
                 10.Telephone banking and e-banking services shall be limited to balance inquiry and transfer from sub-accounts to the main account only.
                 
                 11.SAMA must be informed when the account is opened.
                 

                b. Deposit controls:

                 1.Deposited cash amounts to WAMY’s main account and sub-accounts from WAMY official staff may be accepted.
                 
                 2.The bank may accept cash deposits, checks and transfers to the main account and sub-accounts from non-official staff of WAMY or WAMY branches inside Saudi Arabia only if they are gift or subsidy.
                 
                 3.Deposits or transfers for donation incoming to the bank from inside Saudi Arabia shall not be accepted.
                 
                 4.Amounts incoming to the WAMY’s main account or sub-accounts from outside Saudi Arabia clearly stating their purpose as gifts, subsidy or donation may be accepted. Amounts received by the bank to be transferred to other banks operating inside or outside Saudi Arabia may also be accepted. Such amounts shall not be deposited in the WAMY’s accounts or transferred to other banks unless after the WAMY submits to the bank the approval of the competent authority in Saudi Arabia to deposit the amounts, whether they are, for example, transfers or checks under collection.
                 

                c. Withdrawal controls:

                Disbursement from the main account shall be limited only to checks or transfers to entities inside or outside Saudi Arabia through the main account or by the remittance membership linked to the main account for transfers.

                d. Balance investment:

                WAMY may open accounts to invest its excess funds in activities that have financial return to help achieving its objectives.

                II. Sub-accounts for WAMY branches and their various activities:

                Sub-accounts of or linked to WAMY’s main account for the same purposes of the branches or the activities of WAMY shall be opened after meeting and providing the following conditions and documents: 
                 
                 1.A copy of the official approval from the competent authority in Saudi Arabia to open a branch of WAMY or practice sub-activity.
                 
                 2.A letter from WAMY Chairman or Secretary General to the bank to open the sub-account specifying the purpose and persons authorized to manage the account.
                 
                 3.WAMY Chairman or Secretary General may authorize members from WAMY staff to manage the account as the authorization shall be limited to making transfers from the sub-accounts to the main account.
                 
                 4.Copies of the authorized signatories IDs attested by WAMY.
                 
                 5.Documents required to open and update the main account shall be sufficient for sub-accounts as they are nested under the main account.
                 

                • Islamic Development Bank (IsDB):

                Current bank accounts shall be opened for IsDB upon fulfilling the following conditions and procedures: 
                 
                 1.Request to open the account by a letter from the President or Vice President of the bank.
                 
                 2.A copy of the bank Saudi Headquarters Agreement (permission).
                 
                 3.Signature shall be joint.
                 
                 4.Copies of the IDs of the authorized persons, the bank President or Vice President according to the request submitted.
                 
                 5.Check books may be provided to the bank and its employees to cover the administrative expenses. The bank accounts are not required to be correspondent.
                 
                 6.A copy of the procedures of money laundry and terrorist financing applied in the bank.
                 

                • Organisation of Islamic Cooperation (OIC) and its affiliated entities:

                Bank accounts shall be opened for OIC upon fulfilling the following conditions and procedures:

                 1.Obtain a request to open the account from OIC Secretary-General or Vice Secretary-General specifying the names and functions of the persons authorized to open and manage the account of OIC or the affiliated entity.
                 
                 2.A copy of the OIC Saudi Arabia Headquarters Agreement (or any other document for this purpose).
                 
                 3.Signature shall be joint.
                 
                 4.Copies of the IDs of the authorized persons, OIC Chairman or Vice-Chairman according to the request submitted.
                 
                 5.OIC may transfer money related to its programs or projects to accounts outside Saudi Arabia.
                 

                • Permanent Mission of the Russian Federation to the Organisation of Islamic Cooperation:

                Bank accounts shall be opened for the Mission after meeting and providing the following conditions and documents: 
                 
                 1.Submit a request approved by OIC to open an account in SAR or other currency to the bank in which the account is to be opened.
                 
                 2.A certified copy of the approval of opening the Mission Office in Saudi Arabia stating the purpose of the Mission to OIC.
                 
                 3.A letter from the Chairman of the Mission approved by the OIC specifying the person or persons authorized to manage the account.
                 
                 4.Copies of the diplomatic cards or residence cards (Iqama) of the authorized persons to open and manage the account according to the identity card issued to them in Saudi Arabia.
                 
                 5.The Mission may only receive and transfer money related to its purposes and programs.
                 

                • Arab Red Crescent and Red Cross Organization (ARCO):

                Bank accounts shall be opened for ARCO upon fulfilling the following conditions and procedures: 
                 
                 1.Obtain a request to open the account from the Secretary-General or Vice Secretary-General of ARCO, office or program in Saudi Arabia.
                 
                 2.A copy of ARCO Saudi Headquarters Agreement (permission).
                 
                 3.Signature shall be joint.
                 
                 4.Copies of the IDs of the persons authorized to manage the account, in addition to the ID of the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of ARCO, office or program according to the request submitted.
                 
                 5.Approval of the CEO/general director and the manager of compliance department to open the account.
                 
                 6.SAMA must be informed when the account is opened.
                 
                 7.OIC may transfer money related to its programs or projects to accounts outside Saudi Arabia.
                 

                • Other international multilateral organizations and funds:

                Bank accounts shall be opened according to the following conditions for international multilateral organizations and funds of a political, developmental or service nature, such as the United Nations, the Islamic World Conference, the World Bank and its affiliates, the International Monetary Fund and its affiliates, the Gulf Cooperation Council, the Arab League and Arab satellite broadcasters: 
                 
                 1.Obtain a request to open the account from the Chairman, Deputy or Vice-Chairman.
                 
                 2.A copy of ARCO Saudi Headquarters Agreement (permission).
                 
                 3.Signature shall be joint.
                 
                 4.Copies of the IDs of the organization/fund Chairman, Deputy or Vice-Chairman according to the request submitted.
                 

                • Personal accounts of staff of such organizations:

                The bank shall not require SAMA approval for opening accounts for the permanent staff of such organizations as the conditions and procedures stated in Rule (200-1) shall be applicable. However, conditions stated in Rule (300-1-6) shall be applicable to diplomats.

              • 300.1.6.6 Bank Accounts of Relief Committees and Campaigns

                This rule has been amended according to the circular No. (42060703) Dated 25/08/1442H, corresponding to 07/04/2021G. Please refer to the Arabic version of this rule to read the last updated version.
                Bank accounts shall be opened for designated relief campaigns and committees, as well as for the King Salman Humanitarian Aid and Relief Center "the Center", for the purposes of managing its operations and humanitarian relief campaigns abroad as follows:
                 
                1.A copy of the approval from His Majesty the King for the establishment of the designated fundraising committee/campaign, and the approval of SAMA to open one main account under the name of the committee or campaign, after determining the persons authorized for the account (joint signatures) and providing copies of their IDs and specimen signatures. If the account is to be opened for the Center, a letter must be obtained from the General Supervisor of the Center addressed to the bank, determining the persons authorized to manage the account (at least two persons) with joint signatures, and providing copies of their IDs and specimen signatures. The request must specify that the sources of the account’s funds do not include amounts from the state budget or the Center’s budget.
                 
                2.Authorized persons in the center, or in the relief committees and campaigns are permitted to open sub-accounts linked to the main account for the purposes of collecting donations and conducting relief activities.
                 
                3.The bank accounts of the center for the purposes of employee salaries, operational expenses, or its humanitarian activities, which are funded by the state’s general budget or the center’s budget, shall be separated from the accounts of the center that are funded from sources other than the state’s budget or the center’s budget. The instructions outlined in Rule (500-1-1) regarding the opening and management of government entity accounts shall be applied to the center's accounts that are funded by the state’s budget or the center’s budget.
                 
                4.Deposits into such accounts may be accepted through all means, including cash, checks, or local transfers. The center is also permitted to accept electronic donations through electronic payment gateways via different methods, including credit cards (both domestically and internationally).
                 
                5.ATM or credit cards shall not be issued for such accounts.
                 
                6.Money transfer to accounts outside Saudi Arabia or receiving transfers from there shall not be accepted after obtaining approval from SAMA, except for the Center's accounts, to which this paragraph does not apply.
                 
              • 300.1.6.7 Bank Accounts of Committees of Friendship and Foreign Official Relationships of Saudi Arabia

                Bank accounts shall be opened for such committees according the following controls: 
                 
                1.An official directive from the Minister of Foreign Affairs approving the establishment of the committee.
                 
                2.A direction from SAMA to the bank, stating the name and purpose of the account and the names of persons authorized to manage the account.
                 
                3.Copies of the IDs of the authorized persons or a letter from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs containing their personal data.
                 
              • 300.1.6.8 Economic and Technical Liaison Offices in Saudi Arabia

                Bank accounts shall be opened for foreign economic and technical liaison offices and their branches licensed by the Ministry of Investment in Saudi Arabia upon meeting and providing the following conditions and documents: 
                 
                1.A request from the director of the office explaining the purpose of the account.
                 
                2.A copy of the license issued for the office by the Ministry of Investment.
                 
                3.Signatures of the persons authorized to manage the account and copies of their IDs.
                 
                4.The account name shall be (the economic/ technical liaison office of. ) and shall be linked to the validity of the license and renewable by a letter for extension or renewal issued by the Ministry of Investment.
                 
                5.The account shall be managed by Saudis who work at the office. If the account is managed by non-Saudis, they must be residing in Saudi Arabia under valid residence permits (Iqama).
                 
                6.The account shall be used only for the purposes specified in the license. Such offices shall not open accounts for or on behalf of other entities, such as companies or charities.
                 
                7.The persons authorized to manage the account shall only be replaced by the approval of the embassy of the office country and the approval of the Ministry of Investment.
                 
                8.Approval of the manager of compliance department for opening the account shall be sought.
                 
                9.SAMA must be informed when the account is opened.
                 
            • 300.1.7 Bank Accounts for Liquidation and Financial Restructuring

              The bank may open bank accounts for liquidation, for depositing the proceeds of the sale of the bankruptcy assets covering the debtor’s debt in case of a financial restructuring under the Bankruptcy Law, or for liquidation under the Companies Law. The following conditions and documents shall be met and provided:

              I. Commencement of any liquidation procedures under the provisions of Bankruptcy Law

              1.The bank shall receive the court order that includes the following:
               
               -Commencing any liquidation or administrative liquidation procedures against a natural or juristic person.
               
               -Appointing one or more bankruptcy officeholder and specifying their names and powers, or forming a bankruptcy committee to manage the administrative liquidation procedures.
               
              2.The bank shall receive a request to open the account from the liquidation officeholder or the representative of the bankruptcy committee, as the case may be, stating the purpose of the account.
               
              3.The name of the account shall be (name of the natural or juristic person under liquidation... - Liquidation Account).
               
              4.The bank shall receive copies of the commercial register and memorandum of association and its annexes for the juristic person under liquidation, and a copy of the national ID or Iqama for the natural person under liquidation.
               
              5.The bank shall receive copies of the national ID and commercial register or license of the liquidation officeholder. In case of administrative liquidation, a letter shall be obtained from the bankruptcy committee that includes the data of the person authorized to manage the account and a copy of his/her national ID.
               
              6.The account shall be operated by the liquidation officeholder or the representative of the bankruptcy committee, as the case may be, in accordance with the court order to commence any liquidation procedure.
               
              7.Checkbooks may be issued for such accounts at the request of the liquidation officeholder or the representative of the bankruptcy committee, as the case may be. ATM cards and/or credit cards shall not be issued for such accounts unless the court order to commence the procedure otherwise provides.
               
              8.The bank, the liquidation officeholder or the representative of the bankruptcy committee, as the case may be, must confirm that the IDs and documents are true copies of the originals.
               
              9.Account validity:
               
               a.Liquidation procedure: The account shall be valid until a court order to complete the procedure is issued. The account shall be closed by a letter from the liquidation officeholder based on the court order to complete the liquidation procedure.
               
               b.Administrative liquidation procedure: The account shall continue to be valid according to the period stipulated in the Bankruptcy Law. Renewal shall be effected after the end of this period by a letter from the bankruptcy committee based on a court order, stating that the procedure is not completed and the period needed for completion. The account shall be closed upon the completion of the administrative liquidation procedure by a letter from the bankruptcy committee, stating that the committee has issued a decision to complete the procedure.
               

              II. Liquidation for the termination reasons stated in Article 16 of Companies Law

              1.The court order to liquidate a company shall be obtained. In case of a voluntary liquidation by partners, the decision issued by the partners or general assembly of the company to approve liquidation shall be obtained.
               
              2.A request from the liquidator to open a bank account shall be obtained.
               
              3.The liquidator (name and restrictions on powers) shall be appointed by a court order or decision of the company’s partners or general assembly.
               
              4.The bank shall receive copies of the commercial register and memorandum of association and its annexes of the company under liquidation.
               
              5.The bank shall receive copies of the IDs of the owners of the company under liquidation, whose names are mentioned in the memorandum of association and its annexes. Listed joint-stock companies are excluded from this requirement.
               
              6.The bank shall receive copies of liquidator’s national ID and the commercial register or license.
               
              7.The name of the account shall be (name of company under liquidation... -Liquidation Account).
               
              8.The account shall be operated by the liquidator or as stated in the company liquidation decision.
               
              9.Checkbooks may be issued for such accounts at the request of the liquidator. ATM cards and/or credit cards shall not be issued unless the company liquidation decision states otherwise.
               
              10.The bank and the liquidator shall confirm that the IDs and documents are true copies of the originals.
               
              11.The validity period of the account shall be as set forth in the court liquidation order. In case of voluntary liquidation, such period shall not exceed a maximum period of five years. Renewal shall be effected by a letter from the liquidator based on a court order, stating that liquidation procedure has not been completed and the period needed for completion.
               
              12.The account shall be closed upon completion of liquidation procedure by a letter from the liquidator, to which a statement confirming the approval of the entity appointing the liquidator on the liquidation completion report is attached.
               

              III. Accounts for proceeds from the sale of the bankruptcy assets covering the debtor's debt in case of financial restructuring

              1.The bank shall receive the court order that includes the following:
               
               -The commencement of the financial restructuring procedure “the procedure” for the natural or juristic person “the debtor”.
               
               -The appointment of a financial restructuring officeholder “the officeholder".
               
              2.The bank shall receive a request to open the account from the officeholder, stating the purpose of the account “Depositing the proceeds of selling the bankruptcy assets covering the debtor’s debt for which the procedure is commenced” and the validity period of the account. The account shall be closed based on the court order to complete the procedure.
               
              3.The bank shall obtain a copy of and verify the national ID of the officeholder.
               
              4.The name of the account shall be “Account of proceeds from sale of bankruptcy assets covering the debt of (name of the debtor) subject to financial restructuring”.
               
              5.The account shall be operated by the officeholder specified in the court order in accordance with the provisions of Article 82 of the Bankruptcy Law. Checkbooks may be issued for such accounts at the request of the officeholder. ATM cards and/or credit cards shall not be issued for such accounts.
               
              6.The bank shall receive an undertaking from the officeholder to notify the bank once a court order to dismiss him/her or accept his/her resignation request is issued. The bank must enable the new officeholder to manage the account in accordance with the provisions of this clause after receiving the court order appointing him/her. The bank must also obtain a copy of and verify the national ID of the new officeholder.
               
          • 300.2 Non Resident Juristic Persons

            • 300.2.1 Non-Banking GCC Companies Not Residing in Saudi Arabia

              • 300.2.1.1 Current Accounts and Deposits for Business and Credit Purposes

                Bank accounts shall be opened for GCC companies for business and credit purposes according to the following conditions and requirements: 
                 
                1.A copy of the license/commercial register issued by the government authority in the GCC country of residence.
                 
                2.Submitting a request to open a bank account stating the business purpose of the account which should conform to the purposes of the company according to the memorandum of association and license.
                 
                3.Verifying the national ID(s) of the owner(s) of the GCC establishment (excluding listed joint stock companies).
                 
                4.The memorandum of association and its annexes which clearly indicate the composition of both the capital and the establishment’s management and that the ownership of GCC citizens (natural or juristic) exceeds 50% of the company's capital.
                 
                5.Verifying the IDs of the members of the board of directors, provided that the majority of members shall be GCC citizens or from GCC establishments.
                 
                6.Copies of IDs of the authorized managers and their nationalities.
                 
                7.A copy of the authorization issued by the board of directors authorizing persons to manage the bank account unless specified in the memorandum of association.
                 
                8.The person authorized to manage the bank account shall be a GCC citizen. If the purpose of the account is to receive facilities from a bank licensed to operate in Saudi Arabia, the person authorized may be a non-GCC individual working in the company and residing in the company's country.
                 
                9.Approval of the Saudi embassy in the company’s GCC country for all the above requirements.
                 
                10.The above documents shall be completed by the bank's employees directly by interviewing the clients personally (authorized persons) or by a national GCC correspondent bank residing in the country of the company. The correspondent bank shall verify that copies provided for all the required documents, even documents certified by the Saudi embassy, are true copies of the original documents. Deposit, withdrawal and transfer shall be carried out by the correspondent bank. Documents may be completed by a correspondent bank residing in the GCC country of the company that is one of the Saudi bank partners in capital and technical management or by the branches of Saudi banks in the GCC country. The final responsibility for the customer data shall rest with the bank operating in Saudi Arabia.
                 
                11.Once the above documents are provided and the requirements satisfied, the bank shall apply the KYC principle.
                 
                12.Approval of the CEO/general director and the manager of compliance department to open the account.
                 
                13.The permission to open accounts includes all GCC companies and those carrying out commercial, industrial, service, agricultural and real estate businesses.
                 
                14.Banks, money changers (other than correspondent accounts), investment companies, financial institutions, independent or affiliated investment funds, insurance companies, sole proprietorships and licensed shops are prohibited from opening bank accounts.
                 
              • 300.2.1.2 Bank Accounts of GCC Juristic Persons for the Purpose of Trading in Securities Listed in the Saudi Stock Exchange

                Bank accounts may be opened for these juristic persons after carrying out and providing the following: 
                 
                 -An application for opening a bank account shall be submitted, specifying that it is for the purpose of investment in joint-stock companies shares or securities. The bank shall ascertain that the investment purpose conforms with the company’s objectives as specified in its memorandum of association and license. It shall also ensure that the company’s memorandum of association and articles of association are free of any restrictions that might prevent or limit the company’s ownership of shares of joint-stock companies.
                 

                a. GCC companies:

                1.A copy of the license / commercial register issued by a competent government authority in the GCC country of residence and attested as a true copy of the original.
                 
                2.The company’s articles of association or memorandum of association, or the decision issued by a shareholders’ association or the company partners, must provide that the company is allowed to invest in securities.
                 
                3.Real beneficiaries holding ultimate control shall be identified and verified (as a minimum, a natural owner holding 25% as specified in the company’s memorandum of association and its annexes or according to the available data).
                 
                4.A copy of the company’s memorandum of association and its annexes clearly showing the company’s capital structure and management and that the share of GCC citizens (natural and juristic) shall exceed 50% of the company capital.
                 
                5.Verifying the identity of board members.
                 
                6.Copies of IDs of the authorized managers and their nationalities.
                 
                7.A copy of the authorization issued by the company’s board of directors empowering the persons concerned to manage accounts and investment portfolios, unless such authorization is included in the company’s memorandum of association.
                 

                b. GCC investment institution:

                Documents of establishment which prove that the institution is owned by the government, including its memorandum of association, decision to form its board of directors, names of those authorized to manage the accounts and copies of their ID cards.

                c. Pension and social insurance organizations:

                Documents pertaining to the establishment of these organizations, board formation decision, names of those authorized to manage the accounts and their authorization decision as well as copies of their IDs.

                d. Affiliated investment funds:

                1.A copy of the fund’s or the managing fund’s articles of association or memorandum of association and any amendments thereto.
                 
                2.Documents relating to the license to establish the fund, received either from a capital market authority or a central bank in a GCC Country.
                 
                3.Names of the board members responsible for managing the fund and its policy.
                 
                4.The resolution nominating those empowered to operate the fund and copies of their IDs.
                 
                5.A copy of the fund’s or the managing fund’s memorandum of association and its annexes which clearly show the structure of its capital and its management and that the share of GCC citizens (natural or juristic) exceeds 50%.
                 
                -The documents mentioned in a, b, c and d shall be received by directly meeting the customers (authorized persons) in person or through a GCC agent.
                 
                -The AML/CFT form shall be completed by a GCC agent. However, when meeting customers (authorized persons) in person, in the case of a GCC company and an investment fund only, such form shall be completed by these two parties themselves as applicable.
                 
                -The bank shall apply the KYC principle and exercise due diligence.
                 
                -The bank shall obtain a declaration from a GCC agent in which the agent undertakes to provide the bank or the supervisory authorities in Saudi Arabia with any information about customer investors at any time upon request. This is in the case that the bank is dealing with a GCC customer through a GCC agent.
                 
            • 300.2.2 Non-Resident, Non-Banking (Non-GCC) Companies and Businesses with No Contracts or Projects in Saudi Arabia

              Banks are not permitted to open any account for such companies and businesses, except for the intermediary accounts allowed under Rules (400.1) and (400.2). An exception is companies and institutions which have SAMA’s approval to obtain facilities, finance or loans from banks operating in Saudi Arabia according to the following conditions and controls: 
               
               
               1.Providing copies of the following documents:
               
                a.License/commercial register issued by the government authority in the country of residence.
               
               
                b.Memorandum of association and its annexes, clearly showing the structure of capital and company management.
               
               
                c.Authorization issued by the company’s board for persons to handle credit processes and manage bank accounts, unless this is specified in the memorandum of association.
               
               
               2.Providing a list of names and copies of the identities of board members and authorized managers showing their nationalities.
               
               3.Determining the (natural) real beneficiary of ownership.
               
               4.Verifying the ownership of any politically exposed person, if any, and verifying its source of funds.
               
               5.Opening an intermediary account with the bank for the purpose intended, named (.........Company Loan Account).
               
               6.The intermediary account shall be managed by officers from the executive level in the bank.
               
               7.The account shall not provide any kind of services (checks, ATM cards, etc.)
               
               8.Requests of a customer who obtains a finance loan (borrower) to withdraw from the account shall be made through any of the following:
               
                -A SWIFT message from the customer through the correspondent bank which the customer deals with in its home country.
               
               
                -Written instructions signed by two authorized persons in the company obtaining the finance, whose names are included in the finance request.
               
               
               9.Repayment is made through remittances from the borrower’s country or from banks in the Kingdom by a resident customer specified in the loan agreement. Cash deposits, checks and transfers from domestic accounts with the same bank are not permitted.
               
            • 300.2.3 Non-Resident and Non-Banking Companies and Businesses with Contracts or Projects in Saudi Arabia

               When a non-resident business or company has a contract or a project in Saudi Arabia, it may have accounts with a bank in Saudi Arabia for the duration of the project or the contract according to the following conditions:
               
              1.Obtaining permission from the Ministry of Commerce and/or a provisional license from the Ministry of Investment and approval from the company’s head office. This approval must be certified by the Saudi embassy in the company's country of origin.
               
              2.A copy of company's memorandum of association duly attested by the Saudi embassy in the company's home country.
               
              3.A recommendation from a bank rated by an approved rating agency with which it deals in the country of origin.
               
              4.A copy of the authorization from the company’s head office certified by the Saudi embassy, nominating the persons authorized in Saudi Arabia to sign on behalf of the company for all financial transactions (including opening and operating accounts and checks), along with copies of their Iqamas.
               
              5.Approval of the CEO/general director and the manager of compliance department to open the account.
               
              -Banks must close all such accounts upon expiry of the contract. In order to manage post-project receivables and payables, including zakat and income tax payments, special accounts can be maintained specifically for this purpose until completion. After that, such accounts must be closed according to the following:
               
               1.Considering such account as a trust account under the control of the operations manager at the bank's head office only.
               
               2.Obtaining a letter from the company’s head office, duly attested by the Saudi embassy in its home country, identifying the authorized signatories to sign for the trust account after completion of the company’s business and specifying the method for transferring the remaining amounts and paying zakat or income tax.
               
               3.Limiting deposits in such account to the amounts payable to the company by other parties such as the Ministry of Finance (government checks) or a private entity if the contract is made with a private or semi-government business sector.
               
               4.Classifying this account as of high risk.
               
            • 300.2.4 Non-Resident and Non-Banking Companies and Businesses Leasing Spaces in Deposit Areas in Saudi Arabia

              Banks may open accounts for companies and institutions licensed to sell and reexport commodities in deposit areas at local ports in Saudi Arabia, whether leasing was directly through contracts with the Saudi Ports Authority or through concession. This shall be for a period equal to the duration of the lease contract and according to the following requirements: 
               
              1.A copy of the lease contract attested by the Chamber of Commerce and Industry and the port management.
               
              2.A copy of the lessee’s commercial register issued by the country of origin and attested by the Saudi embassy in addition to the full address of the entity.
               
              3.A letter from a bank in the lessee’s country of origin.
               
              4.The persons authorized to manage the entity’s account must be Saudis or non-Saudis with valid Iqamas.
               
              5.The purpose of the account must be specified through a letter from the lessee to the bank.
               
              6.The account must be closed by the bank upon expiry of the lease period if a renewal notification is not received.
               
            • 300.2.5 Non-Resident Commercial Banks (Including GCC Banks)

              Correspondent accounts may be opened for non-resident commercial banks (including GCC banks), including correspondent accounts for central banks, in accordance with the following conditions: 
               
              1.Approval of the CEO/general director and the manager of compliance department to open the account.
               
              2.SAMA must be informed when the account is opened.
               
              3.Obtaining license documents (except for situations where the correspondent is the central bank itself) issued by the competent foreign licensing authority of the foreign correspondent bank, such as the central bank or the banking control commission in the country of origin.
               
              4.Banks should refuse to enter into or continue a banking relationship with a correspondent bank in a country where it has no physical presence and which is not affiliated with a regulated financial group (e.g. shell banks).
               
              5.Banks should select or approve correspondent banks whose countries apply strong measures to identify customers and cooperate in combating money laundering. These correspondent banks should be under the control of competent authorities. Moreover, it is possible to have an easy access to information related to such banks’ management, main line of business, locations, reputation and the level of control applied by their regulators.
               
              6.Banks shall obtain a completed AML/CFT form from each correspondent bank, stating that such bank is committed to the AML/CFT policies and procedures regarding relations with new banks as well as existing relations. Banks shall also access the correspondent bank’s internal controls to combat these crimes and ensure their adequacy and effectiveness and that the correspondent bank does not allow shell banks to use its accounts.
               
              7.Banks should ensure, through publicly available information and research (such as media), that the correspondent banks, which a bank plans to deal with or continue to deal with, are not subject to any investigation on money laundering or terrorist financing, involved in cases brought against them in this regard, or subject to any legal action.
               
              8.Banks are not allowed to start new relations with any correspondent bank or open a correspondent account without the approval of their senior management.
               
              9.Banks should ensure that operating these accounts is restricted to dealings among correspondent banks only. Such accounts shall not be used or treated as current accounts and no check books should be issued for them. Additionally, they may not be used for cash depositing or by a third party to conduct activities for its own account.
               
            • 300.2.6 International Investment Companies and Mutual Funds and Other Nonresident Financial Institutions (Including GCC Institutions)

              Banks may not open any bank account for foreign investment companies, mutual funds or financial institutions, including GCC investment companies and brokers who illegally sell their products in Saudi Arabia and raise funds in Saudi riyals and other foreign currencies. Saudi banks may not facilitate the business of such entities in any way. An exception to this is the cases and categories permitted by the CMA, in which investment in the shares of Saudi joint-stock companies is allowed.

            • 300.2.7 Non-Resident Insurance Companies and Money Changers

              Saudi banks may not open bank accounts for such juristic entities except in the following cases after obtaining approval of the CEO/general director and the manager of compliance department to open the account and informing SAMA when opening the account:

              • A non-resident insurance company with an agreement with a Saudi bank to offer insurance products:

              Such company may only open an escrow account in Saudi riyal and other foreign currencies with the partner bank to facilitate its business under the agreement.

              • A non-resident money changer:

              It may only open a correspondent account after providing the documents related to practicing (banking activities) currency exchange activities as specified in Rule (300.2.5).

            • 300.2.8 Payment Card Companies Not Residing in Saudi Arabia and Not GCC Affiliated

              Banks are not permitted to open accounts for such companies. However, after obtaining approval of the CEO/general director and the manager of compliance department to open a bank account and informing SAMA when opening such account, the bank may hold intermediary accounts in Saudi riyals for these companies to enable them to pay the value of customer purchases to the merchants in Saudi Arabia. Banks should also obtain authenticated licenses or registration documents from these companies in order to be able to identify them.

        • 400. Rules for Opening Bank Accounts for Resident and Non-Resident Foreign Investors Not Covered by the Foreign Investment Law

          • 400.1 Rules for Opening Bank Accounts for the Purpose of Linking Investment Deposits Only or Linking Investment Deposits for Issuing Letters of Guarantee to Non-Resident Juristic Persons

            Banks may open accounts for non-resident juristic persons (for instance, sovereign wealth funds, mutual funds, cash funds, investment companies, and the like) for the purpose of linking investment deposits only or linking investment deposits for issuing letters of guarantee in banks operating in Saudi Arabia. Banks shall take into consideration the provisions of Article (11) of the Anti-Money Laundering Law and Article (66) of the Law of Terrorism Crimes and Financing. Non-resident foreign investors’ documents shall be obtained by the correspondent banks outside Saudi Arabia. The correspondent bank’s verification of all documents is required in addition to identifying the customer’s account number held by the bank. This should be subject to the following conditions: 
             
            1.Obtaining copies of the following documents:
             
             a.License\commercial register issued by the competent authority in the country of origin.
             
             b.Memorandum of association and its annexes or the founding document in the case of sovereign wealth funds and the like, clearly showing the structure of capital and management.
             
             c.The authorization issued by the board for the persons authorized to open and operate the bank account, unless this is specified in the memorandum of association.
             
            2.Obtaining a list of names and copies of the identities of board members and authorized managers showing their nationalities.
             
            3.Identifying and assessing ML/TF risks, applying preventive measures, and exercising due diligence when handling such accounts.
             
            4.Opening an intermediary account with the bank for the purpose intended, named (investment deposit account).
             
            5.The account shall not allow any kind of services (checks, ATM cards, etc.).
             
            6.The customer’s request to break the deposit or issue a bank guarantee shall be made through any of the following:
             
             a.A SWIFT message from the customer through the correspondent bank which the customer deals with in its home country.
             
             b.Written instructions signed by two authorized persons in the non-resident foreign company, whose names are included in the deposit request.
             
             c.The beneficiary shall be the same juristic person.
             
            7.Cash deposits, checks and transfers from domestic accounts with the same bank are not permitted.
             
            8.The bank shall confirm that all IDs and documents are true copies of the originals, and documents issued outside Saudi Arabia shall be verified by relevant authorities, the Saudi Embassy in the relevant country and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Saudi Arabia.
             
            9.Obtaining approval of the CEO and the manager of compliance department to open the account.
             
            10.SAMA must be informed when the account is opened.
             
            11.The account must only be used for purposes of deposits, and it is not allowed to be used to carry out any other transactions.
             
          • 400.2 Rules for Opening Intermediary Investment Accounts

            -A bank offering among its investment products and services pooled accounts managed by professional intermediaries or lawyers (such as mutual funds, cash funds, deposit funds, etc.) shall obtain from the intermediary ID documents of beneficiaries of the account where there are sub-accounts for each real beneficiary. The bank shall also ensure that the intermediary is subject to the same regulatory requirements applicable to banks pertaining to AML/CFT and KYC principle.
             
            -Banks must obtain copies of the intermediary’s licenses to practice business attested by the correspondent bank or the Saudi Embassy.
             
            -Approval of the CEO/general director and the manager of compliance department to open the account.
             
            -SAMA must be informed when the account is opened.
             
          • 400.3 Rules for Opening Bank Accounts for Juristic Persons (Licensed Companies, Institutions and Shops) Owned by Foreign Residents Permitted to Practice Business But Not Included in the Foreign Investment Law

            Banks may open bank accounts for this category after obtaining the following: 
             
            1.A copy of the commercial register issued by the Ministry of Commerce.
             
            2.A copy of the license if it is the only requirement or if it is required along with the commercial register.
             
            3.A copy of the memorandum of association and its annexes (if any).
             
            4.A copy of the business owner’s Iqama or national ID card (for GCC citizens). The information (name, ID number and expiry date) contained in the commercial register and/or license provided by a non-Saudi merchant must be verified.
             
            5.A list of owners as mentioned in the memorandum of association (if any) as well as copies of their IDs.
             
            6.Non-Saudi owner of an entity is not allowed to authorize others (Saudis or non-Saudis) to manage the accounts of the entity.
             
          • 400.4 Rules for Opening Bank Accounts for Foreign Financial Institutions Qualified to Invest in Securities Listed in the Saudi Stock Exchange

            Banks may open bank accounts for this category after the following is met: 
             
            1.An application is submitted by a person authorized by CMA or a qualified foreign investor in accordance with the Rules for Qualified Foreign Financial Institutions Investment in Listed Securities issued by CMA, in which it is specified that the account is for investment in the securities listed in the Saudi Stock Exchange.
             
            2.Obtaining a copy of the foreign investor’s license or commercial register issued by a competent authority in the state of origin, where applicable.
             
            3.Obtaining a copy of the foreign investor’s business license to practice the activity in the country of origin issued by a supervising body (CMA or SAMA counterpart), where applicable.
             
            4.Obtaining a copy of the articles of association and its annexes and/or memorandum of association and its annexes, where applicable.
             
            5.Real beneficiaries holding ultimate control shall be identified and verified (as a minimum, a natural owner holding 25% as specified in the memorandum of association and its annexes or according to the available data).
             
            6.Identifying the control and ownership structure.
             
            7.Obtaining a list of names and copies of ID cards of the legal entity managers and the persons authorized to sign on behalf of the foreign investor regarding account transactions.
             
            8.Obtaining an authorization from the foreign investor’s board specifying the persons authorized to sign on his/her behalf regarding account transactions, where applicable.
             
            9.Completing the KYC principle and AML/CFT form (prepared by SAMA).
             
            10.Obtaining a declaration from the foreign investor and/or authorized person to provide the Saudi supervisory authorities with any information at any time upon request, in accordance with relevant laws and regulations.
             
            11.A copy of the notice issued by the person authorized to confirm acceptance of the investor as a qualified customer.
             
            12.Approval of the bank’s senior management to open the account for the foreign investor.
             
            13.The account shall not provide any kind of services (checks, ATM cards, etc.).
             
            14.Cash withdrawals and deposits shall not be accepted.
             
            15.Banks may open accounts only for licensed foreign investors or foreign founders (where applicable) whose countries apply strong measures to identify customers and cooperate in combating money laundering and terrorist financing. Amounts transferred to accounts in Saudi Arabia’s banks must come from a foreign investor’s account in a country applying such measures (to be specified in the account opening agreement if possible) and be transferred again to the same account. Applications submitted by foreign investors whose countries never (or insufficiently) apply the FATF Recommendations, or some decisions have been issued against them by the Security Council, shall not be accepted.
             
        • 500. Rules for Opening Bank Accounts for Government Entities

          • 500.1 Rules for Opening Bank Accounts for Ministries and Saudi Government Entities

            • 500.1.1 Ministries and Government Entities Listed in Appendix (A) and the Like

              Banks may open Saudi riyal accounts for government entities subject to the following: 
               
              1.The government entity shall submit an account opening application to the Ministry of Finance (the Deputyship for Financial and Accounts Affairs). In order to complete the opening application process or activate the account, a list of existing bank accounts with SAMA and other banks must be attached so as to avoid replication of accounts with the same purpose. After considering the application, the Ministry of Finance shall inform SAMA about opening the account, and the government entity shall provide the bank with the names, specimen signatures and ID copies of the authorized persons.
               
              2.Name of the beneficiary shall be included in the payment order related to deposits to the account (Due to the order of the bank, Account No…).
               
              3.The bank account shall be in the name of the government entity, not a natural person or his/her position or job, and its purpose shall be specified in order to differentiate it from other accounts.
               
              4.If a government entity wishes to change its account name, it shall submit an application in this regard to the Ministry of Finance (the Deputyship for Financial and Accounts Affairs) to make a decision of approval or disapproval and then notify SAMA of such decision to be communicated to the bank.
               
              5.A checkbook shall be requested by an official letter signed by those authorized to withdraw funds.
               
              6.Authorization to deposit and withdraw amounts shall be issued by the concerned party. Authorized persons may not delegate their power to others unless authorized to do so by the concerned party. Official letters addressed to the bank by authorized persons to issue bank checks or make internal or external transfers in the official entity’s forms or the approved bank forms may be accepted, provided that such letters are jointly signed by the authorized persons only.
               
              7.Withdrawal from the account shall be as per dual control, and in the case of withdrawal by checks, the check shall be jointly signed by the authorized persons.
               
              8.E-services provided to government entities must include the following: Viewing and extracting of account statements, internal and external transfers, and payment of bills.
               
              9.A government entity may not open any account in a foreign currency unless this is included in an approval given by the Ministry of Finance and communicated to the bank by SAMA.
               
              10.Banks may not extend to any government entity any loans or facilities or allow any overdraft of more than the amounts drawn under payment orders upon the Ministry of Finance, whether for salaries or for any other purposes, except on approval of the Council of Ministers.
               
              11.Government accounts shall not be transferred from one bank to another unless the approval of the Ministry of Finance is obtained therefor and communicated to the bank through SAMA. In addition, there shall be cogent reasons supporting the transfer. If the purpose of the account is fulfilled and the account is no longer needed, the Deputyship for Financial and Accounts Affairs at the Ministry of Finance shall be informed in order to request SAMA to close the account.
               
              12.Signatories of the accounts of Saudi government entities and agencies shall be Saudis only. No authorization shall be granted to no-Saudis in this regard.
               
            • 500.1.2 Rules for Opening Bank Accounts for Government Entities to Receive Donations for their Own Account

              The bank may open Saudi Riyal accounts for government entities to receive gifts and donations for their own account. The following requirements shall be met: 
               
              1.The request to open a bank account shall be submitted after obtaining the approval of the Ministry of Finance notified through SAMA. Such request shall indicate that the purpose of opening the account is to receive donations for the government entity.
               
              2.Two signatories shall be determined by the concerned minister or the head of the entity, in addition to the financial controller in the government entity. The bank shall obtain IDs copies and specimen signatures of such authorized persons. Those copies shall be attested as true copies of the original by both the government entity and the bank. Changing the signatories or financial controller requires sending a letter from the concerned minister or the head of the entity or his authorized representative to the bank where the account is opened.
               
              3.Deposit in the account shall be by checks only. The name of the payee shall be the government entity, and such checks shall be presented for deposit through the signatories.
               
              4.A checkbook shall be requested by an official letter signed by those authorized to withdraw funds.
               
              5.Withdrawal from the account shall be made only by checks signed jointly by the authorized signatories and the financial controller.
               

              • 500.1.2.1 Bank Accounts of Government Entities, Designated for Activities and Services Financed Through Sources Other Than the State Budget

                The bank may open separate accounts for academic and specialized government entities (e.g. universities, institutes and research centers) for the purposes of research works, studies, consultation, specialized services and the like that are funded by beneficiaries (not through the state budget). The following requirements shall be met: 
                 
                1.The bank shall receive a request from the rector/head of the entity (university, institute, scientific center, and the like) to open an account; such request shall indicate that the account is designated for an activity to be funded through sources other than the state budget.
                 
                2.The government entity shall specify the purpose of the account and, if possible, the reasons supporting being contracted with or assigned to carry out advisory or technical tasks.
                 
                3.The name of the account shall reflect its purpose.
                 
                4.Signatories shall be determined by the government entity’s rector/head. The bank shall obtain IDs copies and specimen signatures of such authorized persons. Those copies shall be attested as true copies of the original
                 
                5.by both the government entity and the bank. Changing the signatories requires sending a letter from the entity’s rector/head to the bank where the account is opened.
                 
                6.The bank shall obtain a copy of the government entity’s regulations governing the financial affairs of the financed activity (university, institute ...).
                 
                7.The account shall be opened for the duration of the project or for a period of one year where the duration is not defined. The validity of the account may be extended for another period/additional periods by a letter from the rector/head of the entity to the bank, requesting an extension and including supporting reasons.
                 
            • 500.1.3 Bank Accounts to Invest the Funds of Persons Covered by the Law of the General Commission for the Guardianship of Trust Funds for Minors and their Counterparts (Wilayah)

              Bank accounts for these entities shall be opened after fulfilling the following requirements: 
               
              1.The bank shall receive a letter from SAMA, requesting the opening of a specific bank account for investing funds of those covered under Wilayah’s law (unknown persons, minors, mentally ill persons, etc).
               
              2.The concerned division at Wilayah shall provide the bank with the names of persons authorized to operate the account under a joint signature, copies of their IDs and their specimen signatures. Further, the bank shall also ensure that the account opening agreement is completed and signed by such persons.
               
          • 500.2 Bank Accounts of Countries and Non-Saudi and Non-Resident Government Entities

            • 500.2.1 GCC Countries and GCC Government and Quasi-Government Entities

              The bank may open accounts for GCC government and quasi-government entities. The following requirements shall be met: 
               
              1.The bank shall obtain a copy of the ministerial resolution issued by the GCC country, requesting opening of a bank account.
               
              2.The concerned GCC entity shall send a letter to its Saudi counterpart, the Saudi Ministry of Finance or the Saudi Ministry of Foreign Affairs, requesting opening of a bank account.
               
              3.The bank shall obtain copies of the IDs of persons authorized to sign jointly for the account.
               
              4.The bank shall obtain the signatories’ specimen signatures.
               
              5.The bank shall receive SAMA’s approval for opening the bank account.
               
            • 500.2.2 Non-GCC Countries and Non-GCC, Non-Resident Government and Quasi-Government Entities, Except Hajj Missions

              Banks operating in Saudi Arabia shall not open bank accounts for non-GCC countries and non-GCC, non-resident government and quasi-government entities, except Hajj missions, unless official approval of the Minister of Foreign Affairs is granted and communicated to the bank through SAMA. Such approval shall indicate the name of the account, sources of funds, names of signatories and how to change them. Changing the signatories requires the approval of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs unless the approval for opening the account as communicated through SAMA has clearly allowed changing such signatories by a specific person(s) or entity. The bank shall classify such accounts as of high risk.

        • 600. Clearance Bank Accounts

          The bank may open clearance accounts, which are designated for those wishing to discharge their liability toward public funds. The following requirements shall be met: 
           
          1.The account shall be named “Clearance Account for (name of the concerned entity shall be specified here)”.
           
          2.The account shall be valid for one year only.
           
          3.The account shall be monitored by the bank’s compliance officer and shall be classified as of high risk.
           
          4.The bank shall present to SAMA a detailed report of the account at the end of the year.
           
          5.Before operating the account, the bank shall coordinate with the entity requesting such account to provide SAMA with the mechanism that will be used for announcing the account creation.
           
          6.To withdraw funds from the account, the entity shall submit a request thereon to the bank. Such request shall be signed, and one of the signatories shall be the chairman of the entity.
           
          7.The bank shall obtain the necessary documents required for opening such accounts, as per the requirements of the rules for opening bank accounts and subject to the classification of the entity.
           
          8.The bank shall submit to SAMA all the aforementioned documents to receive its approval for opening the account.
           
      • Chapter IV. General Rules for Operation of Bank Accounts

        1.The bank account shall be operated originally by the account holder or other persons authorized by the account holder and approved by the bank. Where applied, the authorization remains valid until the account holder notifies the bank of its cancellation, it expires (after five years), or the authorized person’s ID expires and no renewed ID is presented to the bank. The authorization for operating and cancelling the bank account shall be granted through a power of attorney or an authorization letter prepared at the bank. E-services may be used to verify the authorization.
         
        2.Saudi individuals (whether account holders or authorized to operate the account) are not allowed to operate bank accounts, encash personal checks, make transfers, or carry out any other credit transactions to their order or to the order of a third party unless their valid national IDs are registered in the bank’s automated system. The exceptions to this rule are customers of bank branches at airports, who are traveling abroad; in such case, the customer is required to present his/her passport and boarding pass, and the bank branch shall in turn check customer’s name against documents submitted.
         
        3.The authorization to operate bank accounts on behalf of juristic entities shall be granted by competent individuals who are permitted to give such authorization. The official approval for such authorization shall be granted by the concerned public or private entity. The approval may come from the board of directors, the partners, the employer, any person designated by the owner (or the person in charge) of the entity, a party determined in the agreement concluded between the bank and the concerned entity, or other parties as per the jurisdiction.
         
        4.Authorization by a Saudi (natural or juristic) person to a non-Saudi or non-GCC individual to manage his/her accounts shall be subject to the following conditions:
         
         • Natural persons and their sole proprietorships:
         
         Any authorization granted by a Saudi individual to a non-Saudi or a non-GCC individual to operate his/her personal accounts shall not be accepted by the bank. The only exception is when a Saudi individual authorizes his/her non-Saudi wife/husband, father, mother, son or daughter, provided that the authorized person has a valid Iqama.
         
         • Companies, factories, joint ventures, international trademark agencies, and other similar institutions:
         
         *Companies may authorize an expatriate employee who is under their sponsorship and residing in Saudi Arabia to manage their bank accounts. However, such expatriate employee may not be authorized to manage the accounts of another company, whether a subsidiary or sister company.
         
         *Factories and trademark agencies wishing to authorize an expatriate employee working under their sponsorship shall be treated in accordance with their legal status indicated in their licenses/commercial registers issued by the concerned authority. Legal entities licensed as sole proprietorships shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph (1) of Rule (4) on Natural Persons and their Sole Proprietorships while legal entities licensed as companies shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph (2) of Rule (4) on Companies.
         
        5.Management of investors' accounts under the Foreign Investment Law shall be subject to the following conditions:
         
         -The Saudi investing partner may authorize his/her foreign investing partner holding a valid Iqama or any of the non-Saudi expatriate employees working for his/her entity to manage and operate the entity's bank accounts.
         
         -The foreign investor may authorize a Saudi and/or a non-Saudi expatriate to manage the entity's bank accounts, provided that the non-Saudi expatriate is an employee of that entity and has a valid Iqama.
         
         -The Saudi investor and his/her foreign partner may authorize any other resident party to manage the entity's bank accounts.
         
        6.The bank shall not accept any authorization given by an expatriate coming for work or investment in Saudi Arabia to others to manage and operate his/her personal accounts, except in the following cases:
         
         -The expatriate husband and his expatriate wife and vice versa, and their first-degree expatriate relatives.
         
         -The female expatriate working in Saudi Arabia and her legal escort, provided that the Iqama of the legal escort or any other official document states that he is the legal escort of the female expatriate.
         
         -The female expatriate and her Saudi husband.
         
         -The female expatriate and her Saudi father, mother, son or daughter.
         
         -The male expatriate and his Saudi wife.
         
         -The male expatriate and his Saudi father, mother, son or daughter.
         
         -The male or female expatriate and his/her abovementioned relatives should hold valid Iqamas. The bank should record the number of Iqama for each male or female expatriate as an electronic reference number for the expatriate.
         
        7.As for companies, the account will be operational when the company becomes legal.
         
        8.The following banking rules regarding checks shall be observed:
         
         -The name of the beneficiary must match the name shown on his/her ID.
         
         -Provisions of the Commercial Papers Law, including those related to payment term, shall be complied with.
         
         -Crossing out, erasure, or using chemical materials on the check is not permitted.
         
         -When amendment to a check is needed, the part that needs to be amended shall be crossed out, correction shall be written, and the signature of the drawer shall be placed next to the corrected mistake.
         
        • 9. Rules for Deposits in Bank Accounts

          • 9.1 Deposits Through Bank Tellers

            The bank should give importance to cash and check deposits equal to that given to cash and check withdrawals. Aa a minimum requirement, the bank shall obtain full personal information of the depositor and his/her signature. A due consideration should be given to the volume and nature of other information that the bank should collect from depositors. Such information varies according to the type and nature of the deposited funds, deposit volume and recurrence, and the relationship between the depositor and the person/business receiving such deposit. Below are examples of different situations and how the bank should respond: 
             
            -When a natural person wants to deposit funds (personally in his/her name or in the name of another natural person) in his/her bank account, another natural person’s account or juristic person’s account, the bank in this case shall obtain the personal information of the depositor. Such information includes the depositor’s full name, address, telephone number, signature, and ID number in accordance with the provisions of Rule (3.1.1) and Rule (3.1.2) of Chapter II herein.
             
            -When a natural person wants to deposit funds in a bank account on behalf of a juristic person (e.g. establishment, company, shop or any other entity) he/she does not own or is not authorized to manage its accounts, the bank shall then obtain the abovementioned information from the depositor in addition to the following:
             
             The purpose of the deposit clearly identified in the deposit slip.
             
             The name of the principal depositor (the juristic person) and the name and information of the representative (depositing on behalf of the juristic person) as stated above. Such information shall be contained in the deposit slip. The bank shall not limit the deposit slip information to only the names of the company and depositor.
             
             A copy of the authorization granted to the depositor (natural person) by the principal depositor (juristic person), not by the beneficiary. The authorization may be attested by the chamber of commerce or made on the bank’s special form and the signature contained is certified by the bank. The authorization can also be in a form of a power of attorney issued by a notary public or a notary, permitting such natural person to deposit funds on behalf of the principal depositor (juristic person) in the bank account(s) of other natural or juristic persons. The authorization copy shall be certified by the bank as a true copy of the original and shall be kept in a separate file or attached to the deposit slip in the bank’s daily work record.
             
            -Banks shall not continue to use the word “himself/herself next to the “customer’s name” if the depositor is the account holder. In such case, the bank shall write the full name of the depositor and all data contained in the deposit slip. However, the exception to this provision is when the depositor’s signature on the deposit slip is the same as that of the account holder, provided that the bank employee shall verify the authenticity of the depositor's signature and certify that he/she is the holder of the account.
             
          • 9.2 Deposits Via Cash Acceptance Machines (CAM) and Automated Teller Machines (ATM)

            • 9.2.1 Deposits Through ATMs, Using ATM Card and Personal Identification Number (PIN) Only

              All banks shall comply with the following controls on the acceptance of cash deposits through ATMs: 
               
               1.Cash deposits through ATMs shall be accepted only when using an ATM card and the associated PIN or using a credit card. The exceptions to this rule are the payment of utility bills, payment made to government entities (whether by bank customers or others), and other payments approved officially by SAMA.
               
               2.The bank shall comply with the instructions related to amount limits and number of banknotes and coins that can be deposited in one transaction or per day. In addition, the bank shall ensure that the procedures implemented are in line with data and results of customer risk assessment. Moreover, the bank shall adhere to controls and guidelines of the ATM operation manual.
               
               3.ATMs used for deposits must support obtaining information on the source of cash deposited and the purpose of deposit. If envelope-free deposits are to be made, the ATM must be able to detect counterfeit banknotes through checking security features.
               
            • 9.2.2 Deposits Through ATMs, Using Cash Deposit Card

              Banks may issue smart cards to be used for cash deposit through the ATMs of the issuing bank. Such cards shall use PIN. The following controls shall be applied: 
               
               1.The purpose of deposit shall be identified.
               
               2.The cash deposit cards shall be issued to a selected category of customers (companies and establishments) determined by the bank according to its risk assessment.
               
               3.The business of such customers shall include sales or collections representatives. The bank shall be responsible for obtaining from such customers and checking the necessary documents proving their lines of business. The number of representatives shall be consistent with the entity’s business and size.
               
               4.Such accounts shall be subject to constant monitoring by the compliance officer at the bank according to risk assessment. The monitoring process aims to ensure that the deposit transactions agree with the customer’s business. Through reports of internal audit and monitoring process, the bank can prevent any suspicious financial transactions.
               
               5.The cash deposit card(s) shall be restricted to a single account. In case of multiple accounts for a company, the bank may, at the request of the customer, issue one cash deposit card or more for each account. The cash deposit card shall be used for its associated account only.
               
               6.The cash deposit card service shall be provided upon an official request from the person authorized to manage the account or from the authorized person in the entity.
               
               7.The cash deposit card shall be issued only to the representatives of the entity upon presenting valid IDs. The entity’s representative shall present his/her ID to the bank in person. If he/she is an expatriate, he/she shall be subject to expatriate authorization provisions. If he/she is Saudi, he/she shall present his/her employment card or an employment letter from the entity for which he/she works.
               
               8.The cash deposit card shall be issued in the names of the entity and the representative who will use the card (...Company/representative’s name). Personal photo of the representative shall, as possible, be placed on the cash deposit card.
               
               9.The cash deposit card shall be valid for a period identical to the validity period of the ID or the entity’s documents, whichever expires first. However, the validity period of the cash deposit card shall not exceed two years.
               
               10.The bank shall obtain from both the entity and the cardholder a written undertaking that the card will be used only by the person to whom it is issued and only for cash deposits, but not for any other banking transactions.
               
               11.Each cash deposit card held by each representative shall have a unique PIN.
               
               12.The cash deposit card shall be used for deposits in the associated current account through the ATMs of the issuing bank only.
               
               13.The cash deposit card shall be subject to the same procedures applied to other cards in terms of technical (in relation to deposit transactions only) and security specifications.
               
               14.The cash deposit card shall not be used for deposits through the bank tellers.
               
               15.The cash deposit card shall be used for direct cash deposit with no need to use sealed envelopes.
               
               16.The cash deposit card and its associated PIN shall be delivered to the representative directly by the bank, and not through the entity.
               
               17.The bank shall set procedures to change the card’s PIN periodically pursuant to the nature of the entity, potential risks, and discretion of the departments of compliance and risk management at the bank.
               
               18.The bank shall, based on risk assessment in terms of customer’s activity and category, set a maximum limit for daily deposits for each account, taking into consideration the risks associated with carrying large amounts of cash.
               
               19.The bank shall obtain SAMA preliminary approval for providing such product (service).
               
        • 10. Account Closure

          1.If the customer wishes to terminate his/her relationship with the bank, he/she should submit a request to the bank to close his/her account and should return checkbooks, the ATM card and the account information card. If the customer is unable to return them to the bank, the bank shall obtain a liability acknowledgement from the customer. The bank shall cut up the checkbooks and cards in the presence of the customer and return to him/her the account’s funds. The bank may decline the customer's request if there are outstanding financial liabilities associated with the account, such as letters of guarantee, letters of credit and discounted bills with financial significance and effects that necessitate the continuation of the account. In this case, the bank shall explain to the customer when he/she will be able to submit an account closing request.
           
          2.If problems related to the verification of the banking relationship occur after opening the account and the problems are not solved or if the relationship with the bank is used for other purposes other than its intended one, the bank shall terminate the banking relationship with the customer and return the account’s funds to the source. If the verification problem or the misuse of the banking relationship is related to suspicious transactions carried out by the customer (such as money laundering, terrorism financing and the like), the bank shall implement the Rules Governing Anti-Money Laundering and Combating Terrorist Financing, including reporting suspicious transactions.
           
          3.If the account is opened, the customer deposits funds into it and then reduces his/her balance to zero, and the account has remained inactive or with zero balance for 4 years, the bank shall then close the account after verifying that it has no related commitments or obligations. Prior to account closure, the bank shall send one month’s notice to the customer. Another notice shall be sent to the customer upon account closure. The bank must document and keep all notices sent in the customer’s file. Further, the bank shall include terms on bank account closure in the main body of the account opening agreement or add such terms as an attachment appended thereto if it is difficult to modify the account opening agreement.
           
      • Chapter VI. Appendices

        • Appendix (A)

          Government Entities:
           
          Public ProsecutionControl and Investigation AuthorityGeneral Auditing BureauReal Estate Development Fund (REDF)
          General Authority of Zakat and TaxKing Faisal Specialist Hospital and Research CenterSpecialized central councils and committeesGov. Universities and Colleges
          King Abdulaziz City for Science and TechnologyNational Cybersecurity AuthorityTechnical and Vocational Training CorporationAny other similar government entities
        • Appendix (B)

          Legal Entities in Public Sector:
           
          General Organization for Social Insurance (GOSI)General Commission for the Guardianship of Trust Funds for Minors and their Counterparts (Wilayah)Non-government universities and scientific institutes registered with the Ministry of Education
          Public Investment Fund (PIF)Saudi Arabian Airlines (Saudia)Saudi Industrial Development Fund (SIDF)
          Public Pension AgencySaudi Arabian Oil Company (Saudi Aramco)Any other similar legal entities
        • Appendix (C)

          Explanation of the Combination of the Ten-Digit Computer Number of the Ministry of Interior: 
           
          1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
           1.Digit number (1) on the left refers to the type of the computer number, and its value is as follows:
           
            -The value is (1) for Saudi citizens. When a Saudi citizen is born, he/she is given a computer number (which is the number of his/her national ID). The computer number of an establishment of a Saudi natural person is the number of the owner’s ID.
           
            -The value is (2) for foreign residents of all nationalities. The computer number for a resident is the same as that of his/her Iqama. Each foreign resident in Saudi Arabia has his/her own unique number regardless of him/her being a family head or a dependent. The computer number of an establishment of a foreign natural person permitted to own businesses is the number of his/her Iqama.
           
            -The value is (3) or (5) for visitors coming to Saudi Arabia for the purpose of a temporary visit rather than residence, such as those coming for Umrah, on a special or business visit, etc. This value is also used for GCC citizens. The computer number is given to a GCC citizen coming to Saudi Arabia and is used in each visit to Saudi Arabia.
           
            -The value is (6) for pilgrims. The number is given to a pilgrim upon his/her arrival in Saudi Arabia to perform Hajj.
           
            -The value is (7) for government entities, joint-stock companies, privet entities, or any other entities, such as military missions, charities, international schools, sports clubs, or diplomatic bodies, etc.
           
          2.The value from digit number (2) to digit number (9) is a serial number ranging from 00000000 to 99999999.
           
          3.Digit number (10) is a “verification" digit. Its value ranges from (0) to (9) and is derived from the values of the other nine digits. It is used to check the correctness of the computer number. Any entity wishing to receive the formula applied to derive this digit for programming purposes, may contact the National Information Center of the Ministry of Interior..
           
    • Rules Governing Bancassurance Activities

      No: 188/441 Date(g): 6/5/2020 | Date(h): 14/9/1441Status: In-Force
      • Article One

        Definitions:

        The following terms and phrases, wherever mentioned herein, shall have the meanings assigned thereto unless the context otherwise requires:

        1.1SAMA: The Saudi Central Bank*.
        1.2Rules: The Rules Governing Bancassurance Activities.
        1.3Company: The insurance company licensed to practice insurance business in accordance with the provisions of the Cooperative Insurance Companies Control Law.
        1.4Bank: Any bank licensed to carry out banking business in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in accordance with the provisions of the Banking Control Law.
        1.5Bancassurance Activities: Marketing and distribution of insurance products by the Bank to its Clients according to the signed Agreement between the Bank and the Company.
        1.6Agreement: A contract by which the Company and the Bank agree that the Bank will carry out the Bancassurance Activities.
        1.7Authorised Employee: The Bank employee(s) assigned by the agreement with the Company to carryout Bancassurance Activities.
        1.8Client: a natural person or juristic entity who deals with the Bank.

        * The Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency was replaced By the name of Saudi Central Bank accordance with The Saudi Central Bank Law No. (M/36), dated 11/04/1442H, corresponding in 26/11/2020AD.

      • Article Three Objective

        The objective of these Rules is to regulate Bancassurance Activities and practices in Saudi Arabia and the relationship between the Company and the Bank in this regard.

      • Article Four Requirements for Practicing Bancassurance Activities

        1. Bancassurance Activities shall be practiced directly through the Bank. By merely establishing a tool among other tools for marketing and distribution for the Company, the contractual relationship between the Company and the Bank- in the context of conducting Bancassurance Activities - shall not include insurance agency, insurance brokerage, insurance advisory, or any insurance related profession.
        2. The Company and the Bank shall sign the Agreement before the Bank starts practicing Bancassurance Activities.
        3. The Company and the Bank shall obtain SAMA’s prior approval before signing the Agreement.
        4. The Agreement must include, at a minimum, the following:

          a. Term of Agreement;

          b. Agreement termination procedures; 

          c. List of the electronic and non electronic marketing and distribution channels; through which the Bancassurance Activities will be practiced.

          d. Training plan for Authorised Employees; 

          e. Know Your Client (KYC) procedures;

          f. Compliance procedures;

          g. Insurance classes and products to be covered under the Bancassurance activities;

          h. Marketing and distribution procedures;

          i. Collection of premiums procedures;

          j. Bank commission and its calculation mechanism, due date, and collection procedures;

          k. Client care and complaints resolution procedures; and

          l. Procedures of receiving and transferring the claims to the Company.

         

      • Article Five Bank Obligations

        1.The Bank shall be fully responsible for the Authorised Employees’ practice of Bancassurance Activities. In order to ensure that the activities are carried out in line with SAMA's instructions and principles of transparency, the Bank shall:
        1.1Ensure compliance with the terms of the Agreement and the procedures contained therein in all marketing and distribution channels of the Bank, and set the appropriate internal controls and procedures to ensure compliance with the relevant laws, regulations and rules;
        1.2Maintain adequate records demonstrating the Bank's compliance with the provision (1.1);
        1.3Prepare compliance reports regarding the Bancassurance Activities as agreed with the Company;
        1.4Ensure compliance with the limits of insurance policies permitted to be marketed and distributed in accordance with the Agreement;
        1.5Maintain the confidentiality of data, records and information of the Company and its Clients; and
        1.6Allow the Company to view, review all Bank books and records related to Bancassurance Activities or obtain copies of them, and prepare the following records:
          1-Communications record;
          2-Internal records; and
          3-Clients’ complaints record.
        2.The Bank shall establish a Bancassurance unit to oversee the Bancassurance activities, and the Bank’s code of governance shall determine its operation procedures and shall include, at a minimum, the following responsibilities:
          A.Supervision of the Bank's electronic and non-electronic marketing and distribution channels.
          B.Holding training courses for Authorised Employees.
          C.Establish procedures to control and verify that the marketing and distribution of insurance products are carried out in an honest, transparent and fair manner.
        3.The Bancassurance unit shall be under the management of an employee with sufficient experience who will be employed by the Bank to fill the position of director of the Bancassurance department, after obtaining SAMA’s non-objection.
        4.Bancassurance Activities shall be practiced through the Bank’s marketing and distribution channels electronic and non electronic.
        5.The Bank shall ensure that all Authorised Employees have the Insurance Foundations Professional Exam certificate (IFCE) and any other certificate specified by SAMA.
        6.The Bank must obtain the Company’s approval to expand the marketing and distribution channels, electronic and non electronic; through which Bancassurance Activities are practiced, along with notifying SAMA's of such.
        7.The Bank must not conduct Bancassurance Activities with other than his Clients.
      • Article Six Company’s Obligations

        1. The Company shall perform and not assign any of the following authorities to the Bank:

          a. Make any amendments to the insurance policies or its annexes.

          b. Settlement of claims.

          c. Payment of compensation.

        2. Obtain SAMA’s approval before any material amendments to the Agreement between the Company and the Bank.
        3. The Company shall provide SAMA with an annual training plan for the Authorised Employees, provided that it includes -at a minimum- the following:

          a. Training on marketing and distribution techniques;

          b. Workshops to introduce insurance products; and

          c. Training on anti-money laundering and counterterrorist financing.

        4. Maintain the confidentiality of the data and information of the Bank and its Clients.
        5. The Company shall regularly review the Bank’s practice of Bancassurance Activities, whether through Bank’s electronic or non- electronic channels.
        6. The Company shall pay the Bank the marketing and distribution of insurance products’ commission as a result of carrying out Bancassurance Activities during the period specified in the Agreement, provided that the commission is in line with SAMA;s instruction.
      • Article Seven

        The Bank is prohibited from requiring the Client to obtain banking products in order to get the insurance products or vice versa, unless the insurance coverage is binding by a competent authority.

      • Article Eight

        The Company may sign an Agreement with one Bank or more, and the Bank may sign an Agreement with one Company or more.

      • Article Nine Rules of professional Conduct:

        The Bank shall comply with the rules of professional conduct by fulfilling the following requirements:

        1. Act in an honest, transparent and fair manner, and fulfill all of their obligations towards the Clients and the Company, as stipulated by Saudi Arabian laws and regulations.

          Where these obligations have not been fully codified, internationally accepted best practices should be honored.

        2. Act within reasonable competence when dealing with Clients and the Company, which is acquired through training, experience, and consulting with experts when needed.
        3. Continuously enhance the skills and knowledge of the Authorised Employees in charge, along with the continuous follow up of the products and services available in the market.
        4. Take reasonable care in maintaining adequate managerial, financial, operational, and human resources to carry out their business and serve the Clients.
        5. Communicate all relevant information including coverage details, conditions, exceptions and restrictions of the insurance policy to the Clients in a timely manner, and ensure that the Clients are aware of the commitment they are about to make to enable them to make a suitable decision.
        6. Take reasonable measures to ensure the accuracy and clarity of the information provided to and from the Clients and make such information available in writing.
        7. Treat all data and information acquired about the Company and the Clients with utmost confidentiality, and take appropriate measures to maintain the secrecy of confidential documents in their possession, along with taking the following actions:

          - Obtain and use of data only for activities specified under these Rules and not to be used in a manner that is incompatible with those purposes.

          - Keep the data secure and up-to date.

          - Provide data about insurance coverage to the Clients upon their written request.

          - Not to disclose the data to any third party without prior authorization from SAMA, with the exception of the Bank or the Company’s external auditors, or the authorised companies to collect insurance and credit data.

        8. Banks must not motivate the Clients to revoke a valid insurance policy, and must not motivate the Clients to refuse a quotation given by a competitor using false or unfair evaluation in order to merely increase commissions.
        9. Ensure that the Clients fully understand the Bancassurance services provided by the Banks and the nature of the relationship between the Bank and the Company.
        10. Notify the Company of all the insurance information or documents related to Clients which may affect the decision of the Company to provide the coverage and the rates and conditions which the insurance policy will be built upon.
        11. Immediately notify the Clients about the acceptance or rejection of the coverage by the Company.
        12. Explain to the Clients the mechanism of paying the insurance premiums and any other additional due to the Company.
        13. Clarifying to the Clients that the contractual relationship will be with the Company.
      • Article Ten Banks Dealing with Clients Requirements

        1. Pre-marketing and distribution Communication with Clients:

        1.1 Advertising:

         a) Ensure that advertisements are not misleading, over-stated or offensive ;
         b) Ensure that advertisements does not breach the laws or omit any regulatory requirement;
         c) Ensure that advertisements does not damage Clients’ faith or exploit their lack of experience or knowledge.
         d) Obtain the approval from the Company if the Company is mentioned in the advertisement.

        1.2 providing Advice:

          Banks shall provide advice on matters within their field of expertise and seek or recommend the help of experts when necessary.

        1.3 Client Service:

         a. Understand all the terms and conditions of all policies offered to the Clients ; and
         b. Understand the Clients’ profile, coverage needs, and appetite for risk.

        1.4 Regulatory Requirements:

         a.The Bank shall ensure that all documents issued are consistent with the regulatory and supervisory requirements;

        1.5 Documentation:

         a. Ensure that all written terms and conditions are fair in substance and that the Clients' rights and responsibilities are set out, clearly and inplain understandable language.;
         b. Send policy documentation to the Clients without avoidable delay;
         c. Send a written advice along with the policy documentation stressing on the importance of reading it carefully ; and
         d. Ensure that instruction letters, policies and renewal documents contain details of complaints handling procedures.

        2. Marketing and distribution of Insurance Products and Services

        2.1 Marketing and distribution Practices:

         a.Ensure that the Clients understand the type of service being offered.
         b.Ensure that the policy proposed is suitable for the Client’s needs;
         c.Provide the Clients with comparisons in terms of price, coverage and services offered when offering several products.
         d.Notify the Clients promptly if unable to obtain the requested insurance.
         e.State the validity period for quotation if the proposed contract was not signed immediately; and
         f.Explain to the Clients their obligations to file claims immediately and to disclose all material facts relevant to the insurance coverage.

        2.2 Providing of Information:

         a.Request the Clients to make true, fair and complete disclosure and ensure that the consequences of nondisclosure of information and inaccuracies are pointed out to clients. ;
         b.Avoid influencing and pressuring the Clients along with emphasizing that all acknowledges or statements given are his/her own responsibility.
         c.Require the Clients to carefully check the information given in the documents. ;
         d.Explain to the Clients the  importance of disclosing all subsequent changes that might affect the coverage throughout the duration of the policy. ; and
         e.Disclose of all information required for the purpose of insurance on behalf of the Clients with the Client's written consent and provide aclear presentation to the Company about the Client's risk description.

         

        2.3 Interpretation of Contracts:

         a.Explain all the essential provisions of the coverage provided by the policy to Clients. ;
         b.Notify the Clients with the Company’s quotation exactly as provided; and
         c.Notify the Clients of any significant or unusual restrictions or exclusions in the insurance policy, and explain the termination procedures.

        2.4 Charges:

         a.Disclose to the Clients the amount with the profits and commissions they are receiving upon selling the policy.
         b.Inform the Clients in writing of any additional fees or charges for any related services.

        3 Post marketing and distribution Client Service

        3.1 Confidentiality of Information:

         a.Ensure that Clients data and confidential documents are stored safely with restricted access. ; and
         b.Ensure that only relevant parties can obtain the Clients’ data such as the Company and external auditors of the Bank and the Company.

        3.2 Clients Notification:

          The Banks hall promptly  communicate any notifications received from the Company to the Client related to his insurance policy, along with obtaining a receipt of acknowledgments.

        3.3 Renewal of Insurance Policy:

         a.Ensure that renewal notifications include Clients’ duties to disclose changes affecting the policy, which have occurred since the policy inception or the last renewal date ;
         b.Ensure that renewal notification contains a requirement for keeping records, including copies of letters, of all information supplied to the Company for the purpose of renewal of the contract ;
         c.Ensure that the Clients are aware of the expiry date of the policy even if the Company has no intention to renew.
         d.Ensure that the Clients receive the renewal notice of the policy issued by the Company before its expiration.

        3.4 Claims handling :

        The Bank shall not approve or settle claims. However, the Bank shall:

         a.Immediately acknowledge filed claims;
         b.Provide claim forms along with clarifying the information or procedures needed to be done the Client to file the claim;
         c.Provide adequate instructions to the Clients on filing claims and information on claim handling;
         d.Provide the Clients with an  acknowledgement of receipt or a notification of any missing information or documents, within seven days of receiving the claim;
         e.Notify the Clients of any development regarding the claim at least once every 15 working days;
         f.Notify the Clients in writing of claim acceptance or rejection; and
         g.Explain the method of filing complaints and procedures of dispute resolution if the Client is not satisfied with the settlement reached.

        3.5 Client Complaints:

         a.Receive complaints, by phone or in writing such as letters, e-mail or fax;
         b.Explain complaint filing procedures;
         c.Provide the Clients with the contact information of the Company to follow up on their complaints;
         d.Notify the Clients of the developments in their complaints;
         e.Respond to the complaints within (15) days of filing; and
         f.Maintain an electronic system to record and follow up on complaints.
      • Article Eleven Agreement Termination Procedures

        1. The Company or the Bank shall submit to SAMA a request to terminate the Agreement along with the reasons of termination.
        2. After obtaining SAMA’s approval, the Company and the Bank shall:

          a) Sign a financial clearance between them;

          b) Announce the termination of the Agreement on their official websites; and

          c) Take all actions that indicate the termination of the Agreement, including removal of all advertisements and returning the usernames and passwords of the Company’s electronic systems

      • Article Twelve Control and Inspection

        1. SAMA shall supervise and conduct a periodic or surprise inspection of the Bank and the Company to ensure compliance to the Agreement and SAMA’s Bancassurance Rules, and investigate any violations detected by the inspection or from the complaints received by SAMA.
        2. SAMA may request all relevant information and documents to ensure the Bank and the Company’s compliance with the provisions of the Agreement and SAMA’s applicable instructions on conducting Bancassurance Activities.
    • Profit Sharing Investment Accounts Rules

      No: 44012303 Date(g): 11/9/2022 | Date(h): 15/2/1444Status: In-Force

      Based on the powers granted to the Central Bank under its Law issued by the Royal Decree M/36, dated 11/04/1442 H, and related regulations. And in reference to the ongoing work to establish a supervisory framework for banks practicing Islamic banking, and in order to enhance the environment of compliance with the provisions and principles of Shariah.

      Attached are the Rules on Profit Sharing Investment Accounts (PSIA) for banks practicing Islamic banking. These rules aim to establish minimum set of regulatory requirements that must be adhered to by banks offering such accounts, in addition to enhancing customer protection and increasing transparency in the banking sector.

       For your information and action accordingly as of 1 March 2023 G.

      • 2. Objectives

        The objectives of these rules are to provide the minimum requirements to be met by banks in Saudi Arabia that offer PSIA products. The rules aims to enhance consumer protection, transparency and financial stability in the banking sector whilst also ensuring compliance with Shari’ah principles in the operation of PSIAs.

      • 3. Scope of Application

        These rules are applicable for all local Saudi banks that conduct Shari'ah compliant banking and are licensed by SAMA under the Banking Control Law.

      • 4. Definitions

        The following words and phrases, wherever mentioned in these Rules will have the meanings assigned to them unless the context implies otherwise: 
         
        SAMA: Saudi Central Bank 
         
        Bank: Any local bank that is licensed to carry out banking business in Saudi Arabia in accordance with the provisions of the Banking Control Law and that conducts Shari'ah compliant banking. 
         
        Board: The Board of Directors appointed by the shareholders in line with applicable laws and regulations. 
         
        Executive Management (Senior Management): Persons entrusted with managing the daily activities of the bank, and proposing and implementing strategic decisions. 
         
        Shari’ah Committee: a Shari’ah Committee responsible for supervising compliance with Shari’ah principles and rules and their application in the bank. 
         
        Shari’ah Compliant: Compliance with Shari’ah decisions issued by the bank’s Shari’ah Committee. 
         
        Islamic Window: That part of a conventional bank (which may be a branch or a dedicated unit of that bank) that conducts Shari’ah compliant banking, finance and investment activities. 
         
        Investment Account Holders (or IAH): Bank clients who have Shari’ah compliant investment accounts. 
         
        A Profit Sharing Investment Account (or PSIA): an account that satisfies the following conditions: 
         
         a.It is managed by a bank in accordance with Shari’ah principles and is held as being Shari’ah compliant;
         
         b.Under a management agreement with the bank, where the Investment Account Holder (IAH) concerned and the bank agree to share any profits generated from PSIAs assets in a specified ratio and the IAH agrees to bear any loss not caused by the bank’s negligence, misconduct, fraud or breach of contract.
         
        Mudarabah: a partnership contract between the capital provider and a partner whereby the capital provider would contribute capital to an investment that is to be managed by the partner. Profits generated by the investment are shared in accordance with the agreement specified in the contract, while losses are borne by the capital provider unless the losses are due to misconduct, negligence or breach of contracted terms. 
         
        Musharakah: a partnership contract in which the partners agree to contribute capital to an enterprise, whether existing or new. Profits generated by that enterprise are shared in accordance with the agreement specified in the Musharakah contract, while losses are shared in proportion to each partner's share of capital. 
         
        Wakalah: an agency contract where the customer (principal) appoints an institution as agent (wakil) to carry out the business on his behalf. The contract can be for a fee or without a fee. 
         
        Unrestricted PSIA: is a PSIA for which the IAHs authorize the PSIA manager to invest the IAHs’ funds in a way that the manager considers appropriate, without any restriction as to where, how or for what purpose the funds may be invested. In an unrestricted PSIA, the bank can comingle the IAHs funds with its own funds or with other funds that the bank has the right to use. 
         
        Restricted PSIA: is a PSIA where the IAHs authorize the bank to invest the IAHs’ funds, with specified restrictions as to where, how and for what purpose the funds may be invested. 
         
        Profit Equalization Reserve (or PER): The amount appropriated out of the muḍarabah profits, in order to maintain a certain level of return on investment for the muḍarib and unrestricted investment account holders. 
         
        Investment Risk Reserve (or IRR): The amount appropriated out of the profit of investment account holders, after allocating the muḍarib’s share of profit, in order to cushion against future investment losses for investment account holders. 
         
      • 5. Operation of Profit Sharing Investment Accounts

        Banks may raise funding through Profit Sharing Investment Accounts (PSIA) using, for example, Mudarabah and Wakalah contracts. In a Mudarabah arrangement, the bank acts as the Mudarib and the fund providers as the Rabb-ul-Mal, otherwise called Investment Account Holders (IAH). In a Wakalah arrangement, the bank acts as a Wakeel for the IAH.

        Mudarabah contracts entail the sharing of profits between the contracting parties using a pre-agreed profit sharing ratio. IAHs are liable to bear losses arising from the investments managed by the bank except in case of proven fraud, negligence, misconduct or breach of contract.

        Being an equity-based contract, IAH are expected to bear the credit risk of any counterparty to whom the funds are invested with as well as the market risk of the assets in which the funds were invested.

        Banks may also in practice use profit smoothing techniques to mitigate against withdrawal risks associated with PSIAs. Profit smoothing can include the creation of reserve accounts such as the Profit Equalization Reserve (PER) and the Investment Risk Reserve (IRR) as per the discretion of the bank.

      • 6. Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

        A bank’s Board of Directors (or the delegated committee of the Board) must ensure that it approves policies that enable a prudent management of assets and risks associated with PSIAs. 
         
        The Board (or the delegated committee of the Board) is responsible to provide effective oversight and monitoring to ensure that PSIAs are managed in the best interests of the IAHs, in line with these Rules. In particular the Board must ensure there is effective oversight of: 
         
         a.Financing and investment activities undertaken on behalf of IAHs;
         
         b.A sound risk management framework that adequately identifies, measures, monitors and controls risks that are funded by assets funded by PSIAs
         
         c.The fiduciary duties performed by the bank to ensure that they are in accordance with the terms and conditions of the contracts between the bank and its IAHs
         
         d.The level of reserves (PER/IRR), to ensure that the level is appropriate and as fair as possible to existing and new IAHs; and
         
         e.The disclosure of relevant information to IAHs on a periodic basis
         
      • 7. Responsibilities of the Senior Management

        A bank's Senior Management must ensure it formulates policies which approved by the Board of Directors governing PSIAs which ensure their effective and prudent management, including the following: 
         
         a.Governance requirements including setting controls, responsibilities, and delegation of authority.
         
         b.Guidelines to ensure PSIA funds are invested in accordance with the relevant terms and conditions of the PSIA contract
         
         c.Guidelines to safeguarding the interests and rights of the IAHs
         
         d.The basis for allocating expenses and profits or losses to IAHs
         
         e.Guidelines on PER and IRR management, and to whom those reserves would revert in the event of a write-off or recovery
         
         f.Monitoring liquidity mismatches
         
         g.Valuation and monitoring of PSIA assets
         
         h.Dealing with any losses incurred as a result of negligence, misconduct, fraud or breach of contract on the part of the bank
         
         i.An acknowledgement of the right of the IAHs to monitor the performance of their investments and the associated risks, and how IAHs can exercise that right
         
      • 8. Prudential Requirements

        Banks must follow SAMA's prudential requirements pertaining to regulatory capital for the calculation of risk weights for assets funded by PSIAs and also ensure appropriate calculation of PSIA funds in their Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) as per SAMA’s liquidity requirements.

        PSIA funds and any associated reserve accounts (PER and IRR) are prohibited from being included in the calculation of a bank’s regulatory capital.

        Banks must ensure that they manage concentration risks arising from PSIAs in line with SAMA's Large Exposure Rules.

        If the management of IAH funds is outsourced to a 3rd party, Banks must ensure that such an arrangement is in compliance with all applicable outsourcing rules and regulations issued by SAMA.

        SAMA may, by way of prudential assessment, direct a bank to treat, or not to treat, an arrangement between the bank and a client (for example by way of mudarabah, musharakah or wakalah) to be a PSIA.

      • 9. Product Awareness

        A bank must ensure prospective IAH are made aware, in writing, as part of the investor agreement that: 
         
         a.The IAH bears the risk of loss to the extent of the IAHs investment; and
         
         b.The IAH would not be able to recover that loss from the bank, except in the case of negligence, misconduct, fraud or breach of contract on the part of the bank
         
      • 10. Product Governance

        SAMA emphasises that banks ensure compliance with relevant regulations and instructions pertaining to new products and services when considering PSIAs.

        • 10.1 Terms & Conditions

          The terms and conditions of a contract for a PSIA must be clear, concise and easily understandable by an IAH. The contract must state the type, purpose, terms and period of the contract and the profit-sharing ratio agreed at the time of the opening of the account. A bank must ensure that the following information is included in the terms and conditions given to an IAH: 
           
           a.How the funds of the IAH will be managed and invested;
           
           b.The PSIA’s investment objectives;
           
           c.The basis for allocating profits and losses;
           
           d.A summary of the policies for valuing the PSIAs assets
           
           e.If the bank uses PER/IRR reserves as a smoothing technique, a summary of the policies for transferring funds to and from the reserve
           
        • 10.2 Contract Form

          The following must be stated in the contract: 
           
           a.the rights and liabilities of both parties—in particular, the circumstances where losses are to be borne by the IAH;
           
           b.the implications on the IAH’s contractual rights with regard to the early withdrawal, early redemption or other exit;
           
           c.the duty of the bank to disclose accurate, relevant and timely information to the IAH on the investment of funds, including its performance, investment strategies, valuation, and frequency of valuation of the PSIA’s assets;
           
           d.how any losses incurred as a result of negligence, misconduct, fraud or breach of contract on the part of the bank will be dealt with;
           
           e.how any subsequent changes in the profit-sharing ratio will be disclosed;
           
           f.any smoothing techniques that the bank uses
           
           g.whether or not zakat is paid on behalf of the IAH by the bank
           
      • 11. Disclosure Requirements

        • 11.1 Financial Statements

          A bank must ensure that its financial statements contain at minimum the following disclosures with regards to PSIA: 
           
           a.an analysis of its income according to types of investments and their financing;
           
           b.the basis for calculating and allocating profits between the bank and the IAHs;
           
           c.the equity of the IAHs at the end of the reporting period;
           
           d.the basis for determining any PER or IRR;
           
           e.the changes that have occurred in any of those reserves during the reporting period;
           
           f.to whom any remaining balances of any of those reserves is attributable in the event of liquidation of the bank
           
        • 11.2 IAH Disclosures

          A bank must provide each IAH of a PSIA a periodic statement (through SMS, e-mail or website) about the PSIA at intervals stated in the contract or terms of business. The interval must not be longer than 6 months 
           
          The bank must ensure that the periodic statement contains the following information as at the end of the period covered by the statement: 
           
           a.the number, description and value of investments held by the IAH;
           
           b.the amount of cash held by the IAH;
           
           c.details of applicable charges (including any deductions of fees that the bank is allowed to deduct from the profits of the PSIA) and the basis on which the charges are calculated;
           
           d.the total of any dividends and other benefits received by the bank for the PSIA;
           
           e.the total amount, and particulars, of all investments transferred into or out of the PSIA;
           
           f.details of the performance of the IAH’s investment and the historical performance on PSIA investment returns;
           
           g.the allocation of profit between the bank and the IAH;
           
           h.any changes to the investment strategies that could affect the IAH's investment.
           
      • 12. Separation of PSIA Types

        A bank must keep its accounts for unrestricted IAHs separate from the accounts for restricted IAHs. The bank must record all its transactions in investments for those accounts separately.

      • 13. Effective Date

        These Rules shall come into force with effect from the 1st March 2023.

    • Regulation of Agent Banking in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

      No: 37541/67 Date(g): 20/2/2019 | Date(h): 15/6/1440Status: In-Force
      • Section One: Definitions and General Provisions

        • Article 1: Definitions

          The following terms and phrases, wherever mentioned herein, shall have the meanings assigned thereto unless the context otherwise requires:

          SAMA: Saudi Arabian Monetary Authority*.

          Bank: any bank licensed to carry out banking business in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in accordance with the provisions of the Banking Control Law.

          Regulation: Regulation of Agent Banking.

          Agent(s): a legal entity contracted by a licensed commercial Bank and approved by SAMA to engage in Agent Banking activity.

          Agent Banking: the provision of banking services and/or products by an Agent on behalf of a Bank in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation.

          Know Your Customer (KYC): the processes that the Agent needs to carry out in order to identify its Customers and beneficiaries and verify their identities.

          Conflict of Interest: a situation involving achieving a material or moral interest that contradicts job duties.

          Exclusive Agent: an Agent that entered into an agency agreement with one Bank to exclusively provide banking services and/or products on behalf of the contracting Bank.

          Multiple Agent: an Agent that entered into a non-exclusive agency agreement with a Bank or into agency agreements with multiple Banks to provide banking services on its/their behalf.

          Customer: any natural or legal person obtaining banking services or products or to whom such services or products are offered.


          * The Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency was replaced by the name of Saudi Central Bank in accordance with The Saudi Central Bank Law No. (M/36), dated 11/04/1442H, corresponding 26/11/2020AD.

           

        • Article 2: Purpose and Scope

          1.The objectives of this Regulation are as follows:
           
          a.Increasing banking services outreach and promoting financial inclusion to the unbanked and under-banked population while maintaining the safety, soundness and stability of the banking sector;
           
          b.Encouraging Banks to use Agents in the provision of banking services to reduce the cost of banking services and to foster financial inclusion, reach and depth;
           
          c.Setting a regulatory and supervisory framework for Agent Banking, in compliance with which banking services are offered whilst ensuring full compliance with the Banking Control Law and the implementation of its provisions in addition to SAMA instructions;
           
          d.Providing the minimum standards and requirements for Agent Banking to organize business;
           
          e.Outlining the permissible activities that can be carried out by a banking Agent after receiving SAMA’s non- objection; and
           
          f.Providing minimum standards of data and network security, consumer protection and risk management to be adhered to in the conduct of Agent Banking activity.
           
          2.This Regulation shall apply to all Banks desiring to contract with an Agent.
           
        • Article 3: Responsibility

          1.It is the responsibility of the board of directors of each Bank to ensure compliance with this Regulation. Banks shall be solely responsible for the selection of Agents. Without prejudice to the provisions hereof, the relationship between the Bank and its Agent shall be direct and governed by a contract.
           
          2.The Bank is responsible for all actions or omissions of its Agent(s) in the matter of providing the permissible banking products and services on behalf of the Bank.
           
          3.The board of directors of each Bank shall be responsible for approving policies, procedures and processes which ensure the following:
           
           a.Credible Agents are identified and selected.
           
           b.Risks associated with Agent Banking are identified, documented and addressed. Adequate risk management policies are developed and implemented, in a way consistent with relevant rules and instructions issued by SAMA.
           
           c.Agent Banking activities are constantly monitored to ensure compliance with the provisions hereof and other relevant laws and rules.
           
           d.All necessary controls are in place and complied with to ensure that the contracted Agent fully complies with all legal and supervisory requirements, including SAMA requirements related to AML/CFT, combating embezzlement and financial fraud, and information security.
           
      • Section Two: Applying for Agent Banking

        • Article 4: Application Requirements

          1.Banks wishing to contract with Agents shall apply for SAMA’s no-objection pursuant to the provisions hereof. The applications submitted by Banks shall be as follows:
           
           
           a.One-time application for SAMA’s non-objection to the engagement of the Bank in Agent Banking activity; and
           
           b.Prior to contracting with each Agent, a separate application for SAMA’s non-objection to each Agent to be contracted under an “Exclusive Agent” or “Multiple Agent” arrangement for the purposes of Agent Banking and in accordance with SAMA’s requirements.
           
           c.Applications mentioned in Clause (1.a) and Clause (1.b) of Article 4 may be submitted at the same time. However, the application mentioned in Clause (1.b) may not be submitted alone unless the Bank has previously submitted SAMA’s non-objection application referred to in Clause (1.a).
           
          2.When submitting the application mentioned in Clause (1.a) of Article 4, Banks must also submit, along with it, the following:
           
           
           a.Approval of the Bank’s board and its commitment to complying with this Regulation and what SAMA issues in this regard;
           
           b.Bank’s internal policy on Agent Banking that covers procedures related to Agent selection, management, monitoring, operations, compliance, conduct, service quality and business supervision;
           
           c.A copy of the Bank’s branch expansion plan;
           
           d.Proof of the Bank’s infrastructure that supports Agent Banking, including systems and technologies to be utilized;
           
           e.The Bank’s qualifying criteria for engaging Agents, such as the following:
           
            -Outreach
           
           
            -Efficiency
           
           
            -Integrity
           
           
            -Security
           
           
            -Proper IT Infrastructure
           
           
           f.Description of permissible services that may be provided through the Bank’s Exclusive Agent or Multiple Agent arrangement;
           
           g.Agent Banking contract template;
           
           h.Description of processes for customer due diligence, including KYC and compliance with AML/CFT laws and instructions;
           
           i.Description of procedures of information security and confidentiality protection;
           
           j.Risk assessment report, including risk management, internal control and operational policies and procedures;
           
           k.Description of consumer protection measures, including financial awareness and education strategies related to Agent Banking;
           
           l.Description of controls and monitoring procedures to ensure compliance with relevant laws, regulations, instructions and regulatory requirements;
           
           m.Business Continuity Plan (BCP) and contingency arrangements to ensure continuity of Agent Banking services in the event of disruption; and
           
           n.Any other policies, procedures and/or requirements relevant to the management of Agent Banking business as SAMA may deem appropriate.
           
        • Article 5: Application to Contract with an Agent for Agent Banking

          1.The Bank may use a super-agent to manage its other banking Agents, provided that the super-agent meets all the requirements of the Fit and Proper Assessment for Agent Banking stipulated in Article 13 hereof while retaining overall responsibility for the agency relationship.
           
          2.The Agent company shall have a commercial register that permits the engagement in Agent Banking business.
           
          3.The Agent shall apply for and receive necessary approval from the relevant supervisory and regulatory entity before the Bank applies for SAMA’s non-objection to the Agent to be contracted.
           
          4.The Bank may appoint its direct employees to perform or supervise Agent Banking business on the Agent premises. In the event that the Bank and its Agent agree on assigning the Agent Banking business to Agent’s employees upon Agent Banking contract, provisions of Article 19 hereof shall be observed.
           
          5.The Bank must provide a signed declaration by its Chief Executive Officer or a duly designated senior officer, confirming that the Bank has carried out the proper and fit assessment of the proposed Agent. The declaration must also indicate that the proposed Agent has met the minimum requirements of Agent Eligibility prescribed herein and has the competence to run Agent Banking business on behalf of the contracting Bank.
           
          6.After reviewing the complete applications in accordance with the provisions hereof, SAMA will notify the Bank of the result of the application.
           
        • Article 6: Not Commencing Agent Banking Activity

          SAMA’s non-objection to contracting with an Agent shall be deemed cancelled if the approved Agent does not commence business within a nine-month period from the date of issuing SAMA’s non-objection. SAMA may, at its discretion, extend this period.

      • Section Three: Agent Banking Contract

        • Article 7: Key Requirements

          a.After obtaining SAMA’s non-objection, the Bank must enter into a written contract for a specified period with the Agent for the provision, on the Bank’s behalf, of any of the banking services for which SAMA’s non-objection was issued.
           
          b.The Agent Banking contract must clearly specify the rights and responsibilities of all parties without prejudice to this Regulation and must be signed by the relevant parties prior to the commencement of Agent Banking services by the Agent.
           
        • Article 8: Contract

          At a minimum, the Agent Banking contract must incorporate provisions that address the following: 
           
            
           1.The appointment of a third party as the Bank’s Agent to provide a clearly defined scope of banking services.
           
           
           2.Capacity and nationality of the parties and the necessity of all parties having the authority to enter into this Agent Banking contract.
           
           
           3.The Agent’s personal and business details, including the Agent’s business hours and any other important information.
           
           
           4.The services provided by the Agent in detail, subject to the provisions of Article 20 hereof.
           
           
           5.The Agent’s responsibilities, including, at a minimum, the following:
           
           
            a.Dealing with Customers in a professional way and avoiding any prohibited activities as specified herein.
           
            b.Exercising customer due diligence when conducting transactions, including:
           
             1.Specifying a Customer authentication mechanism for transactions executed through the Agent; and
           
            
             2.Using an ICT device with a screen of proper size for Customers to review and verify the details of transactions executed.
           
            
            c.Taking consumer protection measures as follows:
           
             1.Providing proof of transactions to Customers;
           
            
             2.Facilitating channeling of complaints by Customers to the contracting Bank; and
           
            
             3.Disclosing mandatory information as specified in SAMA regulations, instructions, and Consumer Protection Principles.
           
            
            d.Compliance with all applicable laws, instructions and internal policies of the Bank, including the Bank’s codes of ethics and conduct.
           
            e.Exercising due care in handling the Agent Banking systems and devices.
           
            f.Maintaining records, documents, files and proof of transactions for a period not less than 10 years. The Agent must provide the Bank with these records regularly in previously determined periods. The Bank shall then maintain these records to facilitate supervision, control and verification as specified in Article 27 hereof.
           
            g.Fulfilling reporting requirements necessary to enable the Bank to effectively monitor the performance of the Agent on a monthly basis and reporting incidents that may materially affect the efficiency of service delivery.
           
            h.Allowing access upon receiving notification for the contracting Bank to carry out examination or on-site inspection and investigation on the Agent’s premises, and cooperating when the Bank requires information from the Agent as stipulated in Article 29 hereof.
           
            i.Having a description of prohibited activities that the Agent cannot practice on behalf of the Bank, as indicated in Article 20 hereof.
           
            j.Keeping confidential the Customers’ information and not disclosing any information obtained by virtue of work.
           
            k.Conforming to legal and regulatory requirements.
           
           6.Mechanisms for dispute resolution and indemnities, which cover disputes between Customer and Agent, disputes arising between the Agent and the Bank, and non-compliance of the Agent that is detrimental to the Bank. Such mechanisms shall also encompass recourse to other methods of compensation, procedures and period for resolution, indemnities, and obligations of the respective parties in the event of a dispute.
           
           
           7.Terms of termination or expiration of the Agent Banking contract, which may include failure to meet obligations of the contract or comply with provisions hereof.
           
           
           8.Measures to mitigate risks associated with Agent Banking services.
           
           
           9.Compliance with AML/CFT and KYC requirements, including providing SAMA, by the Bank, with all requested documents and periodic reports on AML/CFT.
           
           
           10.A statement that all information or data that the Agent collects in relation to Agent Banking services, whether from the Customers, the Bank or other sources, is the property of the Bank and that such information must be kept confidential and no unauthorized third party will have access to Customer information. The statement shall also indicate that the aforementioned provisions shall survive termination of the Agent Banking contract.
           
           
           11.Changing the contract terms for default and contract termination.
           
           
           12.A transition clause on the rights and obligations of the parties upon termination or cessation of the Agent Banking contract.
           
           
           13.Stating that the banking services indicated are subject to regulatory review and that SAMA must be granted full authority to inspect and request information, data and documents at any time and full access to the internal systems, reports and records of the Bank and Agent. In addition, the Agent Banking contract must include a statement indicating that SAMA has the power to interrogate the Agent’s staff.
           
           
           14.SAMA power to cancel or suspend its non-objection as it deems appropriate pursuant to this Regulation.
           
           
           15.Stating that the Agent will not perform management functions, make management decisions, or act or appear to act in a capacity equivalent to that of a member of management or an employee of the Bank.
           
           
           16.Any other terms or provisions that the Bank or the Agent considers necessary without prejudice to the provisions of laws, regulations, rules and instructions issued by SAMA.
           
           
        • Article 9: Agent Eligibility

          1.The Agent must be licensed to practice its commercial activity before the Bank applies for SAMA’s non-objection to the Agent to be contracted as a banking Agent.
           
          2.The following entities are eligible for appointment as Agents under this Regulation:
           
           a.Companies, except for commercial banks and finance companies, without prejudice to Companies Law;
           
           b.Post offices;
           
           c.SME businesses, such as chain stores;
           
           d.Mobile network operator agents;
           
           e.Foreign licensed companies registered through SAGIA; and
           
           f.Any other entities that SAMA may prescribe.
           
          3.The entity must not have been classified as a non-performing borrower by any banks in the last 12 months preceding the date of signing the contract (such information having been obtained from a licensed credit bureau). The Agent must maintain this status for the whole period of engaging in Agent Banking business.
           
          4.It is necessary to have appropriate physical infrastructure and human resources to provide the Agent Banking services required.
           
        • Article 10: Renewal of Agent Banking Contract

          Banks wishing to extend Agent Banking contracts must renew their contracts with Agents, whether ‘Exclusive’ or ‘Multiple’, at least one month prior to the expiration date of the banking Agent contract, following a comprehensive assessment of outsourcing risks.

        • Article 11: Termination of Agent Banking Contract

          1.SAMA may withdraw or suspend licenses granted to Banks to engage in Agent Banking business in any of the following cases:
           
           a.Violating any provisions hereof as may, in the opinion of SAMA or the contracting Bank, warrant termination of the agency contract; or
           
           b.Furnishing contracting Bank(s) with false or inaccurate information under this Regulation.
           
          2.Subject to the provisions for termination of the agency contract set out in the contract, the Bank must terminate an agency contract in any of the following cases:
           
           a.if the Agent is guilty of a criminal offense involving fraud, dishonesty or any other forms of financial impropriety;
           
           b.if the Agent, where it is a legal person, is being dissolved or wound up through a court order or otherwise;
           
           c.if the Agent, where it is a sole proprietor, dies or becomes mentally incapacitated;
           
           d.if the Agent transfers, relocates or closes its place of agency business without the prior written consent of the contracting Bank;
           
           e.if the Agent carries on Agent Banking business when the Agent’s principal commercial activity has ceased;
           
           f.if the Agent sustains a financial loss or damage to such a degree that, in the opinion of the Bank, makes it impossible for the Agent to gain its financial soundness within three months from the date of the loss or damage; or
           
           g.if the Agent fails to hold or renew its valid business license.
           
          3.Where a dispute arises between a Bank and its Agent, the parties must exert every effort to settle the dispute within a period of 10 (ten) business days from the date of such dispute. If the dispute is not resolved within this stipulated period and the litigation is sought, then the Bank must begin preparations to terminate the agency within the timeframes mentioned herein before litigation starts.
           
          4.Where an Agent Banking contract is terminated, the Bank must publish a notice of the termination in the locality where the Agent was operating or in any other manner, such as SMS messages, to adequately inform the general public of the cessation of the Agent Banking contract.
           
          5.Upon termination of the Agent Banking contract, the Bank may not re-contract with the Agent, whose agency contract was cancelled, after changing its commercial name.
           
        • Article 12: Record Retention

          The Agent shall maintain records and documents of its contracting Bank’s Customers for a period not less than ten (10) years. The Bank shall specify the mechanism for their retention and transfer to its possession.

        • Article 13: Fit & Proper Assessment

          1.Prior to arranging a contract with a third party for Agent Banking, the Bank must carry out a ‘fit and proper’ assessment. The assessment is aimed at ensuring that the Agent, its proprietors, and persons involved in the management of the Agent Banking business are sufficiently competent, ‘fit and proper' and that the management structures and funding sources are adequate. The key components of Fit and Proper Assessment, at a minimum, must take into consideration the following:
           
           a.The moral, business and professional suitability of the entities to be contracted as Agents;
           
           b.Negative information obtained from a credit bureau or other credible sources;
           
           c.Criminal records, especially in relation to issues of ML/TF, fraud, or integrity;
           
           d.Business or work experience;
           
           e.Sources of funds necessary to finance the establishment of the Agent Banking business; and
           
           f.Any other information that may negatively or positively affect the prospective Agent.
           
          2.Any Agent, its proprietors, partners, officers or any other individuals that has/have been vetted and approved by SAMA within the previous 12 months may be exempted from vetting under this Regulation.
           
        • Article 14: Agent Due Diligence

          1.The Bank must establish clear agent due diligence policies. Minimum contents must include methods of identifying Agents, initial due diligence, regular due diligence checks to be performed at specified periods, check list of early warning signals, and corrective actions to ensure proactive agent management.
           
          2.The Bank must clearly specify roles/responsibilities of functions/departments within the Bank with regard to agent management in the agent due diligence procedures.
           
          3.The Bank must ensure that proper monitoring processes for AML/CFT and combating embezzlement and financial fraud in the area of Agent Banking are in place. The necessary actions to be taken by Agents in this regard must be communicated to the Agents, and the Agents’ compliance must be monitored regularly.
           
          4.Due Diligence must, at a minimum, cover the following:
           
           a.Verification of legal status of the Agent;
           
           b.Verification of address and location of all prospective Agents;
           
           c.Establishing that there is no conflict of interest between the Bank and the Agent;
           
           d.Verification of the adequacy of the prospective Agents’ resources for Agent Banking business, including financial and infrastructure resources (especially information security, technology and personnel);
           
           e.Agent’s trustworthiness and likelihood of good behavior;
           
           f.Clear credit history of Agent with a licensed credit bureau;
           
           g.The Bank’ approval for the Agent’s procedures to ensure compliance with security risk management processes; and
           
           h.Any other measures deemed necessary by the Bank.
           
        • Article 15: Customer Due Diligence

          1.Each Bank engaging in Agent Banking must develop a ‘Customer Due Diligence (CDD)’ program that is tailored to its individual circumstances, type of Agents and risk level. The CDD program should include policies and procedures for the following, as a minimum:
           
           a.Know Your Customer (KYC);
           
           b.Information security; and
           
           c.Data privacy and confidentiality.
           
          2.The Bank must be responsible for ensuring compliance of its Agents with its CDD program and the CDD requirements provided herein.
           
          3.Agents must establish the identity of their Customers as deemed appropriate by the Bank, including through ID, fingerprint, etc., and must verify the purpose and nature of making any banking activities or any banking relationship through Agents.
           
          4.If an Agent has reasons to doubt the credibility of information provided by the Customer, it has to use all the possible reliable means to validate such information. In such cases, the Agent must stop dealing with the Customer and report findings to the Bank’s Money Laundering Reporting Officer (MLRO).
           
      • Section Four: Agent Banking Operations

        • Article 16: Obligations and Responsibilities of the Bank

          1.The Bank must make a clear, informed and documented decision on the use of Agents for rendering banking services to its Customers.
           
          2.The Bank must be wholly responsible and liable for all actions or omissions of its Agent(s). This responsibility must extend to actions of the Agent(s) even if not authorized in the contract so long as they relate to Agent Banking services or other matters connected therewith. Such responsibilities include the following:
           
           a.Maintaining effective oversight of the Agent’s activities and ensuring that appropriate controls, including remote transaction monitoring to identify and report suspicious and fraudulent transactions, are incorporated into the Bank’s procedures on Agent Banking, in order to assure compliance with relevant laws, regulations and instructions.
           
           b.Assessing the adequacy of controls of Agent Banking activities through regular audits.
           
           c.Formulating and implementing policies and procedures to safeguard the information, communication and technology systems and data from threats.
           
           d.Providing Agents with this Regulation, operational manuals and risk management policy documents as must be needed for rendering services to Customers efficiently.
           
           e.Conducting risk-based review of critical Agent Banking processes to ensure that relevant laws, rules, policies and instructions are adhered to.
           
           f.Selecting credible Agents with suitable/convenient retail outlets.
           
           g.Managing and mitigating risks associated with the engagement of Agents to provide banking services on behalf of the Bank.
           
           h.Providing basic financial education for Customers and Agents. Such education should cover, at a minimum, the importance of protecting the bank card PIN and not disclosing the confidential information of bank accounts to Agents and the confidential information of banking products and services provided. The Bank must periodically train its Agents as set out in Article 18 hereof.
           
           i.Assigning one of its branches or establishing a central administration to be responsible for supervising its Agent(s) operating in a designated area and recruiting experts necessary to effectively supervise its Agent(s).
           
           j.Enabling Agents when executing Customers’ transactions to use ICT devices that are integrated into the technological systems of the Bank. The figures of the transactions must be reflected in ‘Core Banking Solution’ (CBS) of the Bank. The Customer must get instant confirmation of the transaction through paper-based receipt (debit or credit slip), as well as SMS confirming the transaction.
           
           k.Branding Agent banking business in such a clear manner so that the Customer can realize that the Agent is providing services on behalf of the Bank.
           
           l.Taking steps to update and modify, where necessary, its existing risk management policies and practices to cover current or planned Agent Banking services, and to ensure the integration of Agent Banking applications with the main banking systems so as to achieve an integrated risk management approach for all banking activities. The Bank must also seek to perform regular, dependent test by an internal/external auditor or by the Bank’s concerned department to assess the Agent’s AML/CFT program.
           
           m.Preparing and publishing an updated list of all its Agents, by type of Agent, on its website and annual reports. In addition to this, the Bank may publish a comprehensive list of Agents on flyers, corporate gifts and such other publications, as it deems appropriate.
           
           n.Developing a written policy on conflict of interest and ensuring that this policy helps detect potential conflicts of interest. When the possibility of a conflict of interest arises between the Bank and the Agent, this should be disclosed to SAMA.
           
        • Article 17: Cash Services

          If the Agent Banking contract allows for providing banking services that involve cash, the Bank shall establish, subject to prior non-objection of SAMA, an appropriate daily cash withdrawal and deposit limit for Customers.

        • Article 18: Training of Banking Agents’ Employees

          Banks must train their Agents’ employees to enhance their competency before any Agent Banking activities are conducted. Training must continue for the whole period of the Agent Banking contract to equip Agents’ employees with any updates. At a minimum, training must encompass the following: 
           
          a.Products and services offered by the Agent on behalf of the Bank;
           
          b.Know Your Customer (KYC) processes;
           
          c.Protection of Customer information and complaints handling;
           
          d.Fraud detection mechanisms, including identification of counterfeit money;
           
          e.Procedures of anti-money laundering and counter terrorist financing (AML/CFT);
           
          f.Equipment operation and troubleshooting;
           
          g.Claims processing and reconciliation;
           
          h.Obtaining the Retail Banking Professional Foundation Certificate (RBPFC);
           
          i.Agents that handle loan or credit processing must have fulfilled the requirements set by SAMA;
           
          j.Codes of ethics and conduct; and
           
          k.Procedures and mechanisms of reporting fraudulent and suspicious transactions to the Bank.
           
        • Article 19: Permissible Activities

          1.The Bank may contract with its Agent to provide some or all of the banking services prescribed under this Article. The services provided by the Agent must be stated in detail in its contract with the Bank and must be prominently displayed on the Agent’s business premises and on the website of the Bank, where a full list of all of the Bank’s Agents and their services can be found.
           
          2.Banks shall be responsible for determining, based on agent risk assessment, the services a particular Agent may provide.
           
          3.Permissible services for Agents, after the Bank obtains SAMA’s non-objection, are as follows:
           
           a.Bank accounts opening;
           
           b.Preparation and submission of loan applications and other related documentation;
           
           c.Preparation and submission of applications for credit cards, domestic worker salary cards and other cards, as well as other related documentation;
           
           d.Preparation and submission of bank letters of guarantee and other related documentation;
           
           e.Cash deposits and withdrawals through ATMs;
           
           f.Check deposits through ATMs;
           
           g.Check book request and collection;
           
           h.Payment of electronic bills, fees and fines for utility services;
           
           i.Generation and issuance of account statements;
           
           j.Activation of accounts after obtaining the final approval of the Bank;
           
           k.Funds transfers, local and international;
           
           l.Currency exchange;
           
           m.Issuance of bank debit and credit cards and checks after obtaining the final approval of the Bank;
           
           n.Encashment of checks;
           
           o.Provision of Banking services for SMEs;
           
           p.Reception and submission of POS terminals’ applications;
           
           q.Sales and marketing services; and
           
           r.Any other activities as may be determined from time to time by SAMA.
           
        • Article 20: Prohibited Activities

          The Bank shall not permit the Agent to perform any of the following activities: 
           
           a.Operating or carrying out any transactions when there is communication failure with the Bank and operating in an offline mode or on a manual basis;
           
           b.Carrying out a transaction where a receipt or acknowledgement cannot be generated;
           
           c.Charging the Customer any fees that are not approved by SAMA or included in the Agent Banking contract;
           
           d.Providing, rendering or holding itself out to be providing or rendering a banking service that is not specifically permitted in the contract;
           
           e.Conducting non-electronic transactions outside of the business premises;
           
           f.Soliciting personal information from Customers, including account details and Personal Identification Number (PIN) of Customers;
           
           g.Providing any form of manual cash services unless a written official non objection letter is obtained in this regard from SAMA;
           
           h.Carrying out any Agent Banking transactions or activities other than those approved in SAMA’s non-objection to the Agent contracted;
           
           i.Conducting any payment system services outside of SAMA’s payment system infrastructure;
           
           j.Accessing credit reports at a licensed credit bureau, as part of the loan application process;
           
           k.Disclosing any information obtained by virtue of work;
           
           l.Violating the Bank’s codes of ethics and conduct; or
           
           m.Any other prohibited activities specified herein or as may be determined from time to time by SAMA.
           
        • Article 21: Relocation, Transfer and Closure of Agent Premises

          The Bank must ensure the following: 
           
          a.that its Agent does not transfer, relocate or close its Agent Banking premises without serving a written notice of intention on the Bank at least sixty (60) business days in advance. In these cases, the Bank must apply for SAMA’s non-objection to the measure intended not less than thirty (30) business days prior to transfer, relocation or closure of Agent Banking premises. The Bank must also forward the details and reason(s) for relocation, transfer or closure of premises to SAMA.
           
          b.that the Agent posts a notice of the relocation, transfer or closure on the Agent’s premises so as to be clearly visible to the general public at all times. Further, the Agent must advise Customers by an effective channel of its intention to relocate, transfer or close the Agent Banking business.
           
        • Article 22: Settlement of Transactions

          To ensure quality of services provided for the beneficiaries and to earn their trust, the Bank must perform the following: 
           
          a.Ensure that all transactions carried out through the banking Agent are posted on a real time basis for ‘in bank’ account transactions;
           
          b.Complete transactions that credit or debit accounts in other banks in accordance with SAMA clearing instructions;
           
          c.Conduct a daily reconciliation to ensure settlement is done properly; and
           
          d.Clarify responsibilities of both the Bank and the Agent towards transaction settlement risks.
           
        • Article 23: Information Technology (IT) and Operational Requirements

          The technology implemented by the Bank for Agent Banking must comply with the industry standard technology in terms of hardware and software. At a minimum, the Bank must ensure that: 
           
          a.The Bank has an automatic system that is suitable for Agent Banking and that provides services stipulated in the contract with the required quality, security and speed.
           
          b.The technology deployed comprises a set of interoperable infrastructure modules that work seamlessly and harmoniously. There must be an end- to-end connection from the Bank to the banking Agent.
           
          c.Payment orders are instantly executed. In the event of failure of communication during a transaction, the transaction must be reversed.
           
          d.An audit trail is maintained and made available on request.
           
          e.All settlement information details are preserved.
           
          f.The Bank puts in place adequate measures to mitigate all the risks that could arise from the deployment and use of its Agent Banking IT infrastructure.
           
          g.The Agent Banking IT infrastructure must be, at a minimum, as follows:
           
           1.Be able to support real time, electronic processing of transactions executed;
           
           2.Be able to provide a secured network, including end-to-end encryption;
           
           3.Be able to support Agent Banking services; and
           
          4.At the end point, devices should not store sensitive Customer information, e.g. PIN, passwords, fingerprints, etc.
           
          h.At a minimum, two-factor authentication is required for Agent and Customer registration.
           
          i.Transaction information is transmitted in a secure manner.
           
          j.There is an advanced and secure technological infrastructure.
           
          k.A secured network, including end-to-end encryption, is provided.
           
      • Section Five: Consumer Protection

        • Article 24: Consumer Protection Requirements

          Banks must put in place an appropriate consumer protection framework that ensures implementation of all requirements set out in the Banking Consumer Protection Principles (BCPP) and SAMA instructions to protect beneficiaries from risks involved in Agent Banking services, such as fraud, loss of privacy, loss of service, etc. 
           
          The Bank must ensure that the following requirements, at a minimum, are complied with at all times: 
           
           a.The Agent must have signs that are clearly visible to the public, indicating that it is a provider of services of the Bank with which it has an Agent Banking contract. The Agent must not represent to the public that it is a Bank.
           
           b.The Agents must issue receipts for all transactions undertaken directly through them. Banks must provide their Agents with necessary tools that enable generation of receipts or acknowledgements for direct transactions carried out through Agents.
           
           c.Where the Agent acts as a receiver or deliverer of documents, the Agent must provide an acknowledgement for all documents received from or delivered to the Customer. Such acknowledgement should include all relevant details.
           
           d.Customer complaints must be resolved in accordance with SAMA requirements on customer complaints. The Bank must keep record of all customer complaints and how such complaints were redressed.
           
           e.The Customer must be made aware of the fact that he/she must not carelessly store PIN and other critical information or share such information with other parties, including Banks and their Agents.
           
           f.The Bank must take necessary steps to promote awareness among Customers about its Agent(s). Such awareness should cover, at a minimum, the responsibilities of the Bank and the Agent, rights of Customers, safety measures to make transactions with Agents, services that can or cannot be provided by the Agent, commissions, and fees.
           
           g.Banks must publish and update the details of their Agents (e.g. name, address, and communication channels) on their websites, including existing Agents, terminated Agents, Agent relocations and/or transfers.
           
           h.Protection measures of Customer information must be developed. Banks and Agents must ensure that such information is not disclosed to unauthorized third parties without prior non-objection of SAMA. Non-Compliance with this provision is considered a crime punishable by law as per the Banking Control Law.
           
           i.A client manual of Agent Banking services must be established. The manual should address the commitment of the Bank and the Agent to security, privacy policy and confidentiality of data, reliability and quality of services, transparency of products and services, and prompt response to enquiries and complaints.
           
           j.The Agent must adequately disclose and display other information on its business premises, which includes, but not limited to, the following:
           
              1.  Its appointment as an Agent of a Bank and the duration of the appointment;
           
              2.  The list of services, client manual, fees and charges, and daily transaction limits for Customers;
           
              3.  The dedicated single toll-free number(s) through which Customers can contact the Bank or the responsible branch; and
           
              4. The current license for the commercial activity being undertaken by the Agent (prominently displayed on its business premises).
           
      • Section Six: Supervision of Banking Agents

        • Article 25: Key Inspection and Supervision Procedures

          a.Banks shall be held fully liable for the actions and compliance of their Agents. In addition, Banks must, at least, have in place adequate technological systems for risk management, consumer protection, AML/CFT, and combating embezzlement and financial fraud. It is the responsibility of the Bank’s board of directors to ensure the following:
           
           1.Bank’s policies and procedures are comprehensive and reflect all of SAMA regulatory requirements;
           
           2.Mechanisms are established to ensure that relevant departments of the Bank implement all the necessary provisions of SAMA instructions; and
           
           3.Monitoring of Agents’ activities matches any risks posed to the Bank.
           
          b.Banks must take all other measures, including onsite visits undertaken by their staff or authorized persons to ensure that Agents operate strictly within the requirements of the law, guidelines and Agent Banking contract.
           
          c.Banks must formulate internal audit policy to monitor and control their Agents and must conduct monitoring visits to the Agent’s outlets at regular intervals to ensure that the Agents are working in accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract, rules, regulations, and instructions issued by SAMA. A report of each visit must be prepared and submitted to SAMA upon its request or with the overall annual report prescribed in Article 30.
           
          d.SAMA will monitor the Bank-Agent relationship and its compliance with laid down instructions. SAMA has the right to carry out monitoring visits at any time to any of the Agent’s outlets.
           
          e.SAMA shall have free, full, and unfettered access to the internal systems, documents, reports, records, staff and premises of the Agent at any time as far as the Agent Banking business is concerned. SAMA shall exercise such powers as it may deem necessary.
           
          f.Notwithstanding Banks' responsibility to monitor and supervise their Agents, as set forth in Clause (a) of Article 25, SAMA may, at any time and as it may deem necessary, perform the following:
           
           1.Requesting information and data directly from Agents;
           
           2.Carrying out full-scope or thematic inspection, with regard to Agent Banking, of the records and premises of the Agent;
           
           3.Directing an Agent to take specific actions or desist from specific practices;
           
           4.Ordering the termination of the Agent Banking contract;
           
           5.Directing the Bank to take specific actions against the Agent;
           
           6.Directing the Bank to take remedial actions as a result of the conduct of an Agent; and
           
           7.Any other guidelines, procedures and/or requirements as SAMA may deem appropriate.
           
        • Article 26: Off-site Inspection

          SAMA, based on reports submitted to it, will carry out off-site monitoring of banking Agents’ business to assess and monitor risks (particularly material risks) and compliance with laws, regulations and instructions that SAMA supervises their implementation.

        • Article 27: On-Site Inspection

          1.SAMA may conduct onsite inspections, as it may deem appropriate and at any time, carried out by its staff or appointed individuals.
           
          2.The Bank and the Agent shall submit documents requested by SAMA staff or appointed individuals in the form and at the time they determine.
           
        • Article 28: Random Inspection

          SAMA may make both random and targeted visits to Agent’s premises as it may deem necessary at any time (based on a standard sampling method or on reports identifying Agents that have been the subject of multiple complaints). The visits are aimed at examining the compliance of the Agent with all requirements prescribed herein, including those related to consumer protection.

      • Section Seven: Agent Registration

        • Article 29: Agent Registry

          1.SAMA will establish an electronic agent registry to which Banks are required to submit information on every Agent operating on their behalf. The agent registry must include, as a minimum, the following:
           
           a.Start date of business relationship as set out in the contract;
           
           b.Agent name and business name;
           
           c.Business address;
           
           d.Geographic coordinates of business location;
           
           e.Contact numbers;
           
           f.Agent’s core business and number of years in operation; and
           
           g.Agent banking contract.
           
          2.Banks may not engage in Agent Banking unless they have registered the required information in the agent registry. Any Banks or Agents engaging in Agent Banking without registering in the agent registry will be subject to any actions or penalties that SAMA may take or impose in this regard.
           
          3.Banks must be responsible for keeping the registry up-to-date.
           
          4.In case of any changes in the Agent’s information (e.g. telephone number), Banks must update data in the registry within ten (10) business days of the date of such change made by the Agent.
           
        • Article 30: Annual Reporting

          The Bank shall submit an overall report on its Agent Banking business annually to its board. The Bank’s board shall, in its turn, submit to SAMA an approved report that includes, as a minimum, the following information: 
           
          a.Nature, value, volume and geographical distribution of operations or transactions;
           
          b.Cases of money laundering and terrorism financing;
           
          c.Incidents of fraud, theft or robbery;
           
          d.Results of the monitoring visits carried out by the Bank; and
           
          e.Customer complaints, their nature and number, and the remedial measures taken to address them.
           
        • Article 31: Timely and Accurate Reporting

          1.Upon request, Banks shall submit timely and accurate reports to SAMA. Banks will be held liable for any false or late reporting and will be subject to actions and penalties that SAMA may take or impose.
           
          2.Banks shall submit, and be willing to submit in the manner required, any information on the volume and value of transactions carried out for each type of services provided by each Agent, or any other information requested by SAMA at any time as it may deem necessary.
           
      • Section Nine: Violations

        • Article 32: Measures and Penalties

          SAMA will take measures and/or impose penalties set forth in related laws against any Banks violating any provisions hereof.

      • Section Ten: Enforcement

        • Article 33: Enforcement

          This Regulation enters into force as of the date of its publication on SAMA’s website.

    • Guide to Rules Governing Banks’ Remittance Centers

      No: 381000063572 Date(g): 12/3/2017 | Date(h): 14/6/1438Status: In-Force

      Based on the Banking Control Law issued by Royal Decree No. M/5 dated 22/2/1386H, and the Ministerial Resolution No. 2149/3 dated 14/10/1406H regarding the Implementation Rules for Banking Control Law, and in continuation of the efforts of SAMA to support Remittance Centers by addressing the various technical, operational, and procedural challenges.

      Attached is the first edition of the "Guide to Rules Governing Banks’ Remittance Centers". SAMA confirms that all banks operating in the Kingdom must adhere to the implementation of what is stated in this guide, starting from 15/10/1438H, corresponding to 9/7/2017G.

      • 1. Introduction

        Remittance services are among the most important services provided by the banking sector in the Kingdom. This service is provided through banks’ remittance centers and licensed remittance companies.

        In light of the growing numbers and amounts of transfer transactions and the noticeable increase in the numbers of remittance centers and their branches in the Kingdom, they face various challenges—particularly in technical, operational and procedural aspects—in order to be able to interact professionally with developments in local and international legislations, regulations and rules related to money transfer procedures.

        In order for remittance centers to be able to maintain their competitive capabilities, achieve maximum customer satisfaction and provide distinctive services, these centers need modern development strategies through a clear vision; application of a well thought-out methodology; and utilization of modern banking technologies in this field.

        In an effort to advance and elevate this sector to a more developed, competitive and organized environment, SAMA has developed the Guide to Rules Governing Banks’ Remittance Centers which includes a set of objectives, regulations, and various developmental features.

        Subsequently, this Guide will be developed in line with developmental and organizational changes and procedures.

        • 1.2: Purpose

          By developing this Guide, SAMA aims to lay down the basic procedures and requirements to govern the work of these centers and ensure the quality of their customer services.

      • 3. Definitions

        The following terms and phrases – wherever mentioned in this Guide – shall have the meanings assigned thereto unless the context requires otherwise:

        SAMA:

        Saudi Central Bank*.

        Saudi Arabia Financial Investigation Unit (SAFIU):

        The authority authorized to receive and analyze reports of activities suspected of being related to money laundering and terrorist financing from all financial and non-financial institutions.

        Financial Action Task Force (FATF):

        An inter-governmental body that sets standards and promotes effective implementation of legal, regulatory and operational measures to combat money laundering terrorism financing, proliferation financing and other threats related to the integrity of the international financial system.

        Centers:

        Banks’ remittance centers and licensed remittance companies.

        Bank:

        The bank to which the remittance center belongs.

        Remittance Membership / Membership:

        A register with a bank’s remittance center established by virtue of a contract called "Remittance Membership Opening Agreement" signed by the center and the membership holder (the customer) that includes all of said customer's information. This agreement constitutes rights and obligations for both parties in accordance with the relevant regulations and instructions.


        * The "Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency" was replaced By the "Saudi Central Bank" in accordance with The Saudi Central Bank Law No. (M/36), dated 11/04/1442H, corresponding in 26/11/2020G.

      • 4. Working Hours of Banks’ Remittance Centers*

        -The official business days are from Sunday to Thursday.
         
        -Saturday is an optional additional business day after obtaining SAMA's no-objection for each branch.
         
        -Friday is an official weekly day off for all remittance centers.
         
        -The working hours of the centers' branches will be from 9:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.
         

        * This paragraph has been amended in accordance with SAMA circular No. (41/2304), Dated 09/09/1439H.

      • 6. Disclosure and Transparency

        1)Remittance centers must clarify the rights and responsibilities of each party and details of prices, commissions and fees charged by the center, displaying such details on a prominent place in a clear, concise and none-misleading manner.
         
        2)Remittance centers should provide a free paper copy of the Banking Consumer Protection Principles in all branches.
         
      • 8. Services Provided within Remittance Centers

        1)Point-of-sale terminals must be made sufficiently available to accept the Saudi Network "mada" cards at all branches of remittance centers.
         
        2)Set up a separate queue dedicated for women in each branch in case of the absence of a ladies section.
         
        3)The centers should verify that all electronic services meet the needs of customers and facilitate the completion of remittances according to state-of-the-art methods.
         
        4)Emphasize on employees to perform their duties efficiently and professionally, ensuring their ability to provide the required services to customers; and provide appropriate and continuous training for employees.
         
        5)Commit to good behavior and professionalism when providing customer service.
         
        6)Work on raising the level of service quality within the branch, such as placing Queuing Machines.
         
        7)Prioritize the service of people with special needs and provide appropriate tools to facilitate their entry into the branches.
         
      • 9. Customer Acceptance Policies and Procedures

        Customer acceptance policies and procedures include all factors relevant to a customer as the person performing a financial transaction through remittance centers; procedures to verify customer’s identity, address and business, and the amount of income and sources of funds; determining the purpose of establishing the relationship (remittances membership) between the remittance center and its customers, while not dealing with unknown or fictitious names and taking into account the full compliance with regulations and instructions issued by SAMA, AML/CFT-related instructions, ‘Know Your Customer (KYC)’ requirements, and Customer Due Diligence (CDD) procedures for customers of various types and categories; and setting classifications and prerequisites to establish relationships with customers.

        • 9.1: Membership

          Customers of remittance centers fill in their personal details in the individual membership opening form to benefit from the services provided by the center. The center then issues a membership card to the customer that contains his/her personal number which is linked to an automated system and on which his/her personal details, photo ID, and signature proving the presence of the person himself/herself and the validity of details filled in the form and the details of the beneficiary of the transfer at the center authorized by SAMA to practice this activity. The customer must present their membership number when carrying out any financial transaction in addition to the original ID card to ensure that they are the original party in the relationship and that the ID card is valid.

          Membership is subject to regulatory procedures in terms of updating details and freezing, in addition to setting permissible financial limits according to customers' status, log in frequency and so on.

        • 9.2: Membership Opening Conditions

          All requirements set forth in the Rules Governing the Opening of Bank Accounts and General Operational Guidelines shall be adhered to, and membership must meet the prerequisites for verification requirements for identities and real users (the beneficiary) of such memberships, including the following: 
           
           1)The membership must be opened by the customer themselves, requiring their presence in person while taking into account cases in which the customer is required to visit to establish the relationship as provided for in the Rules Governing the Opening of Bank Accounts and General Operational Guidelines in Saudi Arabia.
           
           2)Fill in all details and information related to ‘KYC’ principle in the Membership Opening Form and confirm its validity by signing it.
           
           3)Provide an original copy of valid national IDs for citizens or resident ID for expatriates, to be included within the customer’s file.
           
           4)Remittance centers shall be responsible for matching and verifying the validity of details with the original documents submitted by the customer; and placing the stamp and date on each document and storing them in the automated system.
           
           5)It is necessary to have an identifier for women who cover their faces.
           
           6)Minors (under the age of 18 Hijri years) will not be eligible for membership except with the approval of the guardian or curator (not an identifier).
           
           7)Legal persons are not permitted to open remittance memberships. They are required to open a bank account through which they carry out all financial transactions.
           
           8)An expatriate who has a temporary residence permit in the passport -granted thereto by the Kingdom's embassies under a work visa only in preparation for obtaining a resident ID - can be granted membership based on such permit (for a period of 3 months), to be frozen following expiry of that period until a valid resident ID card is issued.
           
           9)Follow the instructions of persons with whom dealing is prohibited in accordance with the decisions of the Security Council and the Saudi Arabian Monetary Authority.
           
           10)Determine the full information of the beneficiaries of the remittance outside the Kingdom, such as the name and ID number, if available, or an account number and address.
           
           11)Membership may not be shared by more than one person.
           
           12)Membership may not be treated as a checking account or used for purposes inconsistent with the primary purpose for which it was opened.
           
           13)An item that contains confirmation from customers that they are the real beneficiaries from the membership and have a direct relationship with the beneficiaries of the remittance shall be added in the membership opening form.
           
           14)Determine the amounts and numbers of expected monthly/yearly remittances (outbound and inbound), and evaluate whether they are adequately commensurate with customers’ monthly incomes.
           
        • 9.3: Updating Details

           Remittance centers shall update customers’ details regarding their membership in the following cases:
           
          1)Upon the expiry of the identity validity period or after the lapse of a maximum of 5 years, whichever is earlier.
           
          2)When customers’ personal identification documents and details, or the nature of their financial operations, are suspected.
           
          3)When their financial transactions do not conform with the information provided to the remittance center or when the pattern and behavior of the customer’s financial operations change.
           
           It is also possible to benefit from the service (Yaqeen) as an the additional option for verifying the identity of customers electronically according to SAMA circular No. (371000018071) dated 12/2/1437H.
           
        • 9.4: General Instructions Regarding Customers

          1)Remittance centers shall identify the customer through valid identification documents in all cases in which it deals with customers.
           
          2)The nature of customers' business and activities shall be consistent with the volume, purpose and category of the executed financial transactions, in addition to the importance of identifying the real beneficiaries of such transactions and taking necessary measures to verify customers.
           
          3)The validity period of the resident ID/visa/temporary resident permit shall be taken into consideration when dealing with expatriates, pilgrims, Umrah performers and visitors.
           
          4)Secure information from official certifications such as the national ID, resident ID or passport and obtain a copy of such, as well as ensuring their conformity to the original ones carried by the customer and employee upon creating the membership.
           
          5)Reject any dealings with fictitious, digital or anonymous names.
           
          6)Membership numbers shall be linked with names and ID numbers, and shall be considered an automatic reference to the transactions carried out when creating the relationship (creating a membership number for the customer).
           
          7)The requirements of KYC, AML/CFT rules issued by SAMA and other relevant regulations and instructions shall be applied.
           
          8)The relationship with the customer shall be terminated when the remittance center is unable to verify the sources of transactions or doubts the validity or adequacy of the customer’s identification details, or when the customer continues to use the remittance membership for purposes other than that for which the membership was created.
           
          9)The customer's name and the national/resident ID number shall be entered in both Arabic and English, and shall be considered mandatory fields for opening the membership.
           
          10)The opening of membership shall be approved by the manager of the remittance center after verifying all the customer information and their conformity with the volume and nature of his/her activities and transactions.
           
          11)The necessary approvals shall be applied when opening remittance memberships for high-risk customers or for which enhanced heightened due diligence is required based on the FATF recommendations and AML/CFT rules.
           
        • 9.5: ‘Know Your Customer’ Principle

          The purpose of applying ‘KYC’ principle is to enable remittance centers to form a clearer picture by ascertaining the true identity of each customer with an appropriate degree of confidence and identifying the types of business and transactions that the customer is likely to carry out with a remittance center. Moreover, for achieving this purpose, remittance centers procedures shall include the following measures: 
           
          1)Identify and verify the identity of all permanent and temporary customers on a continuous basis.
           
          2)Identify the identity of the real beneficiaries for all transactions carried out by customers at the level that achieves complete understanding and knowledge thereof.
           
          3)The risk-based approach shall be applied to assess the risks associated with various types of customers and take appropriate measures to enhance the requirements for identifying and verifying the identity of customers or real beneficiaries of their transactions.
           
          4)Take the measures that would update the requirements for identifying and verifying the identity of all customers on a continuous basis.
           
          5)Track changes in the identity of customers and take necessary action regarding their impact on the requirements of control and supervision.
           
          6)Make available identification records of customers/real beneficiaries to the competent officials responsible for compliance with the AML/CFT standards and relevant concerned officials.
           
          7)Verify the identity of customers and real beneficiaries through reliable and independent sources.
           
        • 9.6: Customer Due Diligence (CDD) Measures

          The application of due diligence procedures entails that remittance centers monitor, and make sure that they understand, the financial transactions of customers and their real beneficiaries; and that they verify all business activities in which they engage, as well as information related to membership creation while satisfying themselves that such information is reliable and clear. The instructions require that remittance centers apply the essential due diligence procedures to all permanent and temporary customers, including real beneficiaries, and that these procedures be continuous and consistent with the degree of risks associated with the business and transactions carried out by customers as follows: 
           
          1)Track the activities of financial transactions and their consistency with the information provided by customers.
           
          2)Due diligence procedures are required upon creating and strengthening the relationship when carrying out sporadic transactions whose value, individually or collectively, exceeds the declared limits. They are also required in the event of cases suspected to involve ML/TF, regardless of exemptions or transaction amount limits, or in case of doubts about the accuracy or adequacy of the information previously obtained when identifying customers.
           
          3)Check whether any person is acting on behalf of the customer and ensuring the legality of such practice.
           
          4)Determine the persons who hold ownership or control over the customer.
           
          5)Due diligence procedures shall be strengthened for high-risk customers possibly due to the volume or types of anticipated or actual transactions, including those that involve jurisdictions classified as high risk or those mentioned on the FATF website as being jurisdictions that do not adequately implement the recommendations related to AML/CFT, or transactions that are defined by law or applicable instructions as being a high-risk source, such as correspondent banking relationships and politically exposed persons.
           
          6)Simple due diligence procedures and measures shall not be acceptable in case of suspicion of ML/TF transactions.
           
          7)Ability to mitigate the due diligence requirements on relationships that have been classified into low risk categories according to the risk assessment carried out by the remittance center.
           
          8)To not permit the termination or absolute restriction of relationships with entire categories of customers aiming to avoid risk management or due to limited financial returns (profits) and without considering other risk mitigation measures for individual customers within a specific sector and dealing with risks on a case-by-case basis.
           
      • 10. Outbound and Inbound Domestic and International Remittances

        Domestic/international remittance activities (sending and receiving) shall be carried out through modern money transfer systems, such as SWIFT and the Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express System (SARIE), and instantaneous money transfer systems, or through contractual agreements with reliable money transfer service providers under the following conditions: 
         
        1)The execution of money transfer transactions for customers shall be accepted through membership only.
         
        2)Domestic money remittances shall be carried out through SARIE only.
         
        3)Money transfers (receiving) may be received for temporary customers (who are not entitled to create a membership relationship) of visitors who hold a visa/temporary residence permit as well as pilgrims and Umrah performers, provided that the amount of a single financial transaction does not exceed SAR 5,000 or its equivalent with a total not exceeding SAR 50,000 or its equivalent during one year, and that the requirements for dealing with temporary customers are fulfilled. A copy of the passport, including the page showing the entry visa, shall be obtained when carrying out permissible transactions. Other money transfer requirements, including the availability of other details such as home country address, contact number or the point of contact in Saudi Arabia and the signature, shall be taken into consideration, and the relationship of the recipient of the transfer with the transferor shall be clarified.
         
        4)The consistency of the nature of the customer’s business and activities – whether as the owner of the membership or a temporary customer – the sources of funds and his/her annual income will be considered against the volume of his/her financial transactions and the purpose and type of the executed financial transactions.
         
        5)Identify the real beneficiary who is in full or partial control of the membership or the financial transactions executed by customers; take necessary measures to achieve customer identification procedures; and fulfil CDD requirements.
         
        6)Record all money transfers made by customers in the membership record of customers, provided that they include detailed information about such remittances.
         
        7)Strengthen implementation requirements of the ‘KYC’ principle, and take necessary steps to meet heightened CDD requirements for high-risk customers.
         
        8)Document, and record in the registers, all outbound and inbound money transfers that have been made for customers, including names of transferors and beneficiaries, and transfer amounts with their dates—such transfers shall be automatically linked to the customer’s ID number.
         

        9) Furnish SAMA, in coordination with Banking Supervision Department, with a monthly statement that includes all money transfers that have been carried out with internal and external financial institutions (banks and money changers).

        10)Take into consideration money transfer requirements set forth in the AML/CFT rules issued by SAMA.
         
           
        11)Obtain complete and accurate information about the transfer originator (the customer) for outbound remittances, and shall be kept complete in the transfer message, or shall include the following:
         
           
         a.Required and accurate information about the transfer originator:
         
          
          -The name of the transfer originator.
         
           
          -The membership number of the transfer originator when the transaction was carried out.
         
           
          -The address of the transfer originator which can be left blank if it is not available and replaced with the official ID number (the national ID for citizens, the resident ID for expatriates) or the date and place of birth together.
         
           
          -The purpose of the transfer shall be specified in detail, confirming full knowledge about the beneficiary.
         
           
         b.Information required about the real beneficiary:
         
          
          -The beneficiary's name and address in his/her home country.
         
           
          -The date of birth, if available.
         
           
          -The type of relationship with the beneficiary.
         
           
          -The beneficiary’s account number when this account is used to carry out the transaction or, in case there was no account, use a distinct identification number for the transaction so that it could be monitored.
         
           
        12)In the event of inbound remittances, and given the importance of considering common procedures followed by countries and financial institutions operating therein, complete information about the transfer originator shall be obtained and attached fully to the transfer message as provided in the abovementioned Paragraph 11.
         
           
        13)In the event that a number of external wire transfers are sent from one originator within a bulk transfer to beneficiaries in another country, all information related to the originator accompanying the wire transfer with that transfer should be included for each external wire transfer, provided that the bulk transfer file (in which individual wire transfers are collated) contains the full information of the originator which can be tracked easily.
         
           

        14) In the case where wire transfers are not accompanied with complete information about the originator, remittance centers operating in the Kingdom must put in place effective procedures and deal with them as follows:

          -Obtain complete information from the correspondent financial institution or from the transfer service provider— this applies to all domestic and international banks.
         
          -Reject the transaction and return the transfer if the correspondent financial institution does not respond.
         
          -In case a transaction was suspicious and the financial institution did not respond, it is necessary to report this to SAFIU.
         
          -Document the decisions that were taken in writing along with their reasons, and keep these documentary and electronic records for a period of ten years based on AML/CFT rules issued by SAMA.
         
          -Inbound remittances must include the name of the financial institution, the country of origin for the transfer, the name of the correspondent financial institution and the country, and the correspondent financial institution must adhere thereof. In the event of a change in the transfer originator information, the remittance center must inform the beneficiary of such change.
         
        15)Strengthen due diligence measures when implementing remittances related to politically exposed persons such as job holders, leadership incumbents and diplomats.
         
        16)Reject any outbound/inbound remittances from/to Saudi Arabia for any charitable or non-profit organizations, except for bodies authorized to do so according to the Rules Governing the Opening of Bank Accounts and General Operational Guidelines in Saudi Arabia.
         
        17)When implementing any new electronic money transfer and payments systems, it must be ensured that they have the ability to prevent and detect ML/TF operations.
         
        18)Comply with transparency standards and ensure that money transfer messages (accompanying outbound/inbound transfers) contain full information of the originator and the beneficiary.
         
        19)Perform continuous CDD measures towards customers sending/receiving remittances and audit the operations executed throughout the period of that relationship to ensure the completeness and conformity of operations carried out with the volume of customers activity, including the source of income, noting that the task of implementing the measures of ‘KYC’ and due diligence for the transferring person rests with the party, whether foreigner or domestic, transferring the funds.
         
        20)In cases where technical restrictions prevent the transmission of complete information of the originator that is associated with an external wire transfer along with a local wire transfer (during the period necessary for harmonizing payment systems), the intermediate remittance center - the recipient of the transfer - must keep a record of all the information received from the financial institution that issued the transfer for a period of 10 years based on the AML/CFT rules issued by SAMA, taking into account the commitment to a period not exceeding (72 working hours) to respond to any inquiries received from the correspondent bank or concerned authorities.
         
        21)In the event of repeated cases of lack of information, and lack of cooperation of the correspondent financial institutions (banks, money changers originating the transfer, transfer services providers); transfer centers operating in Saudi Arabia should assess the relationship with such banks, money changers, or transfer services providers, and consider restricting or terminating the relationship therewith.
         
        22)In the case of suspicion of the transactions of, or the relationship with, a correspondent financial institution or a transfer services provider from a ML/TF perspective, such cases must be reported to SAFIU immediately and documented.
         
        23)Remittance centers operating in Saudi Arabia contracting with money transfer services providers must obtain full information of the parties of the transfer transactions that such providers execute on their behalf.
         
        24)Remittance centers operating in Saudi Arabia must put in place, for all their transactions, effective procedures to verify that ‘KYC’ requirements and due diligence measures are met and based on the risk rate and materiality treatment; and to tighten due diligence for funds transferred from or to countries against which FATF warnings have been issued.
         
        25)Monitor all transactions (outbound/inbound transfers) to detect abnormal patterns in activities that do not have a clear economic or legal purpose, and examine the background and purpose of those transactions to the maximum extent possible, with the results being documented in writing.
         
        26)When there are reasonable grounds to suspect that customers’ funds, operations and transactions represent proceeds of criminal activity or is related to or associated with ML/TF operations, they must be reported to SAFIU.
         
        27)As for domestic transfers (inside the Kingdom) that are performed exclusively through SARIE, it is necessary to ensure that the name of the transferor and his/her account number are mentioned and that they are registered and stored in the remittance center’s system for the purpose of fast retrieval of information when requested by competent authorities. It is also necessary to verify the identity of the beneficiary from the internal (inbound) transfer in accordance with the Rules Governing the Opening of Bank Accounts and General Operational Guidelines.
         
        28)Examine the names of individuals, entities and banks originating wire transfers and their beneficiaries against lists of individuals and entities whose assets must be stopped, rejected or frozen based on local instructions issued by supervisory authorities, as well as international lists such as the United Nations lists; and take necessary action thereof.
         
        29)Examine the names of individuals, entities and banks that are the originators of transfers or intermediaries or beneficiaries thereof against international lists, such as those of the Security Council, the United Nations, FATF, etc.. and take necessary action accordingly.
         
      • 11. Money Transfer Services Providers

        The guidelines for contracting such transfer services providers must be observed, provided they include the following: 
         
        1)Transfer services providers to be contracted with is internationally recognized and licensed by supervisory authorities in the country of domicile of such providers.
         
        2)Banks should submit a prior non-objection request from SAMA in accordance with SAMA Rules on Outsourcing for contracting with money transfer services providers, attached therewith a file that includes the final contract draft to be signed with the services provider, as well as its company brief and a certificate of compliance with AML/CFT.
         
        3)The business of contracted money transfer services providers related to transactions executed through remittance centers operating in the kingdom should be subject to the supervision and control of the remittance center through which those transfer services providers operate.
         
        4)Transferring money should fall under the core business of transfer services providers.
         
        5)Transfer services providers must have in place adequate policies and measures for AML/CFT and combating embezzlement and financial fraud.
         
        6)The contract to be concluded with the money transfer services provider shall include the following:
         
         a.Compliance with the Kingdom's local laws and instructions, rules and circulars issued by SAMA.
         
         b.Taking into account domestic, regional and international requirements, including compliance with international resolutions and the United Nations lists, as well as warning notices issued by international organizations, for example the warning notices issued by FATF.
         
         c.Holding that the information they receive are subject to banking confidentiality clauses and is only used for authorized purposes.
         
         d.Ensuring that all necessary prudential measures are applied when providing these services; and their effectiveness in the early detection of suspicious transactions.
         
         e.The importance of adhering to the application of ‘KYC’ principle and fulfilling due diligence requirement on a continuous basis towards customers and sources and uses of transferred funds.
         
         f.Commitment to provide SAMA with any requested information.
         
        7-Linking the systems of money transfer services providers contracted by banks with said banks’ systems so as to reflect all transactions executed through the transfer services provider within the banks’ system.
         
      • 13. Employment

        Remittance centers (banks) shall comply with the instructions of SAMA, the Ministry of Labor and Social Development and other relevant supervisory and regulatory authorities regarding all laws, instructions and regulations issued for private sector employees as follows: 
         
        1)Compliance with the requirements for employment of citizens and for contracting employment services companies contained in SAMA Circular No. 341000068320 dated 3/6/1434H, and emphasizing on the commitment to the nationalization of jobs in compliance and anti-money laundering departments, remittances, cash advance and security guards pursuant with the instructions issued in this regard by His Majesty the King, as well as the instructions of concerned authorities such as the Ministry of Interior, Ministry of Labor and Social Development, and the Saudi Arabian Monetary Authority.
         
        2)Instructions for working hours and times, vacations and official holidays, including the provisions hereunder.
         
        3)Instructions issued by the Ministry of Labor and Social Development regarding the Labor Law and employee-specific regulations.
         
        4)Instructions issued by SAMA regarding appointment requirements for leadership positions and employment standards.
         
        5)Providing both an administrative and functional structures that encompass all departments and jobs, including senior positions, in which departments' functions and individuals’ duties and responsibilities are specified.
         
        6)Appointing a manager for remittance centers with subject matter and practical qualification who has experience in banking business; an appropriate degree of financial and administrative expertise; and a history of good conduct, and who has not been previously convicted of any crime violating honor or morals.
         
        7)Providing SAMA (in coordination with Banking Supervision Department) a granular semi-annual report on the number of Saudi employees and percentage of jobs nationalization with its relevant plan.
         
    • Regulation on Branch Network

      No: 43089486 Date(g): 24/5/2022 | Date(h): 23/10/1443Status: In-Force

      Based on Saudi Central Bank Law issued by Royal Decree No. (M/36) dated 11/04/1442 H and the Banking Control Law issued by Royal Decree No. (M/5) dated 02/22/1386 H, and based on SAMA's supervisory and regulatory role and its keenness to promote the principle of financial inclusion, increase the access of financial services to priority areas and geographical diversification of the bank branch network, and to ensure that banks develop an integrated internal framework to regulate the opening, closing and transfer mechanism of branches, self-service centers and affiliated remittance centers.

      The branch network instructions are attached and replace the Annual Branch Expansion Plan (ABEP) issued under Circular No. (351000126713) dated 11/10/1435 H.

       

      • 2. Definitions

        2.1SAMA: The Saudi Central Bank established under the Law issued vide Royal Decree No. (M/36) on 11-04-1442H;
         
        2.2Regulation: The Regulation on Branch Network;
         
        2.3Bank: means any bank licensed to carry out banking business in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in accordance with the provisions of the Banking Control Law;
         
        2.4Branch Network: includes branches, service centers, and remittance centers;
         
        2.5Branches: means full-fledged branches providing full range of banking services as well as more efficient branch models (mini / light branches) offering basic banking services including, inter-alia, the opening of accounts, cash deposits, cash withdrawals, fund transfers, issuance and encashment of pay orders/demand drafts, etc.
         
        2.6Service Centers: means outlets established for providing customer facilitation, marketing and sales services, and similar other activities.
         
        2.7Remittance Centers: means financial service providers engaged in domestic/international remittance activities (sending and receiving money) in accordance with the SAMA Rules Governing Banks' Remittance Centers.
         
        2.8ATM: means automated teller machine. ATM includes Automated Teller Machines (ATMs), Cash Deposit Machines(CDMs), Interactive Teller Machines (ITMs), Kiosk and Self-Service Machines offering cash deposits and withdrawals;
         
        2.9Zones: Branch Network will be categorized into following zones for the purpose of this Regulation (based on the latest publicly available population data of the General Authority for Statistics):
         
         a)Zone 1 (Large cities): to include all cities with population of 1.0 million and above;
         
         b)Zone 2 (Medium Cities): to include all cities with population of 0.5 to 1.0 million;
         
         c)Zone 3 (Small Cities): to include all cities with population of 0.1 to 0.5 million;
         
         d)Zone 4 (Rural Areas): to include villages and small towns with population of less than 0.1 million.
         
        2.10Priority Areas: includes Zone 3 (Small Cities) and Zone 4 (Rural Areas)
         
        2.11Digital Modes: means channels used to execute transactions through electronic mediums or using technology enabled/virtual/online modes. These modes includes, inter-alia, the use of debit/credit/prepaid cards, internet banking, mobile banking, mobile wallets, digital payment apps, etc.;
         
        2.12Customer: means any natural or legal person obtaining banking services or products or to whom such services or products are offered by a bank;
         
        2.13Inactive License: means a license previously issued by SAMA for the opening of a branch but the concerned branch is currently inoperative due to either delay in commencement of operations or suspension of its operations for whatever reasons.
         
      • 3. Objectives of the Regulation

        The Regulation is aimed at achieving the following key regulatory objectives: 
         
         a)Promoting financial inclusion and increasing outreach of financial services to the priority areas;
         
         b)Setting a regulatory and supervisory framework for the branch network;
         
         c)Encouraging geographic diversification of the branch network;
         
         d)Ensuring consumer protection; and
         
         e)Facilitating banks in streamlining their branch networks.
         
      • 4. Scope of Application

        The Regulation will be applicable to all locally incorporated banks as well as the branches of foreign banks licensed and operating in the Kingdom. The branches of foreign banks shall comply with this Regulation only if they plan to expand beyond three branches and to the extent, the Regulation becomes relevant to them.

      • 5. Branch Network Policy

        5.1Banks are required to prepare a Branch Network Policy for opening, closing and relocating of branches, service centers, and remittance centers. Branch Network Policy of the Bank will cover, inter-alia, the following points:
         
         a)Bank's overall strategy to serve customers (including the elderly and disabled customers) and deploy service channels (including the digital platforms);
         
         b)Defining market niche / target market of the Bank;
         
         c)Bank's approach towards promoting financial inclusion and increasing outreach of financial services;
         
         d)Key channels to be deployed for the delivery of financial services;
         
         e)Broad parameters/criteria for opening, closing and relocating of branches, service centers, and remittance centers;
         
         f)Plans for promoting the use of digital modes;
         
         g)Plans for offering any other financial services through branches (e.g. bancassurance) or engaging agent banks to undertake permissible banking activities;
         
         h)Plans for serving customers in priority areas as a part of corporate social responsibility (CSR).
         
        5.2The Branch Network Policy will not cover ATMs, which will continue to be dealt with separately under the existing SAMA rules/instructions.
         
        5.3Banks will submit the draft Branch Network Policy to their Board of Directors (or the delegated committee of the Board) for review and approval. However, the Branch Network Policy of the branches of foreign banks can be approved by the Chief Executive or a duly authorized senior executive at Head Office instead of the Board of Directors.
         
        5.4Banks to submit the Branch Network Policy to SAMA after its approval by their Board of Directors (or the delegated Board committee) within four months from the issuance of this Regulation along with the following information:
         
         a)Details and annual volume of financial services offered through digital modes during each of the last three years;
         
         b)Number of branches, service centers, and remittance centers opened, closed or relocated (Zone-wise) during each of the last three years;
         
         c)Number of new ATMs (including portable/temporary ATMs) deployed during each of the last three years;
         
         d)Results of any customer survey conducted and/or Mystery Shopping done to assess the customer satisfaction and quality of banking services;
         
         e)Any other measures taken to increase the outreach of financial services and offering basic banking services to public.
         
        5.5SAMA will review the Branch Network Policy to grant it's no objection. While evaluating the Branch Network Policy of a Bank, SAMA will review, inter alia, the following:
         
         a)Bank's plan for offering financial services through digital modes and timeline for their roll out;
         
         b)Results of any customer feedback survey conducted and/or Mystery Shopping done to assess the customer satisfaction and quality of banking services; and
         
         c)Any other measures taken to increase the outreach of financial services and offering basic banking services in priority areas.
         
        5.6Banks will review (and update, if required) the approved Branch Network Policy every three years (or more frequently, if so required) to ensure its consistency with the relevant regulatory processes and prevailing market dynamics. The revised Policy after review and approval by the Board of Directors or the delegated committee of the Board (in the case of branches of foreign banks, by the Chief Executive or a duly authorized senior executive at Head Office) will be submitted to SAMA within 30 calendar days of its approval.
         
      • 6. Licensing of Branches

        6.1Banks are required to obtain approval for license from SAMA for a new branch, service center or remittance center (both within the Kingdom and overseas). SAMA's prior approval for opening of a branch abroad will be required before approaching the concerned host supervisor/regulatory authority for any such approval.
         
        6.2Banks will submit the proposal for obtaining license of a new branch, service or remittance center to SAMA as per their approved Branch Network Policy. The proposal should contain all relevant information on the proposed branch/center including name of the city, tentative location, zone of location, brief justification for choice of the city/location, and feasibility study (including projected business/financial impact).
         
        6.3Banks are required to use inactive licenses for branches/service centers/remittance centers before approaching SAMA for the new licenses.
         
        6.4SAMA's prior approval for a new branch, service or remittance center will not be required if such branch/center is being opened within the same zone by using the inactive licenses for branches/service centers/remittance centers. Furthermore, SAMA's prior approval will also not be required if a new branch, service or remittance center is being opened in any of the smaller zones by using the inactive license of a branch/service center/remittance center of a larger zone. However, in such cases, banks will approach SAMA at-least two months in advance for amendment of the inactive license for opening the proposed branch or center at the new location.
         
        6.5Banks will not be required to submit Annual Branch Expansion Plan (ABEP) to SAMA once their Branch Network Policy is approved.
         
        6.6Banks are expected to play their role in increasing outreach of financial services to the priority areas as a part of their corporate social responsibility.
         
      • 7. Opening of Branches

        7.1After receiving approval for a new branch license from SAMA, banks shall finalize the branch location, seek necessary approvals from the concerned government authorities, construct the branch and make all other arrangements to open the branch.
         
        7.2Once a branch is ready to commence operations, banks shall obtain a formal license from SAMA for opening of the approved branch. The request for obtaining such a license will contain all relevant information about the readiness of the bank to open the branch and will be submitted only after all necessary arrangements (as detailed in Point 7.3 below) for opening of the branch are in place.
         
        7.3All applications for obtaining a license for opening new branches shall be submitted along with relevant information including, inter alia:
         
         a)The exact location of the branch;
         
         b)The safety and security arrangements for the branch and the customers (including arrangements for the elderly and disabled customers);
         
         c)The status of IT infrastructure/connectivity;
         
         d)The proposed staffing arrangements;
         
         e)The status of approvals from relevant government authorities;
         
         f)Certificate of compliance with the municipality regulations, etc.;
         
         g)A certificate from the internal audit department of the bank confirming that the new branch complies with all relevant requirements of the government authorities and SAMA.
         
        7.4Once SAMA issues a formal license for opening a branch, the bank will take all necessary measures to make the branch operational within six months of the date of issuance of the license and ensure compliance of all conditions of the branch license.
         
        7.5Banks shall inform SAMA in writing within 14 calendar days of commencement of operations by a new branch.
         
      • 8. Closure of Branches

        8.1Banks will seek prior approval of SAMA for the closure or relocation of a branch or service center. Furthermore, in case of any forced closure/relocation of a branch, service or remittance center due to circumstances beyond their control, banks will notify all such cases to SAMA along with the reasons thereof.
         
        8.2Banks will have the flexibility to plan for closure or relocation of branches and service centers or convert a branch to a service center in Zone 1 and 2. However, any such request for closure or relocation will be allowed by SAMA subject to the condition that the bank has taken necessary measures to promote the use of digital modes.
         
        8.3Closure of branches or service centers in Zones 3 and 4 (priority areas) will not be allowed but their relocation within the same city/governorate will be permissible.
         
        8.4Banks will be allowed to merge two nearby branches in case of merger of two banks or in other justifiable cases subject to the condition that there remains a branch of the same bank within the distance of 10 kilometers.
         
        8.5Banks will not terminate the services of any employee merely due to the closure or relocation of a branch or service center.
         
        8.6Banks will be free to close and/or relocate remittance centers as per their approved Branch Network Policy. However, they will be required to notify SAMA at-least 30 calendar days before any such closure or relocation of a remittance center.
         
      • 9. Communication to Customers

        9.1Banks will be required to inform customers through SMS and Email at-least two months before closure or relocation of any branch, service center or remittance center.
         
        9.2Banks will place a notification on the bank's website as well as on the branch site/entrance with contact numbers for seeking further information;
         
        9.3The communication from bank shall guide the customers about alternate options for them for availing the banking services. This will, inter alia, include information about the nearest branch of the bank, service center or other available channels.
         
      • 10. Submission of Returns

        Banks will submit the following returns to SAMA on quarterly basis within 30 calendar days of the end of each calendar quarter: 
         
         10.1Data on opening, closing and relocation of branches, service and remittance centers (as per format attached as Annexure-I).
         
         10.2Data on delivery channels used to serve the customers (as per format attached as Annexure-ll).
         
         10.3Data on customers served in-person/physically in branches/centers, ATMs and Agent banks (as per format attached as Annexure-lll).
         
      • Annexure-I

        Name of the Bank:        -------------------------- 
         
        Data on opening, closing and relocation of branches, service and remittance centers for the quarter ended-------------
         
        Data of Branches
        Sr. No.ZonesBranches Opened during QuarterBranches closed during QuarterBranches relocated during QuarterTotal active Branches at Quarter endTotal inactive Branch licenses
        1Zone 1     
        2Zone 2     
        3Zone 3     
        4Zone 4     
        5Outside KSA     
        6Total     
         
        Data of Service Centers
        Sr. No.ZonesCenters Opened during QuarterCenters closed during QuarterCenters relocated during QuarterTotal active Service
        Centers at Quarter end
        Total inactive Service
        Center licenses
        1Zone 1     
        2Zone 2     
        3Zone 3     
        4Zone 4     
        5Outside KSA     
        6Total     
         
        Data of Remittance Centers
        Sr. No.ZonesCenters Opened during QuarterCenters closed during QuarterCenters relocated during QuarterTotal active Remittance Centers at Quarter endTotal inactive Remittance
        Center licenses
        1Zone 1     
        2Zone 2     
        3Zone 3     
        4Zone 4     
        5Outside KSA     
        6Total     
      • Annexure-II

        Name of the Bank:        ---------------------------
         
        Data on delivery channels used to serve customers, for quarter ended----------------
         
        Sr. No.ZonesTotal No. of active customers of the Bank at beginning of the QuarterTotal No. of customers served during the QuarterNo. of Customers served in person/physically in branch/service center during
        Quarter
        No. of Customers served through digital modes during the quarterNo. of
        Customers served through self-service machines during the quarter
        Number of
        Customers served through any other mode during the quarter
        1Zone 1      
        2Zone 2      
        3Zone 3      
        4Zone 4      
        5Outside KSA      
        6Total      
         
        Note: In the last column, provide the number of customers served through any mode other than in-person/physically served, digital modes or through self-service machines).
      • Annexure-III

        Name of the Bank:        ---------------------------
         
        Data on customers served in-person/physically in branches/centers/ ATMs/Agents for the quarter ended------------
         
        Sr. No.Buckets of Customers (Average No. of customers served per day, during the quarterNo. of BranchesNo. of Service CentersNo. of Remittance centersNo. of self-service machinesNo. of ATMsNo. of branches of agent banksTotal
        10-10       
        211-20       
        321-30       
        431-50       
        551-70       
        671-100       
        7101-200       
        8201-300       
        9301-400       
        10401-500       
        11Above 500       
        12Total       
    • Governing Rules for Electronic Issuance and Authenticity Verification of Banking Documents

      No: 43049648 Date(g): 5/1/2022 | Date(h): 2/6/1443Status: In-Force

      Translated Document

      Further to SAMA's instructions issued under Circular No. (41071604) dated 28/12/1441 H, which aim to encourage banks in providing the service of issuing banking documents and verifying their authenticity electronically, and as a continuation of SAMA's efforts to develop the financial sector and align with the latest digital technologies to facilitate banking transactions.

      Enclosed are the regulations for the issuance and electronic verification of banking documents, aimed at enhancing the electronic services provided to banking sector customers and ensuring the reliability of electronically issued documents according to best practices.

      For your information and adherence to these regulations starting from April 1, 2022G.

      • Chapter One: Introduction and Definitions

        • First/Introduction

          These regulations aim to enhance the electronic services provided to banking sector customers, improving their quality and effectiveness according to best practices. They are designed to facilitate financial transactions by saving time and effort in obtaining banking documents and certificates, and to ensure the reliability of electronically issued documents.

        • Second/Definitions

          The following terms -wherever they appear in these regulations- shall have the meanings specified next to each, unless the context requires otherwise:

            Central Bank: Saudi Central Bank (SAMA)
           
            Regulations: Regulations for the issuance and electronic verification of banking documents.
           
            Bank: Banks licensed to conduct banking activities in accordance with the provisions of the Banking Control Law.
           
            Banking Documents: Documents or certificates issued by banks at the customer's request for various purposes.
      • Chapter Two: Issuance and Verification

        • First/Issuance of Banking Documents

          1.The bank should utilize technological systems to process all customer requests for the issuance of banking documents.
           
          2.The bank must provide the option to issue banking documents electronically in Arabic, and in English if requested by the customer.
           
          3.The bank’s mechanism for providing electronic issuance of banking documents should ensure the following:
            3.1Compliance with technical requirements and regulations outlined in relevant systems and instructions, including but not limited to: the Personal Data Protection Law, the Electronic Transactions Law, the Cyber Security Framework, the Business Continuity management Framework, and any directives issued by SAMA or relevant authorities.
           
            3.2Inclusion in the banking documents of assurances regarding the protection and confidentiality of the information contained, and the responsibility of the bearer to maintain it.
           
            3.3Ensuring that the banking document meets the internal policies of each bank regarding its official status, such as stamps, signatures, and any measures that ensure the electronic document is considered equivalent to a paper document.
           
          4.The bank should use clear and descriptive titles for banking documents that reflect their actual purpose.
           
          5.The bank must include the date of issuance in all banking documents.
        • Second/Electronic Verification of the Accuracy of Banking Documents

          1. The bank must provide an electronic verification service for all banking documents issued by it, whether (electronically or in paper form).
             
          2. The bank must include a clear explanation in the issued banking documents on how to perform the electronic verification.
      • Chapter Three: Banking Documents

        8. The documents listed in this chapter represent the minimum required for issuance by the bank. The purpose indicated for each document should be considered in case of differences in their titles, as follows:

        Document

        Description

        Bank Certificate:A document that confirms the existing relationship between the bank and the customer, including the account number, the date of account opening, and the total balance as requested by the customer.
         
        Debt Confirmation:A document that details an outstanding debt of the customer to the bank, including the amount and the remaining debt.
         
        Account Statement:A statement showing the account balance and transactions conducted during a period specified by the customer.
         
        Clearance Certificate:A document in which the bank acknowledges that there are no outstanding financial obligations of the customer to the bank.
         
        International Bank Account Number (IBAN) Certificate:A document confirming the client's International Bank Account Number (IBAN).
      • Chapter Four: Final Provisions

        1. These guidelines do not invalidate the provisions outlined in related instructions and any subsequent updates.
           
        2. The bank must adhere to issuing banking documents within the timeframes specified by the relevant SAMA's instructions, and must inform the customer of the time required to issue the banking document upon request.
           
        3. The bank must implement procedures and measures to ensure compliance with these guidelines.
           
        4. The bank must educate customers on the process for issuing banking documents and verifying their authenticity electronically.
           
        5. The bank must periodically review the banking documents most frequently requested by customers to prioritize the provision of electronic issuance services for these documents.

         

    • Saudi Arabian Benchmark (SAIBOR/SAIBID)

      No: 430418800000 Date(g): 13/12/2021 | Date(h): 9/5/1443Status: In-Force

      Further to SAMA Circular No. 67/30986 dated 17/05/1440H concerning the Interbank Offered Rate (SAIBOR).

      we would like to inform you that, based on the Saudi Central Bank Law issued by Royal Decree No. M/36 dated 11/04/1442H, and the Banking Control Law issued by Royal Decree No. M/5 dated 22/02/1386H. And in line with international principles, recommendations, and best practices, and to maintain the quality and integrity of the Benchmark Rate. The instructions in the aforementioned circular have been updated to include improvements to the calculation mechanism for SAIBOR and SAIBID. Banks are required to:

      • Adopt the updated mechanism and attached instructions for calculating the Benchmark Rate.
      • Compliance with the updated code of conduct agreed upon between the entity responsible for calculating the Benchmark Rate and the banks contributing to its calculation.
      • Carry out all necessary regulatory and contractual arrangements and treatments, including those related to existing contracts and financial, legal, regulatory, tax, and accounting matters, to implement the updated definitions and mechanism for calculating the Benchmark Rate.
      • Review and update contract and agreement models as necessary to incorporate more flexible terms and provisions.

      SAMA emphasizes that this circular does not exempt banks from the responsibility of conducting a regulatory and legal review, and taking necessary measures to address the status of relevant contracts and agreements. It is also the responsibility of the concerned bank to handle any failure to achieve the necessary treatments or settlements concerning these contracts and agreements.

      The updated Benchmark Rate Instructions (SAIBOR/SAIBID) are attached, to replace the previous instructions issued under the aforementioned circular.

      For your information and action accordingly as of 26 December2021G, noting that the transition process will take place gradually in accordance with the directions of SAMA.

      • 1. Introduction

        To maintain the quality and soundness of the Saudi Arabian Benchmark "SAIBOR/SAIBID", banks were instructed in 2017 to form a SAIBOR technical working group (TWG) under the supervision of SAMA. The TWG includes representatives from Saudi Banks, the benchmark administrator and the Saudi Central Bank. The members were tasked to review the integrity and robustness of the current Saudi Arabian Interbank Offered Rate (SAIBOR) and identify areas for enhancement.

        The enhancements to SAIBOR/SAIBID below are compatible with International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) principles for financial benchmarks. These enhancements were the results of the TWG assessment of the existing methodology and the results of the contributor banks surveys, feedback from a public market consultation performed by the benchmark administrator on the key changes being made to the methodology and the results of the benchmark administrator testing phase to demonstrate how the enhanced methodology would perform as compared to existing SAIBOR.

        The enhancement issued by SAMA in exercise of the authority vested under the Saudi Central Bank Law issued via Royal Decree No. M/36 dated 11/04/1442H, and the Banking Control Law issued 22/02/1386H.

        These requirements supersedes the previous requirements provided in Circular No. 30986/67 issued in 17/05/1440H.

      • 2. Definition of SAIBOR/SAIBID

        SAIBOR - The Saudi Arabian Interbank Offered Rate ("SAIBOR") benchmark is an indicative offer rate at which contributor panel banks would be able to borrow unsecured interbank funds in Saudi Riyals, anchored in transactions where possible together with a historical spread adjustment. A waterfall methodology is applied to enable a rate to be published in a wide range of market circumstances.

        SAIBID - SAIBID is a benchmark representing the realized cost of contributor panel banks' wholesale unsecured funding in Saudi Riyals, anchored in transactions where possible. A waterfall methodology is applied to enable a rate to be published in a wide range of market circumstances.

      • 3. Bank Calculation Methodology

        3.1SAIBOR and SAIBID will be based on contributor bank submissions, determined using a standardized waterfall methodology, as summarized below.
         
         SAIBID SubmissionSAIBOR Submission
        Level 1
        Where a SAIBOR contributor bank has sufficient eligible transactions
        Volume Weighted Average Price (VWAP) onlyVWAP plus Spread Percentage
        Level 2
        Where a SAIBOR contributor bank has insufficient eligible transactions to make a Level 1 submission
        VWAP (including credit spread adjustment)VWAP (including credit spread adjustment) plus Spread Percentage
        Level 3
        The SAIBOR contributor banks may only provide a Level 3 submission if there are insufficient eligible transactions to make a submission at Level 1 or Level 2. If there are transactions that would be eligible for Level 1 or Level 2, except that they took place prior to a move in policy rates, then the process described below under SAMA Policy Rate Moves shall be followed for the purpose of Level 3.
        Subject to process described SAMA Policy Rate Moves below, expert judgment will estimate the VWAP that would have been calculated had unsecured eligible transactions occurred in the last business day.Subject to process described in SAMA Policy Rate Moves below, expert judgment will estimate the VWAP that would have been calculated had unsecured eligible transactions occurred in the last business day and will include the Spread Percentage

        3.2

        The key terms set out in the above table and subsequently in this document will be defined as following:
         
        Spread Percentage: As of the date of this Circular, the Spread Percentage is 16 per cent and represents the difference between SAIBOR and SAIBID across all relevant tenors for the most recent five years of publicly available data. The Spread Percentage will be applied to each submission in order to create the SAIBOR submission. The appropriateness of the level of Spread Percentage will be reviewed regularly on at least an annual basis and more frequently if required by market conditions. Under the review process, the benchmark administrator will consult with the panel of contributing banks and will amend the Spread Percentage subject to approval by SAMA.
         
        Spread Cap: the Spread Percentage may be subject to a cap to be introduced and specified at the discretion of SAMA should market conditions require it. Following any such introduction of a Spread Cap, it shall be reviewed regularly on at least an annual basis and more frequently if required by market conditions. Under the review process, the benchmark administrator will consult with the contributing banks and will introduce or amend (as relevant) the Spread Cap subject to approval by SAMA.
         
        Credit Spread Adjustment (Level 2): Saudi Riyal repo transactions used in Level 2 may be collateralized with any type of Saudi Riyal fixed income security. Such a secured transaction will typically be priced at a lower rate than an equivalent unsecured transaction. In order to maintain consistency with Level 1 submissions and the objective of SAIBOR, a contributor bank will use expert judgment to include a suitable credit premium in the VWAP created from the secured repo transaction(s) before making the Level 2 submission. Expert judgment may not be used for any other purpose for a Level 2 submission and is subject to the submission procedures and recording keeping requirements described under "Expert Judgment" below. The credit premium should reflect the nature and credit quality of the collateral used in the repo transaction(s) and result in a submission rate that is equivalent to an unsecured transaction rate.
         
        Business Day: A "business day" for the purposes of a SAIBOR submission is defined as the 24 hour period from the start of the submission window on the previous business day until the start of the submission window on the current day of the submission.
         
        Expert Judgment:
         
         -Where expert judgment is used, the panel banks have the flexibility to determine its own expert judgment approach.
         
         -Expert judgment approach must be properly documented in the SAIBOR internal submission procedures developed by each SAIBOR contributor bank. These submission procedures are subject to appropriate internal governance processes1. Each contributor bank will notify SAMA and the benchmark administrator of its submission procedures by no later than 31 December 2021 and at least annually thereafter. In addition, each contributor bank will notify SAMA and the benchmark administrator following any significant change to its submission procedures. In each case, notice will be provided by a contributor bank by submitting a copy of its submission procedures to SAMA and the benchmark administrator2. When submitting such submission procedures to SAMA and the benchmark administrator each contributor bank shall include a statement stating that the version of the submission procedures provided has been approved by its Board or its Board delegated authority.
         
         -The SAIBOR internal submission procedures and records detailing the factors and judgment used in each daily submission must be available at all times to be shared with SAMA and/or the administrator upon request.
         
        3.3Contributor banks are required to implement a process whereby the Head of Asset and Liability Management (ALM) or similar position in the bank (without any role in proprietary trading) takes the responsibility for submission of the SAIBOR/SAIBID rates on a daily basis to the benchmark administrator independently without any influence from the bank's Treasurer or the Deputy Treasurer. Banks are required to obtain SAMA's approval for individuals in these roles as per SAMA circulated requirements for Appointments to Senior Positions in Financial Institutions Supervised by the Saudi Central Bank using SAMA standard fit and proper application.
         
        3.4Contributor banks must develop and implement reasonable submission procedures based on the applicable SAIBOR/SAIBID methodologies. The overall submission procedures should at a minimum include the following:
         
         Eligible transaction and other data inputs in calculating submissions
         
         Record the level of the waterfall used to calculate the submission;
         
         Procedures to detect and evaluate the bona-fide nature of such transactions and inputs;
         
         Policies guiding and detailing the use of expert judgment, including documentation;
         
         Maintaining reports, records and underlying documentation supporting submissions;
         
         Procedures for pre-submission validation of eligible inputs and procedures for review by senior staff to check inputs before submission.
         
        3.5The submission procedures should be approved by the Board or Board delegated authority and should be consistently applied. Each contributor bank should ensure that its Internal Audit Department undertakes an annual review of the process and of the methodologies and report to the relevant contributor bank's Senior Management, Audit Committee and the Board on the compliance with the established policies and procedures.
         

        1 For the avoidance of doubt, each contributor bank's submission procedures shall property document its SAIBOR and SAIBID submission procedures in respect of the SAIBOR and SAIBID contributions to the benchmark administrator as detailed further in paragraph 2.4 below, including (but not limited to) eligible transaction and other data inputs in calculating submissions for Level 1, 2, and 3 submissions and policies guiding and detailing its expert judgment approach.
        2 Copies of each contributor bank's submission procedures should be provided to: (1) SAMA at the following email address: BankingDataSection@SAMA.GOV.SA; and (2) the benchmark administrator at the following email address: FRCompliance@lseg.com.

      • 4. Minimum Eligible Transaction Size

        A minimum size for each individual eligible transaction of SAR 10mm for the O/N, 1 week, 1 month and 3 month SAIBOR tenors. For 6 month and 12 month SAIBOR tenors, there is no minimum size for individual transactions to be eligible but the aggregate transaction size (that is, the combined size of all transactions used in the VWAP calculation for Level 1 or Level 2) must be equal to or greater than SAR 50mm in order for the VWAP to qualify for a SAIBOR submission.

      • 5. Transaction Tenor Criteria

        Benchmark submissions are currently computed for 6 tenors
         
        TenorPermitted maturity range
        Overnight1 business day, and must be an overnight transaction
        1 week5 business days
        1 monthFrom 25 to 35 calendar days inclusive
        3 monthFrom 80 to 100 calendar days inclusive
        6 monthFrom 150 to 210 calendar days inclusive
        12 monthFrom 330 to 390 calendar days inclusive
         
        The qualifying ranges can be progressively tightened as the market deepens.
         
      • 6. Transaction Window and Publication

        SAIBOR will be published at 12:00pm KSA time. The transaction window for data collection will be as of 11:00am of the previous business day up and until 11:00am of the current business day. Subsequently, contributor banks will be able to submit their contributions to the benchmark administrator from 11:00am up until 11:50am.

      • 7. Final Calculations and Averaging

        Under the enhanced methodology, the following Minimum Contribution Criteria shall apply. 
         
        Contributions ReceivedNumber of High
        Contributions
        Trimmed
        Number of Low
        Contributions
        Trimmed
        5 or more22
        4 or fewerN/AN/A


        Where 5 or more contributions are received, the contributions will be applied with a trimming methodology where the 2 highest and lowest contributions, per tenor, are excluded from the calculation, once the trimming methodology has been applied, the SAIBOR rates will be calculated as an average of the remaining rate and published to 5 decimal places.
         
        If fewer than 5 contributions are received by the time that SAIBOR is due to be published, the fallback arrangement described below will apply.
         
         Fallback Arrangement
         
        If the minimum 5 contributions are not received by 11:50am KSA time, a fallback arrangement is triggered. Triggering the fallback arrangement extends the contribution window by 30 minutes from 12:00pm to 12:30pm KSA time to accept additional contributions from contributor banks who have not contributed.
         
        If the minimum contributions are reached by 12:30pm KSA time, the benchmark will be released. If not, the previous day's SAIBOR value will be republished together with a flag indicating a republication.
         
      • 8. Contributor Banks Standards for Submission and Data Keeping

        Banks expected to: 
         
        Submit SAIBOR/ SAIBID will reflect the true price of unsecured wholesale liquidity in the KSA Market.3
         
        Maintain records and evidence to substantiate the rates submitted to the benchmark administrator.
         
        In case of significant perceived credit deterioration of a SAIBOR and SAIBID contributing bank, Saudi Central Bank and the benchmark administrator will review the eligibility of the bank concerned.
         

        3 Wholesale liquidity is defined as unsecured SAR funding from all sources for the banks with maturities of less than one year excluding retail deposits less than SAR 10million and equity.

      • 9. Reporting to SAMA

        Contributor banks are required to provide a monthly report on their interbank transactions using the SAMA SAIBOR/SAIBID monthly return (attached) within five (5) working days after the end of each month to BankingDataSection@SAMA.GOV.SA.

      • Annex 1: Eligibility Detailed Criteria

        Waterfall LevelEligible Transaction TypesEligible CounterpartyMinimum Transaction SizeMinimum No. of Transactions
        Level 1
        ■ Unsecured wholesale Saudi Riyal deposits received or raised by the SAIBOR contributor bank from an eligible counterparty.
         
        ■ Domestic primary and secondary market transactions by a SAIBOR contributor bank where it raises funds via unsecured certificates of deposit (CDs) and commercial paper (CPs) where such instruments are:
        1. Denominated in Saudi Riyals;
        2. The transactions take place in the domestic KSA market; and
        3. Issued by the relevant SAIBOR contributor bank itself.
        Exclusions:
        - Structured deposits
        - Internal transactions such as transactions with a subsidiary (including a subsidiary that is a fund and including transactions between contributor bank branches and its head office).
        - Unsecured deposits made by SAMA unless expressly advised otherwise by SAMA and where transacted at market prices.
        - Transactions which have been Entered into outside of the applicable lookback period. See Lookback Period below.
        - Transactions that occurs before a move in the repo or reverse repo policy rates by SAMA. See SAMA Policy Rate Moves below.
         
        ■ Banks
        ■ AH central banks4
        ■ Government Related Entities (GREs)
        ■ Non-bank Financial Institutions
        ■ Corporates and all retail segments (that meet the required minimum threshold amount)
        ■ O/N, 1 week, 1 month and 3 month SAIBOR tenors - minimum size for individual transactions of SAR 10mm
        ■ 6 month and 12 month SAIBOR tenors:
        ■ no minimum size for individual transactions.
        ■ -aggregate transaction size of all transactions used in the VWAP calculation must be equal to or greater than SAR 50mm.
        ■ Transactions with a minimum of 2 different counterparties, provided if only one eligible transaction has taken place following a move in policy rates by SAMA during the Lookback Period, that single transaction shall be used to make a Level 1 submission.
        Level 2
        ■ Saudi Riyal repo transactions (excluding those with SAMA) which have the economic effect of the contributing bank being the receiver (i.e. borrower) of Saudi Riyals. All types of Saudi Riyal fixed income securities are permitted collateral for an eligible repo transaction.
        Exclusions:
        - Internal transactions such as with a subsidiary (including a subsidiary that is a fund and including transactions between contributor banks between contributor banks branches and its head office).
        - Repo transactions with SAMA.
        - Transactions that occurs before a move in the repo or reverse repo policy rates by SAMA. See SAMA Policy Rate Moves below.
        As per Level 1As per Level 1A Level 2 submission may be made using a single eligible repo transaction.
        Level 3
        Subject to the "Sama Policy Rate Moves", acceptable Level 3 inputs that may be used to form the expert judgment used to determine a Level 3 submission are5:
        ■ Transactions that are outside the specified tenor buckets;
        ■ Interpolation/extrapolation (from transactions in the markets underlying Level 1 and Level 2);
        ■ Other market instruments: interest rate swaps, money market operation rates, forward rate agreement/single period swaps, overnight-indexed swaps, SAMA bills;
        ■ Macro-economic factors (monetary policy change, policy rate change in major economies & significant economic data);
        ■ Credit standing i.e. a published and verifiable change in the credit standing of the bank; and
        ■ Other factors: those that can be evidenced and verified, as agreed with a contributor panel bank's internal compliance and risk.
         
        The key terms set out in the above table be defined as following: 
         
        Lookback Period: When identifying eligible transactions for Level 1 or Level 2, a SAIBOR contributor bank must first use transactions executed during the last business day. If there are insufficient eligible transactions in the last business day, the SAIBOR contributor bank may extend the period to the last two business days. This process may be repeated, extending the period by one business day at a time, until either sufficient eligible transactions have been obtained or until a maximum of five business days has been reached.
         
         For the avoidance of doubt, the process of looking back by one extra day at a time (up to a maximum of 5 business days and subject to any moves in policy rates by SAMA) must be completed for Level 1 before the contributor bank moves to Level 2. If sufficient eligible transactions are found in the Lookback Period for Level 1, these will be used to create a submission even if more recent transactions exist that would be eligible for Level 2.
        Banks are allowed to use Level 3 inputs without any restriction on maximum number of business days.
         
        SAMA Policy Rate Moves: No transaction that occurs before a move in the repo or reverse repo policy rates by SAMA will be an eligible transaction for Level 1 or Level 2. This also applies intraday: any transaction that occurs before a policy rate during a business day will not be an eligible transaction. The following process shall apply following a policy rate move by SAMA:
         
         1.Eligible transactions that take place after the policy rate move will be used to make a Level 1 submission. If there are insufficient eligible transactions (see Level 1 eligibility criteria above) following such a move during the maximum five day look back period, Level 2 will be used.
         
         2.Eligible transactions that take place after the policy rate move will be used to make a Level 2 submission. If there are insufficient eligible transactions (see Level 2 eligibility criteria above) following such a move during the maximum five day look back period, Level 3 will be used.
         
         3.Where Level 3 is used following a policy rate move by SAMA, both Level 1 eligible transactions and also Level 1 transactions that would have been eligible except for the fact that they took place before the move in policy rates by SAMA will be used, when exercising expert judgment, to create a VWAP, subject to the process described under Lookback Period above. The VWAP will then be adjusted by the SAIBOR contributor bank to adjust for the effect of the move in policy rates. Such adjustment will be in accordance with the contributor bank's documented internal submission procedures. Submissions for SAIBOR will include the Spread Percentage adjustment to the final VWAP and submissions for SAIBID will exclude the Spread Percentage adjustment to the final VWAP.
         
         4.Where Level 3 is used following a policy rate move by SAMA and there are insufficient Level 1 eligible transactions (see Level 1 eligibility criteria above) to create a submission even when including Level 1 transactions that took place before the move in policy rates, then both Level 2 eligible transactions and also Level 2 transactions that would have been eligible except for the fact that they took place before the move in policy rates by SAMA will be used to create a VWAP, subject to the process described under Lookback Period above and including the adjustment for the credit premium detailed above under "Credit Spread Adjustment (Level 2)". For the purposes of exercising expert judgment, the VWAP will then be adjusted by the SAIBOR contributor bank to adjust for the effect of the move in policy rates. Such adjustment will be in accordance with the contributor bank's documented internal submission procedures. Submissions for SAIBOR will include the Spread Percentage adjustment to the final VWAP and submissions for SAIBID will exclude the Spread Percentage adjustment to the final VWAP.
         
         5.If there are insufficient transactions for both Level 1 and Level 2 including transactions that took place prior to a policy move by SAMA, expert judgment alone will be used by a SAIBOR contributor bank to make a submission.
         
         6.Where a VWAP is adjusted at Level 3 as described above, the size of the adjustment should not exceed the size of the move in policy rates by SAMA except where the SAIBOR contributor bank has strong reasons to believe that a larger adjustment is required to ensure that the submission is representative of current market conditions. In all cases where expert judgment is used including such VWAP adjustments, a contributor bank must record all the factors used in determining the submission it makes as detailed under "Expert Judgment" above.
         

        4 Including SAMA deposits but only where transacted at market prices and are specified for inclusion by SAMA
        5 Level 3 should represent the Bid-side of the market but SAIBOR submissions determined using Level 3 should include the Spread Percentage (see table in Section 2.2)

      • SAMA SAIBOR/SAIBID Monthly Return

        Instruction guidelines 
         
        How to report the data 
         
        Scope of consolidation 
         
        The information is asked at the solo domestic level of each bank. 
         
        Reference date 
         
        The reference date should be 30/31 of each month. 
         
        Completeness of the analysis 
         
        Please provide your responses on the relevant cells in the excel file without modifying the format of the templates. 
         
        Quantitative information 
         
        The quantitative responses should be amounts in SAR '000. The Bank's input for SAIBOR/SAIBID rate each day should be included in all tabs 'SAIBOR', 'SAIBID' and 'Other info’ 
         
        Qualitative information 
         
        Please provide specific responses to the qualitative questions at a sufficient level of detail to achieve the objectives of the return. 
         
        Sample data 
         
        We have taken a sample example to demostrate how the return should be filled. 
         
        Contact persons 
         
        Kindly refer to SAMA's SAIBOR/SAIBID circular for report submission details which can be found under "Reporting to SAMA" 
         
        Deadline for submission 
         
        5 working days 
         
        Name of the Bank                
        Reporting period

        SAR Interbank Lending Transactions (SAIBOR) 
         
        Trade Date Transaction rateName of the counterparty (kindly use official name)Maturity dateDuration in number of daysBank's input for SAIBOR rateIf transaction rate is different from input rate, state reasons 
        29/05/21100,0001.10ABC Bank30/05/2111.25  
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
         
        Name of the Bank                
        Reporting period

        SAR Interbank Borrowing Transactions (SAIBID)  
         
        Trade Date Transaction rateName of the counterparty (kindly use official name)Maturity dateDuration in number of daysBank's input for SAIBOR rateIf transaction rate is different from input rate, state reasons 
        29/05/21100,0000.75ABC Bank30/05/2110.80  
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
         
        Name of the Bank                
        Reporting period

        List all bid/offer transactions undertaken at the bank's offered/bid rates
         
        DateBank's input for SAIBOR rateNumber of transactions not undertaken at offered rates
        Number of transactionsName of customers (kindly use Official name)Rate offered Tenor (no. of days)Reasons for  not undertaking
        29/05/211.251ABC Bank1.30100,00030Customers negotiating a lower rate
        29/05/211.252CBA Bank1.4550,00090No interest in 90 days
        29/05/211.254DEF Bank1.2550,0007Customers demanding a lower rate than SAIBOR
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
         
        DateBank's input for SAIBOR rateNumber of transactions not undertaken at offered rates
        Number of transactionsName of customers (kindly use Official name)Rate offered Tenor (no. of days)Reasons for  not undertaking
        29/05/210.901ABC Bank0.9075,00060Banks not willing to offer at SAIBOR rate
                

         
               
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
    • Charging Policy for Cross Currency Payments Using "AFAQ" Service

      No: 43038107 Date(g): 2/12/2021 | Date(h): 27/4/1443Status: In-Force


      Further to SAMA Circular No. (42068309), dated 24/9/1442H, regarding the Operating Rules for Cross Currency Payments using "AFAQ" Service for the local banking sector.

      Please find attached the Charging Policy for Cross Currency Payments using AFAQ Service.

      For your information and action accordingly as of 8/5/1443 H corresponding to 12/12/2021 G.

      • 1. Definitions

        In this document, the following terms will have the following meanings except as the context may otherwise require:

        TermDefinition
        SAMASaudi Central Bank.
        GPCGulf Payments Company.
        AFAQArabian Gulf System for Financial Automated Quick Payment Transfer
        Cross-Currency
        Payment
        Payment from the bank of one country to a bank from another country through the GCC RTGS Central Component. The Paying Bank sends funds in its country domestic currency, and the Receiving bank receives funds in its country domestic currency.
        Operating RulesOperating Rules for Cross Currency Payments using AFAQ Service
        Pilot PhaseThe period of time commencing upon April 19, 2021 until close of business on July 17, 2021
      • 2. Introduction

        • 2.1 General

          The ''Arabian Gulf System for Financial Automated Quick Payment Transfer" (AFAQ) is the Real Time Gross Settlement service for cross-currency cross-border payments between Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) Countries; that is owned and managed by the National Central Banks (NCBs) of the six GCC countries (Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Kingdom of Bahrain, Sultanate of Oman, Qatar and Kuwait).

          AFAQ Service is in line with the Charter of the Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf, which aims at achieving closer convergence and stronger links among the GCC countries, reaching advanced economic and financial integration, promoting collaboration, integration, interconnectedness and all aspects of cooperation among the GCC member states and their people at all levels.

          AFAQ service has been designed to effectively mitigate frictions associated with conventional cross border payments; namely cost, speed and transparency. This innovative service would serve to bring down the cost of executing cross border payments incurred by relevant stakeholders within the ecosystem.

        • 2.2 Purpose

          With the aim of Facilitating cross-border payments in the region, providing essential infrastructure to enable the on-going integration of financial markets across the GCC region, utilizing the advantages of real-time gross settlement, Encouraging closer financial and economic integration between the GCC countries; SAMA has implemented a Specific Model in which functions of the Domestic RTGS system for both Sending and Receiving cross-border payments will be performed at the AFAQ Service's Central Component hosted technically by the Gulf Payments Company (GPC); While controlled, supervised & operated by SAMA according to the operating Rules.

        • 2.3 Statuary Authority

          Without prejudice to Saudi Central Bank "SAMA" rights under applicable laws and regulations, this Charging Policy is constituted by SAMA in exercise of the powers stipulated in the Saudi Central Bank Law dated 11/04/1442H (26.11.2020); Designating SAMA as the competent authority to Establish, Develop & Operate national infrastructures for Payment, Clearing & Settlement systems; Issue rules, guidelines, and licenses; Control and Oversee Payment, Clearing & Settlement systems within its sphere of competence.

        • 2.4 Scope

          Fees are levied by SAMA on the Participants for the use of the Service. Fees are levied under the following headings:

           Service & Transaction Fees charged to the Sending Participant according to the volume of messages sent by that Participant.
           
           Exceptional and Penalty fees aimed at encouraging best practice to ensure the smooth functioning of the overall service for the benefit of all Participants and their customers.
           
        • 2.5 Amendment

          SAMA may amend, replace or supplement the contents of this Charging Policy as it deems fit; in consultation with Participants. Such amendment will be duly notified to Participants.

        • 2.6 Compliance

          Each Participant will comply with this Charging Policy.

      • 3. Service & Transaction Fees

        • 3.1 Participant Membership Fee

          SAMA will charge an annual charge of SAR 50,000.00 to cover the expenses incurred in regards to operating & maintaining the Service.

        • 3.2 Discounted Participant Membership Fee

          Participants joining AFAQ within the first 6 months after completion of the Pilot Phase will receive a 50% reduction on the Participant Membership Fee.

          During the discount period of 6 months, the amount of the Participant Membership Fee will be calculated as 1/12th of the annual fee for each month or part thereof from the date of joining.

          From the start of the seventh month after completion of the Pilot Phase, Participant Membership Fee will revert to the full annual charge of SAR 50,000.00

        • 3.3 Transaction Fees

          A fee of SAR 12.00 will be charged for each payment message sent by the Participant.

        • 3.4 Discounted Transaction Fees

          No transaction fees will be charged during the Pilot Phase.

          For a period of 6 months from the completion of the Pilot Phase, a discount on the transaction fees will apply resulting in a fee of SAR 10.00 to be charged for each payment message sent by the Participant.

          From the start of the seventh month after completion of the Pilot Phase, transaction fees will revert to SAR 12.00 for each payment message sent by the Participant.

      • 4. Exceptional and Penalty Fees

        Penalty fees and charges intended to encourage best practices and to ensure the smooth operation of the Service will be charged to Participants who fail to meet the required standards.

        These Exceptional and Penalty fees aren't expected to yield any significant income to SAMA, as Participants can avoid such charges by adopting the best practices, which this type of fee is intended to promote.

        • 4.1 Cut-off time extension

          When a Participant wishes to have the cut-off time on any day extended, a formal request must be submitted to SAMA by whatever communication facility is agreed with SAMA at the time. Such requests should be sent to SAMA as early as possible.

          If the request is approved by SAMA, a penalty fee will be charged to the Participant requesting or causing the cut-off time extension. The amount of the fee payable will be SAR 25,000.00 for each period of 30 minutes by which the cut-off time is to be extended.

        • 4.2 Late Return of Payments

          The Operating Rules specify latest times governing the return of payments by a Receiving Participant. If the payment is returned after the specified time, a penalty fee of SAR 100.00 will be charged for the late return of payment.

          SAMA may levy an additional charge based on the amount of the payment returned.

          Any Participant that receives a Return Payment later than that set out in the operating Rules shall forward the details to SAMA.

      • 5. Payment of Invoices

        Invoices will be issued by SAMA to Participants in respect of AFAQ as follows: 
         
         Transaction Fees will be invoiced to Participants on a monthly basis.
         
         Participant Membership Fees will be issued to Participants yearly in advance. During the 6 month discount period set out in Section 3.2 above, invoices for Participant Membership Fees will be issued at the time of joining.
         
         Exceptional & Penalty Fees will be charged to Participants on a case-by-case basis.
         
        All fees are payable within 10 business days of receipt of the relevant invoice by the Participant. 
         
        If the designated fee is not paid within 10 business days, A penalty fee of SAR 1,000.00 will be charged for late payment. 
         
      • 6. FX Margin

        Given the fact that the FX Rate is guaranteed by the respective central banks during the daily operations of AFAQ & taking into consideration that Participants wouldn't incur FX rate risk, cost of funding foreign currencies or other costs associated with the conventional correspdent banking model, No FX margin may be applied.

      • 7. Fees charged to Customers

        Whilst a Participant opting for charging fees to remitters is urged to set discounted & competitive fees with the aim of encouraging the use of the Service & in alignment with the Banking Tariff communicated by SAMA, the tariff which may be charged to a Customer by a Participant for sending a cross currency payment using AFAQ Service must not exceed the allowable maximum fee for cross border transfers as illustrated in the Banking Tariff; as amended from time to time.

      • 8. Other Exceptional and Penalty fees

        SAMA may charge additional appropriate penalty fees where there is, 
         
         A breach of the Operating Rules,
         
         Non-compliance with any of the timings set by SAMA in the Daily Business Cycle,
         
         Contravention of any of the conditions stated in this Charging Policy, or,
         
         Any other circumstances that SAMA deems to be not in the best interest of the smooth functioning of the Service.
         
      • Appendix 1

        Service Fees

        Fee TypeFee Scale
        Pilot
        Phase
        Discount Period of 6
        Months
        After The Discount Period And Subsequent Years
        * Participant Membership feesOSAR

        SAR 25,000.00

        (1/12th for each month or part thereof) = 12,500.00 SAR

        SAR 50,000.00
         

        Transaction Fees

        Fee TypeFee Scale
        Pilot
        Phase
        Discount Period of 6
        Months
        After The Discount Period And Subsequent Years
        *Transaction feesOSAR

        SAR 10.00

        per payment message

        SAR 12.00

        per payment message

      • Appendix 2

        Exceptional & Penalty Fees

        Penalty TypeFees Scale
        Participant who returned the payment ,late

        100.00 SAR

        per payment message

        Participant requests to have the cut-off time on any day extended

        25,000.00 SAR

        for each 30 minutes extension

        A breach of the Operating Rules.Penalty amount will be determined by SAMA
        Non-compliance with any of the timings set in the Business Day Timetable.
        Contravention of any of the conditions set out in the Charging Policy.
        Any other circumstances that SAMA deems to be not in the best interests of the smooth functioning of the Service.
    • Initial Public Offering (IPO) Rules for Receiving and Lending Banks

      No: 43060832 Date(g): 9/2/2022 | Date(h): 8/7/1443Status: In-Force

      Based on the powers granted to the central bank for the supervision and oversight of the banking sector in the Kingdom, and in reference to the SAMA's circulars regarding the role and participation of banks in Initial Public Offering (IPO), Circular No. 38399/MAF/588, dated 12/11/1426H, Circular No. MAF/337, dated 8/11/1425H, and Circular No. 333/MAF/200, dated 22/8/1413H, and the General Rules for Regulating underwriting transactions by Saudi joint stock companies.

      We would like to inform you that SAMA has introduced new Initial Public Offering (IPO) Rules for Receiving and Lending Banks. These rules aim to ensure that banks participating as receiving or lending banks in IPOs in the financial market effectively manage the potential risks they may be exposed to.

      For your information and action accordingly as of this date.

      • 2. Definitions

        1.The following terms and phrases, wherever mentioned herein, shall have the meanings assigned to them unless the context otherwise requires:
         
        TermDefinition
        SAMASaudi Central Bank
        Receiving BankA receiving bank that collects and processes application forms and subscription amounts from retail subscribers within an IPO. For an IPO with more than one receiving bank, the term “receiving bank” includes the main receiving bank or a sub-receiving bank.
        Lending BankA bank that extends credit facilities to its clients for the purpose of facilitating their subscription for securities in an IPO.
        IssuerA person who issues or intends to issue securities.
        SecuritiesA security is a document that shows a person’s legal ownership of a share in a joint stock company and reflects a financial value.
        Offering PeriodIt includes the period of registration of subscription applications, the process of book building, the payment of the subscription value, and the final allocation of offered shares.
        Related PartiesThe parties outlined in Article 2, Paragraph 6 of the first update to SAMA Related Parties Rules for Banks vide SAMA’s Circular No. 41045379 dated 01/07/1441H.
        ExposuresThe Exposures outlined in Article 3.1, Paragraph 4 of the Large Exposure Rules for Banks vide SAMA’s Circular No. 67/1651 dated 09/01/1441H.
        Retail SubscribersA natural person who is not a legal entity nor of high net worth.
        High-Net-Worth SubscribersNatural persons with high solvency who are classified according to the limits and criteria of the bank, provided that their assets under the bank’s management are not less than SAR 5 million.
        Legal EntitiesA legal entity such as commercial institutions, companies, government and semi-government sectors, and financial institutions or a group of persons and/or entities that come together for a specific purpose and form a legal entity.
        Government OfferingThe IPO of a company’s Securities in which the Saudi government, or any entity directly or indirectly affiliated with it, owns 51% or more.
      • 3. Objective

        2.These Rules aim to assist a Receiving Banks or a Lending Bank Involved in an IPO of Securities in setting the minimum policies and procedures to reduce the potential risks to which they may be exposed.
         
      • 4. Scope

        3.These Rules apply to all banks that take part in an IPO of Securities, whether inside or outside Saudi Arabia, in the capacity of:
         
         a.Lending Bank and/or;
         
         b.Receiving Bank.
         
      • 5. Governance

        4.Banks shall incorporate the provisions of the Rules into its policies and procedures, and take the necessary measures to ensure compliance with them. Banks shall also apply, at a minimum, the following governance procedures:
         
         a.Banks’ board of directors, or their authorized delegate, shall be responsible for setting the criteria for participation as a Lending Bank or a Receiving Bank.
         
         b.Banks shall prove its ability to take part in an IPO and undertake its role prudently and efficiently, by possessing the financial and operational capacity that includes the resources, systems and procedures necessary to manage the associated risks.
         
         c.Banks shall set procedures to monitor IPO-related activities, and comply with the requirements contained in these Rules.
         
        5.Banks may not contravene its internal policies related to financing programs or other programs without obtaining the approval of the bank’s board of directors or its authorized delegate.
         
        6.Banks shall ensure the effectiveness of all relevant systems before commencing an IPO.
         
      • 6. Risk Management and Operational Capabilities

        • 6.1 Lending Bank

          7.A bank that wishes to participate in an IPO as a Lending Bank shall apply, as a minimum, the following:
           
           a.The policy and procedures related to the financing of Securities shall be documented and adequately cover all the main risks that the bank may be exposed to.
           
           b.Adhere to credit policies approved by the bank, and limit the total Exposures in each IPO within an amount that does not exceed the bank's ability to meet its obligations on the settlement date.
           
           c.Follow the internal policies of guarantees, or any other related policies.
           
           d.Conduct a comprehensive analysis, prior to financing the purchase of Securities, that at least includes the potential impact on the Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR), Loan-to-Deposit Ratio (LDR), SAMA Liquidity Ratio, Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR), Leverage Ratio, Large Exposure limits, and Exposures limits to Related Parties, taking into account the relevant instructions issued by SAMA.
           
          • 6.1.1 Lending Limits

            8.The Leverage Ratio for retail subscriptions shall not exceed 50% of the amount to be subscribed for each Retail Subscriber, with a maximum financing limit not exceeding 2 million Saudi Riyal.
             
            9.Both High-Net-Worth Subscribers and Legal Entities are excluded from Paragraph 8 above. However, the bank shall follow its approved credit standards, and limit the total Exposures to an amount within the risk appetite of the subscriber (credit lines).
             
            10.Banks shall not exceed the Exposures limits stipulated in the relevant instructions issued by SAMA.
             
        • 6.2 Receiving Bank

          11.A bank that wishes to participate in an IPO as a Receiving Bank shall apply, as a minimum, the following:
           
           a.Have a clear understanding of the respective role and responsibilities of the Receiving Bank and the Issuer of an IPO. This shall be clearly defined in the Receiving Bank agreement.
           
           b.Only undertake the role commensurate with its financial and operational capacity, and to conduct a thorough analysis in advance of the potential financial impact arising from an IPO.
           
          • 6.2.1 Operational Capabilities

            12.If a bank has not previously acted as a Receiving Bank in an IPO, or is wishing to act as a Receiving Bank in a large-scale IPO or a government offering, the bank shall notify SAMA in advance and, in particular, prove its financial and operational capacity to process the share applications in accordance with Paragraph 11-b above. It shall also prove its ability to manage the subscription amounts and recycle the application monies in the money market when needed.
             
            13.If a bank intends to act as a Receiving Bank in a large-scale IPO or Government Offering, it shall have sufficient experience and a track record in acting as a Receiving Bank.
             
            14.Banks shall give proper consideration to the number and readiness of branches or any other channels to be designated as channels for receiving subscription applications, and ensure the adequacy of arrangements to meet the expected demand of subscribers.
             
            15.The bank shall ensure that it is fully qualified and conversant with IPO process, while ensuring concentrating its resources and effecting its relevant policies. For large-scale IPOs or government offerings, the bank shall establish a temporary internal committee to coordinate the receipt of information on the subscription and escalate to senior management if necessary.
             
            16.In determining whether an IPO is of a large scale for the bank for the purposes of paragraphs 12, 13 and 15 above, the bank shall benchmark the scale of the IPO against its own financial capacity (capital base) by multiplying the expected share price by the number of shares to be issued and dividing the result by the bank’s Tier 1 regulatory capital. If the resulting percentage is equal to or greater than 100%, the IPO will be considered of large scale. Factors to be considered include the estimated value of subscription monies to be recycled, the general trends in the stock market during the IPO, and the expected level of demand from subscribers.
             
            17.The Receiving Bank shall agree in advance with the Issuer and approve a plan to deal with the high levels of demand for purchasing Securities in the IPO process. The plan must include - at least - the following considerations:
             
             a.Possibility of adding branches to receive subscription applications if needed, including making relevant announcements.
             
             b.Possibility of using another Receiving Bank to assist in receiving or processing applications.
             
             c.Possibility of extending working hours to receive applications, if possible.
             
             d.Arrangements for printing and distributing additional copies of subscription application forms and prospectuses, if needed.
             
             e.Arrangements to hire additional staff, if necessary.
             
            18.The Receiving Bank shall work closely with the Issuer during the IPO process to determine the need for contingency measures in accordance with the approved plan, as required.
             
          • 6.2.2 Liquidity Requirements

            19.Banks shall effectively manage its balance sheet and plan well in advance to ensure continuous compliance with the LDR, SAMA Liquidity Ratio, LCR, NSFR, and any other liquidity requirements required by SAMA.
             
            20.Banks shall review the collateral pledged with SAMA and their daytime limits to ensure they have sufficient collateral to cover large intraday transfers and liquidity needs during the IPO process.
             
            21.Banks shall take due diligence when recycling application monies in the money market, if needed. A Receiving Bank is encouraged to participate in the interbank lending, as needed.
             
      • 7. Cybersecurity

        22.Banks shall establish appropriate precautionary cybersecurity controls to protect the information assets and data of banks and subscribers from cyberattacks, taking into account compliance with the regulatory requirements related to cybersecurity.
         
        23.Banks shall ensure that controls related to cybersecurity monitoring are applied to all systems and applications used in the IPO process. The monitoring incident response capabilities shall be governed by the cybersecurity incident response policy, and ensuring the readiness of incident response teams.
         
        24.Banks shall conduct a comprehensive testing program to ensure cyber resiliency and controls effectiveness of the systems and applications used in the IPO process, including - but not limited to - the following:
         
         a.Vulnerability assessment and penetration testing.
         
         b.Cybersecurity compromise assessment.
         
        25.Banks shall ensure operational resiliency by testing a range of potential disruptive scenarios, in line with regulatory requirements related to business continuity management.
         
        26.Banks shall implement preventive measures to reduce the risks arising from the third-party and service providers dependencies and should also ensure the readiness of third-party arrangements to support the systems and applications involved in the IPO process.
         
      • 8. Subscription Surplus Refund

        27.Banks shall establish documented procedures to refund the value of the subscription surplus, if any, after share allocation.
         
        28.Banks shall inform subscribers of the subscription surplus refund process and timeline. The surplus amount shall be refunded to the subscriber's account via electronic means only.
         
        29.In the event of IPO cancellation or incompleteness, banks shall return the entire subscription amounts to the subscriber’s account via electronic means only, according to the respective timetable.
         
        30.Banks shall exercise due diligence in handling subscription amounts refunds and, at minimum, shall verify the identity of the subscriber before refunding the amount.
         
      • 9. Reporting

        31.Banks shall submit to SAMA an IPO data report based on the following:
         
         a.End of Offering Period report.
         
         b.In the event that an IPO falls under the definition of a large-scale IPO or a Government Offering, reports shall be submitted on daily basis during the Offering Period.
         
        32.Reports shall be submitted to SAMA within a maximum of one working day based on abovementioned instructions.
         
        33.Reports shall be submitted to SAMA via e-mail: BankingDataSection@SAMA.GOV.SA
         
        34.SAMA, at its sole discretion, may apply Article 31-b to subscriptions that do not fall under the definition of a large-scale IPO or Government Offering.
         
      • 10. Implementation and Effective Date

        35.These Rules shall come into force from issuing date.
         
    • Instructions on Periods of Issuing the Clearance Letter and Executing Requests for Account Transfer and Debt Transfer

      No: 43023350 Date(g): 21/10/2021 | Date(h): 15/3/1443Status: In-Force

      Translated Document

      Based on the authorities vested to SAMA under its law issued by Royal Decree No. M/36 dated 11/4/1442H, the Banking Control Law issued by Royal Decree No. M/5 dated 22/2/1386H, and the Finance Companies Control Law issued by Royal Decree No. M/51 dated 13/8/1433H, and in reference to the timeframes for issuing clearance letters, account transfers, and debt transfers outlined in various related instructions of SAMA

      Attached are the instructions on timeframes for issuing clearance letters, account transfers, and debt transfers, which supersede the time-frames specified in various related instructions of SAMA. Exceptions to these instructions include cases subject to judicial decisions and ongoing cases before the competent authorities.

      To take note and act accordingly within thirty working days from its date.

      • Chapter One: Definitions and General Provisions

        • 1. Definitions

          The following words and phrases, wherever they appear in these instructions, shall have the meanings set forth below, unless the context requires otherwise:

          Central Bank: The Saudi Central Bank.

          Instructions: Instructions on timeframes for issuing clearance letters, account transfers, and debt transfers.

          Financial Institutions: Banks and finance companies under the supervision and regulation of SAMA.

          Banks: Banks licensed to conduct banking activities in accordance with the provisions of the Banking Control Law.

          Customer: An individual benefiting from the products or services of financial institutions.

          Account Transfer: The process of transferring a customer's account balance from one bank to another, with the closure of the original account.

      • Chapter Two: Timeframes for Processing Customer Requests

        • 3. Clearance Letter

          Financial institutions must process the customer's request for issuing a clearance letter - regardless of its purpose, including salary transfers - provided there are no outstanding financial obligations from the customer, within a timeframe not exceeding one business day from the date of receiving the request. For customers with a credit card and/or monthly debit card, this timeframe extends to seven business days.

        • 4. Account Transfer

          Banks must process the customer's request to transfer an account within a timeframe not exceeding one business day from the date of receiving the request.

        • 5. Debt Transfer

          5.1 Consumer Finance:

          Financial institutions (debt sellers) must process the customer's request to transfer debt by completing the necessary consumer finance debt transfer forms within a timeframe not exceeding one business day from the date of receiving the request.

          5.2 Real Estate Finance: 

          A-Financial institutions (debt sellers) must process the customer's request to transfer real estate financing debt by completing the necessary real estate financing debt transfer forms within a timeframe not exceeding three business days from the date of receiving the request.

          B- Financial institutions (debt sellers) must complete the processing of the customer's request within a timeframe not exceeding five business days from the date of receiving the approval of the financing entity (the institution wishing to purchase the debt) for the debt transfer.

      • Chapter Three: Final Provisions

        1. Exceptions to these instructions include cases subject to judicial decisions and ongoing cases before the competent authorities.
           
        2. Financing entities must take all necessary measures to ensure compliance with the timeframes specified in these instructions. They should utilize technological systems and electronic services to process customer requests, including the issuance and electronic verification of documents.
           
        3. The timeframes outlined in these instructions replace those specified in other related SAMA instructions.
    • Operating Rules for Cross Currency Payments using AFAQ Service

      No: 42068309 Date(g): 5/5/2021 | Date(h): 24/9/1442Status: In-Force

      In reference to the Gulf Instant Payment Settlement System "AFAQ", which aims to provide a unified environment for financial transactions between the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries and offer financial services to customers of all categories by enabling and facilitating cross-border transfers in a fast, secure, and efficient manner. This system serves as a tool to ensure the flow of payments in the local banking sector and supports bilateral and multilateral trade activities, contributing to enhancing economic cooperation and integration among the GCC member states.

      Attached is the document regarding the "Operating Rules for Cross Currency Payments using AFAQ Service for the local banking sector".

      For your information and implementation as of the current date.

      • 1. Definitions

        In this Operating Rules, the following terms will have the following meanings except as the context may otherwise require:

        TermDefinition
        SAMASaudi Central Bank.
        NCBNational Central Bank (NCB) or Monetary Authority of each of the six GCC countries.
        GPCGulf Payments Company.
        AFAQArabian Gulf System for Financial Automated Quick Payment Transfer
        Confirmed
        Exchange Rate
        The exchange rate to be used for conversion between a pair of GCC currencies. This rate is confirmed and guaranteed by the relevant NCBs on every Business Day for use throughout that Business Day.
        Cross-currency paymentPayment from the bank of one country to a bank from another country through the GCC RTGS Central Component. The Paying Bank sends funds in its country domestic currency, and the Receiving bank receives funds in its country domestic currency.
        CSMCountry Specific Model.
        Domestic RTGS

        The RTGS system operated by each NCB for processing domestic and eligible cross-currency cross-border payments.

        The Domestic RTGS systems act in both Sending and Receiving mode. For clarity purposes in this OR references to the "Receiving Domestic RTGS" and "Sending Domestic RTGS" are used to illustrate various actions performed by these systems while they are acting in either Receiving or Sending mode.

        AFAQ CCThe Central Component (CC) of the AFAQ Service.
        OROperating Rules.
        RPGRegional Payment Gateway. The RPG acts in both Sending and Receiving mode.
        ArbitrageThe simultaneous buying and selling of securities, currency, or commodities in different markets or in derivative forms in order to take advantage of differing prices for the same currency or asset.
      • 2. Introduction

        • 2.1. General

          The "Arabian Gulf System for Financial Automated Quick Payment Transfer" (AFAQ) is the Real Time Gross Settlement service for cross-currency cross-border payments between Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) Countries; that is owned and managed by the National Central Banks (NCBs) of the six GCC countries (Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Kingdom of Bahrain, Sultanate of Oman, Qatar and Kuwait).

          AFAQ Service is in line with the Charter of the Cooperation Council for the Arab States of the Gulf, which aims at achieving closer convergence and stronger links among the GCC countries, reaching advanced economic and financial integration, promoting collaboration, integration, interconnectedness and all aspects of cooperation among the GCC member states and their people at all levels.

        • 2.2. Purpose

          With the aim of Facilitating cross-border payments in the region, providing essential infrastructure to enable the on-going integration of financial markets across the GCC region, utilizing the advantages of real- time gross settlement, Encouraging closer financial and economic integration between the GCC countries; SAMA has implemented a Specific Model in which functions of the Domestic RTGS system for both Sending & Receiving cross-border payments will be performed at the AFAQ Service ‘s Central Component hosted technically by the Gulf Payments Company (GPC); While controlled, supervised & operated by SAMA according to the operating Rules.

        • 2.3. Statuary Authority

          Without prejudice to Saudi Central Bank "SAMA" rights under applicable laws and regulations, these Operating Rules are constituted by SAMA in exercise of the powers stipulated in the Saudi Central Bank Law dated 11/04/1442H (26/11/2020G); Designating SAMA as the competent authority to Establish, Develop & Operate national infrastructures for Payment, Clearing & Settlement systems; Issue rules, guidelines, and licenses; Control and Oversee Payment, Clearing & Settlement systems within its sphere of competence.

        • 2.4. Scope

          These Operating Rules will cover the following areas: 
           
           a)Key operational activities across cross currency payments using AFAQ Service; hereinafter referred to as "the Service",
           
           b)Business Rules for access and eligibility of Direct Participants, suspension, termination and withdrawal of Direct Participants,
           
           c)Payment Rules for eligible payments,
           
           d)Business day timetable and calendar,
           
           e)Claims and dispute management
           
           f)Business continuity and contingency arrangements.
           
        • 2.5. Amendment

          SAMA may amend, replace or supplement the contents of these Operating Rules as it deems fit; in consultation with Participants. Such amendment will be duly notified to Direct Participants.

        • 2.6. Compliance

          Each Direct Participant will comply with these Operating Rules.

        • 2.7. Charges

          The Direct Participants will pay SAMA's charges for the use of the Service in accordance with the Service Charging Policy issued by SAMA, as amended by SAMA from time to time.

        • 2.8. Controlled Documents

          A list of controlled documents which delineates operations of the Service is included in APPX (1). The controlled documents set out the detailed system operations.

      • 3. Direct Participants

        • 3.1. Direct Participants Admission

          SAMA may admit Direct Participants as members of the Service if in the opinion of SAMA they meet the qualifying criteria as defined by SAMA from time to time. A Direct Participant in the Service must be: 
           
           Participating in the Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express System (RTGS).
           
           Maintaining a current AFAQ's account in accordance with SAMA's banking conditions.
           
           Complying with legal, supervisory, technical & operational requirements communicated by SAMA.
           
           Signatory to the Agreement of Participation in the Service.
           
        • 3.2. Suspension or Termination of Direct Participants

          On notice to a Direct Participant, SAMA may in its discretion suspend a Direct Participant temporarily or terminate a Direct Participant permanently (in each case with immediate effect or as otherwise prescribed in the notice) if the Direct Participant fails to comply with the qualifying criteria defined by SAMA from time to time or if the Direct Participant is, or states that it is, or SAMA reasonably suspects that it may be insolvent or if Direct Participant's relevant licence is revoked or if the Direct Participant fails to comply with these Operating Rules or if, in the good faith opinion of SAMA, the continued membership of the Direct Participant may prejudice the Service or the other Direct Participants or is undesirable.

        • 3.3. Withdrawal of Direct Participants

          Subject to receiving a prior written consent of SAMA, Direct Participant may withdraw from the Service upon serving written notice to SAMA within a period not falling less than thirty 30 days prior to the proposed withdrawal date.

        • 3.4. Obligations on Cessation

          In case of cessation, the Direct Participant will remain liable for all its accrued and accruing obligations under these Operating Rules. SAMA may give directions as it sees fit to give effect to the suspension, termination or withdrawal of the Direct Participant, including without limitation the surrender of its rights, software and materials in respect of the Service and the continued use or non-use of the Service.

        • 3.5. Notice

          SAMA will as soon as practicable give the other Direct Participants notice of changes to or suspensions of a Direct Participant.

      • 4. Systems & Operations

        • 4.1. Overview of AFAQ Service's Architecture

          The AFAQ Service is made up of the following components: 
           
           Sending Domestic RTGS system,
           
           Sending Regional Payment Gateway (RPG),,
           
           Central Component,
           
           Receiving Regional Payment Gateway (RPG),
           
           Receiving Domestic RTGS system,
           
           Communications network linking all of the other components of the full system,
           
           In the case of the countries using the CSM, the functions of the Domestic RTGS system, for both Sending & Receiving cross-border payments, will be performed at the AFAQ Service CC. The service is technically hosted by GPC. The service is managed by the NCB of the country using the CSM as part of their Domestic RTGS services.
           
          • 4.1.1 Sending Domestic RTGS

            The Sending Domestic RTGS system, operated by that country's NCB, handles all communications with the Direct Participants in the sending country. It also deals with all aspects of the processing of outward cross- border payments in accordance with the OR of that country's Domestic RTGS system, including, message validation, accounting, verification of availability of funds on the account of the Sending Participant, debiting the account of the Sending Participant, crediting the account of the Receiving NCB and translation of the messages, if necessary, to the format required by the Sending RPG.

          • 4.1.2 RPG

            RPG’s main functions are to validate, transform and route the cross-border payment messages. 
             
             Message routing and validation,
             
             Message queuing in any event causing the AFAQ Service or RPG to queue messages until they can be delivered,
             
             Handling of Payment Completion Confirmations,
             
             Exception handling and return of payments,
             
             Systems management and access control,
             
             Synchronization of static data with the AFAQ Service cc.
             
             Holding of the current Participant Directory for message validation purposes.
             
             Holding of the current FX Translation Rates table for message validation purposes.
             
             Holding of the current Calendar for message validation purposes.
             
             Conversion of message formats MX from/to MT.
             
             Rejection of cross-border cross-currency payments where validation fails.
             
          • 4.1.3 Sending RPG

            The Sending RPG, operated by that country's NCB, receives individual payment messages from the Sending Domestic RTGS system, validates the message format, encrypts all the sensitive data, adds the summary data required for settlement and prepares the full message for transmission to the AFAQ Service CC. The Sending RPG also processes Payment Completion Confirmation messages from the AFAQ Service CC and matches them with the previously sent payment messages.

          • 4.1.4 Receiving RPG

            The Receiving RPG, operated by that country's NCB, receives payment messages from the AFAQ Service CC, decrypts the sensitive data, translates the messages into the format required by the Receiving Domestic RTGS system and forwards the messages to the Receiving Domestic RTGS.

            Any data not included in the message from the Receiving RPG to the Receiving Domestic RTGS system is retained and available in the Receiving RPG. Receiving Direct Participants and Receiving NCBs have access to this data.

            The Receiving RPG also processes Payment Completion Confirmation messages from the Receiving Domestic RTGS, matches them with the previously sent payment messages and transmits the Completion Confirmation to the AFAQ Service CC.

          • 4.1.5 AFAQ Service CC

            The AFAQ Service CC will perform the following main functions: 
             
             Receive payment messages from the Sending RPG,
             
             Validate the message format and content,
             
             Perform the accounting entries over the shadow accounts of sending and receiving NCBs, and the Primary Accounts of Direct Participants in the case of countries using the CSM,
             
             Transmit the payment message to the Receiving RPG, or, to the Direct Participants in the case of countries using the CSM,
             
             Process Payment Completion Confirmation messages from the Receiving RPG, match them with the previously sent payment messages and transmit the Completion Confirmation to the Sending RsPG, or, to the Direct Participants in the case of countries using the CSM,
             
             Process payment rejections and returns,
             
             Maintain the Direct Participants directory,
             
             Maintain FX Exchange Rates for cross-currency conversion and end-of-day Settlement,
             
             Maintain the Business Day Timetable and Calendar,
             
             Provide enquiry services to NCBs, and to the Direct Participants in the case of countries using the CSM,
             
             Produce and transmit MT950 Shadow Account statements at end-of-day, and
             
             Perform end-of day Settlement activities.
             
          • 4.1.6 Receiving Domestic RTGS

            The Receiving Domestic RTGS system, operated by that country's NCB, handles all communications with the Direct Participants in the receiving country. It also deals with all aspects of the processing of Inward cross-border payments in accordance with the rulebook of that country's RTGS system, including, debiting the account of the Sending NCB, crediting of the account of the Receiving Participant, sending of the Payment Completion Confirmation to the Receiving RPG and transmission of the inward payment message to the Receiving Participant.

          • 4.1.7 Country Specific Model (CSM)

            The architecture for the CSM is the same as for the standard RPG configuration except that there is no automated communication with the country's Domestic RTGS system that processes domestic transactions.

        • 4.2. Service's Architecture

          As SAMA has adopted the CSM for carrying out SAMA and Direct Participants operations in AFAQ's Service, the functions of a Domestic RTGS system in respect of both inward and outward cross-border payment processing and bookkeeping of Direct Participants' mirror accounts and the relevant NCB shadow accounts are performed in the AFAQ Service CC.

        • 4.3. SAMA's Systems

          SAMA controls the installation, maintenance, operation, security, and contingency of the Service and has the right to regulate, administer and monitor the Service using the facilities afforded.

        • 4.4. Direct Participants' Systems

          Each Direct Participant is responsible at its own cost for the development, maintenance, security and reliability (including back-up and contingency) of its host system connected to the Service and any links from or to the Service.

        • 4.5. Certification

          No Direct Participant may use the Service until it and its systems used in relation to the Service have been certified by SAMA.

        • 4.6. Monitoring

          SAMA has the right to monitor relevant Direct Participant's activities for the sake of ensuring that the Service is operated properly, exercising responsibility for central risk management and mitigating pertinent risks.

        • 4.7. Responsibility for Liquidity

          SAMA has no responsibility to monitor Direct Participant’s liquidity. It is the responsibility of each Direct Participant to manage its own Liquidity.

        • 4.8. Information

          The Service provides reporting and enquiry facilities operating in near real-time; giving each Direct Participant immediate visibility of respective position & enabling it to manage its Liquidity.

        • 4.9. Enhancements to Systems

          SAMA may arrange for enhancements and changes to the Service and advise the Direct Participants accordingly, giving such notice before the changes are to be implemented as SAMA considers reasonable. SAMA may give directions for the safe, accurate and timely implementation of changes, updates and distributions. The changes will be binding on the Direct Participants and each Direct Participant will at its own cost carry out all necessary tests & modifications to its own systems linked to the Service and to its pertinent procedures to give effect to these measures.

        • 4.10. Service Levels

          SAMA may from time to time specify the service levels to be provided by the Service and by the Direct Participants systems used in connection with the Service.

        • 4.11. Reporting

          Each Direct Participant must inform SAMA Immediately of any event which may affect its role or function as a Direct Participant in the Service, including any known or planned disconnection from the Service, or any significant changes to Its host system interface to the Service, its organisation, or environment.

        • 4.12. Operating Procedures

          Each Direct Participant must maintain their own internal operating procedures that comply with these Operating Rules.

        • 4.13. Contingencies

          Each Direct Participant must ensure that their back-up and contingency procedures are such that the Service is capable of completing their daily processing requirements, without compromising the integrity, security, or performance of the Service. Each Direct Participant will ensure that it has access to adequate contingency facilities to enable It to send and receive its Payment Messages at least during the Operational Phase of the Business Cycle. Each Direct Participant shall ensure that their contingency procedures allow the resumption of operations at the contingency site when required, with the minimum loss of operational time in accordance with the Business Continuity Management Framework published by SAMA, as amended from time to time.

        • 4.14. Tests

          Each Direct Participant will comply with the Business Continuity Management Framework issued by SAMA & conduct realistic tests of contingency facilities at least twice annually to ensure the readiness and capability of operations. Signed records of the conduct of such tests must be retained.

        • 4.15. Back-ups

          Each Direct Participant is responsible for backing up data and programs for its own the Service operations.

        • 4.16. Confidentiality

          Unless advised otherwise by SAMA, The Direct Participant agrees to keep confidential all information concerning SAMA's business or its ideas, intellectual properties, products, customers or services that are of confidential, proprietary or trade secret nature.

        • 4.17. Security

          The Direct Participants will abide by applicable rules, regulations, policies and frameworks issued by SAMA; including the Service Security Policy as amended by SAMA from time to time. The Direct Participant must ensure the security and soundness of (SAMA - AFAQ) operations and inform SAMA in case of any security incidents.

        • 4.18. Fraudulent Activities

          The Direct Participant must take necessary actions & implement adequate measures to prevent, detect and respond in a timely manner to fraudulent activities involving the Service & report such activities to SAMA and the Direct Participants concerned in accordance with relevant fraud prevention guidelines.

        • 4.19. Accounts at SAMA

          Each Direct Participant must maintain a current the Service account at SAMA. Relevant Direct Participant's account must be held in accordance with SAMA's banking conditions from time to time.

      • 5. Business Day Timetable and Calendar

        • 5.1. Timetable

          The timetable will allow all Direct Participants to provide high level of service to their customers. The Business Day Timetable will be impacted by providing adequate time for the completion of start-of-day and end-of-day business processes and to allow reasonable time for extending the period required for "pre end- of-day activities" in the event of problems or delays. 
           
          Some of the Business Day times are controlled by the system(s) while others are intended as times that all parties must adhere to. 
           
          The following key events occur during the course of the business day (Business Day Period): 
           
          1.System start.
           
          2.FX Translation Rate adjustment - NCBs can send messages with FX Translation Rates; the official rate for their currency against the USD.
           
          3.FX Translation Rate authorization - at the beginning of the period AFAQ Service cc calculates the cross- rates for all currency pairs and delivers them to NCBs for approval. NCBs send authorization messages: either approval or decline. In case no approval or decline is received, the FX rate is considered as unconfirmed. The system will prohibit cross-border payments for unconfirmed pairs of currencies.
           
          4.System Housekeeping - at the beginning of the period, the system sends FX Translation rates notifications to the NCBs for all approved currency pairs. This period is also used for other housekeeping e.g. Business Day Calendar changes and Participant Directory updates.
           
          5.Start of Day Funding: In accordance with SAMA's banking conditions the Direct Participant wishing to transact through AFAQ on a specific day shall prefund their respective account with SAMA through the Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express "RTGS" on a daily basis to ensure that available balance in AFAQ is sufficient to cover all payment messages of all types as they fall due for payment. The Start of Day Funding message must be supplemented as per the following criteria:
           
           Be for credit to SAMA.
           
           Be an Interbank Payment Message.
           
           Quoting the Routing Code /AFAQSD100/ in Account with institution Field.
           
           Stating the nature & date of the funding in the Sender to Receiver Information Field.
           
          6.Exchange period for all types of payments - exchange window for any type of operations including returns initiated by Direct Participants.
           
          7.Exchange period for Interbank payments - only interbank payments will be accepted during this period.
           
          8.End-of-day operations - automated return of cross-currency payments by Central Component which cannot be delivered to the RPGs of the receiving countries. RPGs do not automatically return the payments which cannot be delivered to the Domestic RTGS systems - as this should be only RPG operator's decision.
           
          9.Reporting - generation of statements and Net Position reports, reconciliations and confirmations by NCBs & Direct Participants.
           
          10.End-of-day Settlement window - end of day settlement operations through the Settlement Agent.
           
          11.End-of-day reconciliation with NCBs - NCBs can monitor today's activity and send inquiries to the system to reconcile their activities during the day in case of any inconsistencies.
           
          12.End of Day reconciliation With Direct Participants: On a successful completion of End of Day Settlement Window with NCBs, SAMA will reconcile respective accounts held & issue a "Zeroizing" transaction to sweep the available balance maintained by the Direct Participant within the Service to the current account of the Direct Participant in RTGS.
           
          13.Archiving - data archiving
           
          14.System stop.
           
        • 5.2. Business Days

          SAMA will specify and advise the Direct Participants of the days deemed Business Days for the purposes of the Service. SAMA may declare Business Days to be non-Business Days and vice versa for the purposes of the Service.

        • 5.3. Calendar

          The Business Day Calendar is maintained as a table in the AFAQ Service cc. The table contains a calendar of working days and holidays for cross-currency payments per country. Cross-currency payments are processed only if there is a working day in both the Sending and Receiving countries. Any updates to the calendar will be made within the AFAQ Service CC.

        • 5.4. Cut-off

          SAMA has the right to manage the orderly cut-off of the Service.

        • 5.5. Limits on Transactions

          SAMA may limit the categories of transactions allowed during times of the Business Cycle under advice to the Direct Participants.

        • 5.6. Closures

          SAMA may close the Service for the purposes of maintenance, correction of technical problems، or installation of systems, or other reason, which in SAMA's opinion makes a closure desirable.

        • 5.7. Availability

          Each Direct Participant will ensure that it is in a position to receive and send Payment Messages during the Operational Phase advised by SAMA.

      • 6. FX Rates and Currency Conversion

        Prior to the start of the "open for business" phase, confirmed exchange rates will be set in the central system and the RPGs. These rates will be used throughout that business day for the transformation of payment messages. The Sending Direct Participant must include the currency code and amount in the currency of the sending country as well as the exchange rate and the currency code and amount in the currency of the receiving country in the appropriate fields of payment messages. The exchange rate must be the correct confirmed exchange rate for the pair of currencies for that business day. The exchange rate and the converted amount will be validated by the RPG and AFAQ Service cc. Payment messages with an incorrect exchange rate and/or converted amount will be rejected.

      • 7. Payment Messages

        • 7.1. Eligible AFAQ Transactions

          7.1.1The Direct Participant must ensure that AFAQ Transactions shall be effected solely for Genuine Client Needs. For the purposes of these Rules, Genuine Client Needs means bona fide financial and payment needs of non-banking clients of financial institutions participating in the AFAQ system, including (but not limited to) payments arising from bilateral commercial trade activities, remittances and consumer payments.
           
          7.1.2The Direct Participant shall place adequate measures to ensure that the Service is utilized in a manner consistent with clause 7.1.1.
           
          7.1.3The Direct Participant shall not, nor shall it permit any of its clients to engage in or be part of Arbitrage or Speculative Activities to profit from any price differences that may exist from time to time between the Foreign Exchange Rates used within the Service and any rates used in other foreign exchange markets.
           
        • 7.2. Qualified Payment Messages

          Payment messages transmitted for processing by the Service must meet the following criteria: 
           
           a)Single Payment Messages only,
           
           b)Customer or Interbank payments in the format specified by SAMA,
           
           c)Same day value only - must be a working day in both the Sending and Receiving countries,
           
           d)Must include the currency code and amount in the currency of the Sending country as well as the exchange rate for that business day and the currency code and amount in the currency of the Receiving country in the appropriate fields.
           
           e)Follow message specifications set out in respective Message Format Guidelines.
           
           f)Be for credit to:
           
           The Receiving Direct Participant itself (interbank payment),
           
           A Financial Institution holding an account with the Receiving Direct Participant (Interbank payment), or,
           
           A non-financial institution or person holding an account with the Receiving Direct Participant (Customer payment).
           
        • 7.3. Payments Processing

          The payment for the Receiving Country, when transformed by the AFAQ Service, contains the opposite exchange rate and the two currency amounts in the opposite order. The Receiving Direct Participant, for checking of correct calculation of amounts, should use the original exchange rate used by the Sending Direct Participant (or Sending Domestic RTGS system). 
           
           
          The AFAQ Service cc will process the transaction as per the following: 
           
           
          1)Payments from countries using the CSM
           
           
           a.Payment Message in the Sending Currency of countries using the CSM:
           
            i.DR: Settlement Account of the Sending Direct Participant;
           
           
            ii.CR: Shadow Account of the NCB of the Receiving Country;
           
           
           b.Payment Message in the Receiving Currency:
           
            i.DR: Shadow Account of the NCB of countries using the CSM,
           
           
            ii.CR: Control (Technical) Account of the NCB of the Receiving Country
           
           
          2)Payment to countries using the CSM
           
           
           a.Payment Message in the Sending Currency:
           
            i.DR: Control (Technical) Account of the NCB of the Sending Country,
           
           
            ii.CR: Shadow Account of the NCB of the countries using the CSM.
           
           
           b.Payment Message in the Receiving Currency of countries using the CSM:
           
            i.DR: Shadow Account of the NCB of the sending country,
           
           
            ii.CR: Settlement Account of the Receiving Direct Participant (in the countries using the CSM).
           
           
          In all cases the entries of both payment messages are posted simultaneously. 
           
           
          If the payment cannot be processed by the AFAQ Service cc for any of the reasons listed under Reasons for Rejection in APPX (2), a rejection message will be sent back to the Sending RPG. The Sending RPG will generate a return payment and send it to the Sending the Direct Participant stating the reason for rejection. 
           
           
          A returned payment message must not be resent with the same Unique Message Reference as the original one. It may, after correction of the reason(s) for rejection, be sent as a new payment by the Sending Direct Participant with a different Unique Message Reference, but UETR can be the same. 
           
           
        • 7.4. Completion of a Payment

          A payment is deemed to be completed, for the purpose of sending the Payment Completion Confirmation, once it has been validated and accepted by the Receiving Domestic RTGS system for onward transmission to the receiving Direct Participant.

          The final stage of processing of a payment within the receiving country is subject to the rules, regulations and processing procedures that govern the Receiving Domestic RTGS system.

        • 7.5. Confirmation of Completion

          The Receiving Domestic RTGS system, after it has validated the incoming payment and accepted it for onward transmission to the Receiving Direct Participant, will generate and send a Payment Completion Confirmation through the Receiving RPG to the AFAQ Service CC quoting the Unique Message Reference of the payment message.

          The AFAQ SERVICE cc will match the Payment Completion Confirmation with the Sent Payment with the same Unique Message Reference and forward the Payment Completion Confirmation through the Sending RPG to the Sending Domestic RTGS system.

          The Sending NCB will monitor all payments sent to ensure that matching Payment Completion Confirmations have been received. If the relevant Payment Completion Confirmation has not been received after an interval of 10 minutes from the time the payment was sent by the Sending RPG, and the payment in question was not returned or rejected, the Sending NCB will commence enquiries with GPC as to the cause of the missing confirmation. The Sending NCB is required to monitor receipt of all Payment Completion Confirmations. All payments must be confirmed as completed before the end-of-day process is started.

        • 7.6. Crediting Beneficiary's Account

          In accordance with applicable laws, rules & regulations, The Receiving Direct Participant, where the Beneficiary's account number quoted in the Payment Message is the correct account number for the Beneficiary stated in "Beneficiary Customer" field (Field 59), must credit the Beneficiary with same day value as soon as possible but not later than the end of the same Business Cycle.

        • 7.7. Value to Correct Beneficiary

          The Receiving Direct Participant will ensure that the value of the payment is given to the correct Beneficiary as per the details in the relevant Payment Message.

        • 7.8. Returns by the Receiving Direct Participant

          In case a Payment Message couldn't be credited to the Beneficiary Customer, The Receiving Direct Participant - unless advised otherwise by SAMA - should return to the Sending Direct Participant as soon as possible, preferably within the same business day. If the payment cannot be returned on the same business day, it should be returned before the cut-off time for that type of payment on the next business day or within 2 business days at the latest without liability for use of funds compensation; abiding by the return rules prescribed in 7.8 & using the same exchange rate and currency amounts as in the original received payment with no deductions.

        • 7.9 Return Payment Rules

          The receiving Direct Participants shall perform the following validation checks, for returned cross-currency payment messages: 
           
          Any Payment being returned must be returned as a single message,
           
          The Payment Reference in field 72 is the same as the Reference in the original payment,
           
          Only one successful return payment is allowed for each received payment message,
           
          The payment must be returned within a maximum of 2 business days from the date of receiving the original payment message when both countries (sending and receiving) have business day simultaneously,
           
          The payment currency code and amount in the return payment must be the same as those in the original payment message,
           
          The exchange rate in the return payment must be the same as the exchange rate in the original payment message received by the return message creator's party,
           
          The instructed currency code and amount in the return payment must be the same as those in the original payment message received by the return message creator's party,
           
          The presence of original direct payment reference is checked in Central Component database and Return is rejected if
           
           oThe original direct credit reference is not found, or,
           
           oThe return is greater than two business days
           
           oA successful Return has already been accepted by the Central Component
           
           oEither of the currency amounts, currency code or exchange rate do not match the original payment
           
        • 7.10 Reasons for Return or Rejection

          A list of valid return and rejection codes is included in APPX (2).

        • 7.11 Payments to the UAE

          All payments sent to UAE must contain the correct Purpose of Payment Code according to the list of such codes as communicated by SAMA.

        • 7.12 IBAN

          All Customer Payments sent to those countries that use the International Bank Account Number (IBAN) standard - as advised by SAMA from time to time - must quote the IBAN in the Beneficiary Customer's account number field in the payment message in the format and following the rules published for the receiving country. Failure to include valid IBAN may be a valid reason for rejecting/returning the payment.

        • 7.13 Finality Provisions

          A payment is deemed to be Final & Irrevocable once the account of the Sending Direct Participant has been debited.

        • 7.14 Cancellation

          A Payment Message, once it has been debited to the account of the Sending Direct Participant, cannot be cancelled or recalled.

      • 8 Miscellaneous

        • 8.1 Liabilities of SAMA

          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Operating Rules or in any document or electronic communication referred to in these Operating Rules, neither SAMA nor any of its officers, employees or agents ("a Specified Party") shall be liable for any losses, or damages or expenses of any kind, whether direct or consequential ("Losses") suffered by a Direct Participant or any other person arising directly or indirectly from: 
           
           a)any delays caused by or malfunctions or breakdowns or any inadequacy of the Service,
           
           b)any interruption or loss of the Service or of any of the services contemplated by the Service,
           
           c)any liability for Losses attributable to those parts of the Service which are the responsibility of a Direct Participant or to a Direct Participants fault or systems, or
           
           d)(without limitation) any acts or omissions of a Specified Party in connection with the Service or these Operating Rules;
           
        • 8.2 Force Majeure

          A specified Party shall not be liable for any Losses or any non-performance of the Operating Rules or of Payment Messages or of any obligation in relation to the Service arising directly or indirectly from circumstances beyond reasonable control.

        • 8.3 Emergencies

          If any malfunction, breakdown, or interruption or any emergency affects the Service or its operations, transactions will be handled in accordance with the directions of SAMA. Without limiting the discretion of SAMA, SAMA may extend the hours of operation of the Service, direct the use of contingency facilities or close down the Service in whole or in part.

        • 8.4 Direct Participants Act as Principals Only

          Each Direct Participant shall be liable as principal in respect of its Payment Messages.

        • 8.5 Assignments

          No Direct Participant may assign all or any of its rights or obligations under these Operating Rules. The Service Operating Rules bind the successors of each Direct Participant.

        • 8.6 Dispute Settlement

          In the case of any unresolved disputes or claims arising between any persons in relation to these Operating Rules or any rules, regulations or directives issued pursuant to them, the complainant may submit the dispute or claim to SAMA.

        • 8.7 Severability

          In case any provision in this Operating Rules shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

        • 8.8 Governing Law

          These Operating Rules are governed by the Laws of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

      • Appendix 1 - Controlled Documents

        This table contains the list of documents that have been shared with the pilot banks.

        AFAQ Documentation
        VersionDocument
        SAMA-l 3095 DS 509 001GCC RTGS SAMA Design specification Participants edition 2019-11-01
        SAMA-l 3095 MF 502 001GCC SAMA-LQ-Message Formats-2019-11-01
        SAMA-l 3095 MF 502 001GCC SAMA-MT-Message Formats-2019-11-01
        SAMA-l 3095 TD 501 008GCC RTGS REST API specification 2019-09-06
        SAMA-l 3095 DS 506 018GCC RPG Design SAMA Specifics Participants updated 2020-07-02
        SAMA-l 3095 DS 506 002GCC RPG SAMA Design Specification Participants Edition 2020-09-16
        Version 001GCC RTGS MX Message Formats for Participants 2020-09-16
        Version 001SAMA RPG Participant User Guide revision
        Version 001GCC RTGS Security Requirement
        Version 1.0GPC Circular No.003- Explanatory Note for AFAQ Currency Conversion 2020- 11-17
        Version 1.1 FinalGPC PKI Commercial CP
        Version 1.0GCC RTGS Cross Currency Service - Integration Test and Market Rehearsal Plan version for Pilot Banks
        Version 1.0GPC Market Rehearsal Kick-Off Presentation - KSA & BAH 30.N0V-2020
      • Appendix 2 - Return and Rejection Codes

        This table contains the list of Return and Rejection codes that can be used in status messages. The codes can be interpreted as having the meanings shown for each code.

        Return reason codes based on payments Rejected by the RPG or Central Component
        CodeExplanation
        RJ00System error. Contact support.
        RJ01Incorrect FX Rate
        RJ02Incorrect Receiving Currency amount
        RJ03Invalid Value Date
        RJ04Currency code wrong for Receiving country
        RJ05A non working day in the Receiving Country
        RJ06A non working day in the Sending Country
        RJ07Invalid business day period
        RJ08Invalid Receiving Direct Participant
        RJ09Participant is not active
        RJ10Non delivery to Receiving Domestic RTGS
        RJ11FX rate is not authorized
        RJ12BIC is invalid
        RJ13Returned at cut-off time as not delivered
        RJ14Approved FX rate not found
        RJ15FX rate is absent
        RJ16Payments are not allowed
        RJ17No active business day found
        RJ18Invalid account
        RJ19Lack of funds
        RJ20No direct credit found
        RJ21Return period expired
        RJ22Incorrect return amount
        RJ23Return payment duplication
        RJ24Payment was cancelled
        RJ25Payment was rejected
        RJ90Access rights check failed

         

        Payments Returned

        Will be registered in AFAQ CC dictionary (which may be updated from time to time).

        System will validate during return processing.
         
        CodeExplanation
        AC01Format of the account number specified is not correct
        AC03Wrong IBAN in SCT
        AC04Account number specified has been closed on the bank of account's books
        AC06Account specified is blocked prohibiting posting of transactions against it.
        AC13Debtor account type is missing or invalid
        AC14An agent in the payment chain is invalid
        AC15Account details have changed
        AC16Account is in sequestration
        AC17Account is in liquidation
        ADRMBeneficiary account is dormant
        AG01Transaction forbidden on this type of account (formerly No Agreement)
        AG02Bank Operation code specified in the message is not valid for receiver
        AM01Specified message amount is equal to zero
        AM02Specific transaction/message amount is greater than allowed maximum
        AM03Specified message amount is a non processable currency outside of existing agreement
        AM04Amount of funds available to cover specified message amount is insufficient.
        AM05Duplication
        AM06Specified transaction amount is less than agreed minimum.
        AM07Amount of funds available to cover specified message amount is insufficient.
        AM09Amount received is not the amount agreed or expected
        AM10Sum of instructed amounts does not equal the control sum.
        ARDTAlready returned original SCT
        BACLBeneficiary account closed
        BALCBeneficiary account blocked
        BADEBeneficiary account does not exist
        BADCBeneficiary account is in a different currency
        BDINBeneficiary Name does not match Beneficiary account number
        BE01Identification of end customer is not consistent with associated account number (formerly Creditor Consistency).
        BE04Specification of creditor's address, which is required for payment, is missing/not correct (formerly Incorrect Creditor Address).
        BE05Party who initiated the message is not recognized by the end customer
        BE06End customer specified is not known at associated Sort/National Bank Code or does no longer exist in the books
        BE07Specification of debtor's address, which is required for payment, is missing/not correct.
        BE08Returned as a result of a bank error.
        CN01Authorization is cancelled.
        CURRCurrency of the payment is incorrect
        CUSTCancellation requested by the Debtor
        DS28Return following technical problems resulting in erroneous transaction.
        DT01Invalid date (eg, wrong settlement date)
        ED01Correspondent bank not possible.
        ED03Balance of payments complementary info is requested
        ED05Settlement of the transaction has failed.
        ERINThe Extended Remittance Information (ERI) option is not supported.
        FF05Local Instrument code is missing or invalid
        FOCRReturn following a cancellation request
        FR01Returned as a result of fraud.
        FRTRFinal response/tracking is recalled as mandate is cancelled.
        IBANInvalid Beneficiary account number
        IBICInvalid Beneficiary BIC
        MD06Return of funds requested by end customer
        MD07End customer is deceased.
        MS02Reason has not been specified by end customer
        MS03Reason has not been specified by agent.
        NARRReason is provided as narrative information in the additional reason information.
        NOASNo response from Beneficiary
        NOCMCustomer account is not compliant with regulatory requirements, for example FICA (in South Africa) or any other regulatory requirements which render an account inactive for certain processing.
        NOOROriginal SCT never received
        PPCIPurpose of Payment Code incorrect or invalid
        RC01Bank Identifier code specified in the message has an incorrect format (formerly Incorrect Format For Routing Code).
        RC07Incorrect BIC of the beneficiary Bank in the SCTR
        RF01Transaction reference is not unique within the message.
        RR01Specification of the debtor's account or unique identification needed for reasons of regulatory requirements is insufficient or missing
        RR02Specification of the debtor's name and/or address needed for regulatory requirements is Insufficient or missing.
        RR03Specification of the creditor's name and/or address needed for regulatory requirements is insufficient or missing.
        RR04Regulatory Reason
        RUTAReturn following investigation request and no remediation possible.
        SL01Due to specific service offered by the Debtor Agent
        SL02Due to specific service offered by the Creditor Agent
        SL11Whitelisting service offered by the Debtor Agent; Debtor has not included the Creditor on its "Whitelist'' (yet), In the Whitelist the Debtor may list all allowed Creditors to debit Debtor bank account.
        SL12Blacklisting service offered by the Debtor Agent; Debtor included the Creditor on his "Blacklist". In the Blacklist the Debtor may list all Creditors not allowed to debit Debtor bank account.
        SL13Due to Maximum allowed Direct Debit Transactions per period service offered by the Debtor Agent.
        SL14Due to Maximum allowed Direct Debit Transaction amount service offered by the Debtor Agent.
        SP01Payment is stopped by account holder.
        SP02Previously stopped by means of a stop payment advise.
        TMO1Associated message was received after agreed processing cut-off time.
        TRACReturn following direct debit being removed from tracking process.
        ULBAUnable to locate Beneficiary account
        UPAYPayment is not justified.
        XX00Unknown reason (system replaces when receives a reason not registered in the CC dictionary)
    • Instructions for Banking Obligations and Transactions in Accordance with the Bankruptcy Law and Its Implementing Regulations

      No: 42066419 Date(g): 1/5/2021 | Date(h): 20/9/1442Status: In-Force

      Translated Document

      Referring to the Bankruptcy Law, issued by Royal Decree No. (M/50) dated 28/05/1439 H, and its Implementing Regulations, issued by Council of Ministers Resolution No. (622) dated 24/12/1439 H, and acknowledging the important role of banks in implementing the bankruptcy law.

      To clarify the obligations of banks according to the Bankruptcy Law and its Implementing Regulations, as well as to facilitate banking transactions related to bankruptcy procedures, please find attached the instructions detailing banking obligations and transactions in light of the Bankruptcy Law and its Implementing Regulations. These instructions supersede SAMA instructions communicated by Circular No. (41039914) dated 08/06/1441 H.

      For your information, and to act in accordance with the instructions effective from this date.

      • Chapter Two: Obligations of Banks and Financial Institutions

        3.Banks and Financial Institutions, as operators of banking activities or creditors of the debtor, must adhere to the following:
         
        3.1Facilitate the provision of any information or procedures related to the debtor’s transactions subject to financial reorganization, liquidation, financial reorganization for small debtors, liquidation for small debtors, or administrative liquidation to the trustee or committee, as applicable, through various channels, in accordance with the provisions of Chapter Three of these instructions.
        3.2Adhere to the suspension of claims against the debtor immediately upon receiving proof of a court order from the competent court suspending claims. This should be done through official notification channels, the trustee, or the debtor—whichever is applicable— including debit and transfer orders from bank accounts in accordance with the judgments and decisions issued by the competent courts after the suspension of claims, with the following considerations:
          
        •  
        Adhere to the suspension of claims according to the timeframes specified for each procedure in the Law, or until the bank receives confirmation of the cancellation of the suspension, considering any extensions that may be granted by the competent court.
         
          
        •  
        The suspension of claims does not extend to attachment and debit orders from bank accounts and prohibitions on transactions based on judgments and decisions issued before the suspension of claims, unless otherwise directed by the competent court.
         
          
        •  
        Ensure compliance with relevant legal provisions regarding the enforcement on guarantees during the suspension of claims.
         
        3.3Submit the bank's claims to the trustee or committee—whichever is applicable—within the specified timeframe, detailing their nature and attaching supporting documentation.
        3.4Verify the powers and duties of the trustee, and each trustee individually if there are multiple, based on the competent court's ruling.
        3.5Ensure that employees in the relevant departments and branches are familiar with these instructions.
      • Chapter Three: Banking Transactions That May Be Required by the Trustee or Committee

        • 4. Bank Accounts

          4.1.A bank account must be opened for the debtor subject to one of the bankruptcy procedures outlined in Section (3.1) according to the following requirements:
           1. A request from the trustee or committee, as applicable, to open the account, specifying its purpose.
           2. A decision from the competent court including any of the following:
            A.The initiation of liquidation or liquidation for small debtors for the natural or legal person, and the appointment of a single trustee.
            B.The initiation of liquidation or liquidation for small debtors and the appointment of multiple trustees, specifying their duties and powers, including the opening and management of bank accounts.
            C.The initiation of administrative liquidation and the appointment of the Bankruptcy Committee to manage the procedure.
            D.The suspension of the debtor’s authority and the appointment of the trustee to manage the operations during financial reorganization proceedings.
           3. A copy of the trustee's national ID, or a letter from the committee containing the details of the person authorized to manage the account in administrative liquidation proceedings, along with a copy of their national ID.
           4. A copy of the commercial register, the founding contract, and its appendices for the legal entity subject to bankruptcy proceedings, or the national ID/residence permit for the natural person.
          4.2The trustee or committee must be enabled to continue managing the debtor's accounts subject to one of the bankruptcy procedures outlined in Section (3.1) according to the following requirements:
           1.A decision from the competent court including any of the following:
            A.The initiation of liquidation or liquidation for small debtors for the natural or legal person, and the appointment of a single trustee.   
            B.The initiation of liquidation or liquidation for small debtors and the appointment of multiple trustees, specifying their duties and powers, including the management of bank accounts.   
            C.The initiation of administrative liquidation and the appointment of the Bankruptcy Committee to manage the procedure.   
            D.The suspension of the debtor’s authority and the appointment of the trustee to manage operations during financial reorganization proceedings.   
           2. A copy of the trustee’s national ID, or a letter from the committee detailing the person authorized to manage the account in administrative liquidation proceedings, along with a copy of their national ID.
          4.3A bank account must be opened for the purpose of depositing the proceeds from the sale of the bankruptcy assets securing the debtor’s debt subject to financial reorganization or financial reorganization for small debtors, according to the following requirements:
           1.A request from the trustee to open the account, specifying the purpose and the account’s validity period, which should not exceed the date of issuance of the competent court’s judgment to conclude the proceedings. 
           2.A decision from the competent court initiating the financial reorganization or financial reorganization for small debtors for the natural or legal person and appointing the trustee. 
           3.A copy of the trustee’s national ID. 
           4.The trustee’s acknowledgment to notify the bank immediately upon the court’s decision regarding their dismissal or acceptance of their resignation, and to enable the new trustee to continue managing the account, following the court's decision appointing the new trustee in place of the current trustee, along with a copy of their national ID. 
        • 5. Bank Account Statements for a Period of Ten Years

          5.1The trustee or the committee—depending on the circumstances—shall be provided with the bank account statements of the debtor subject to one of the bankruptcy procedures specified in paragraph (3.1), after fulfilling the decision of the competent court containing any of the following:
            A.The initiation of liquidation or liquidation for small debtors for the natural or legal person and the appointment of a single trustee.
            B.The initiation of liquidation or liquidation for small debtors and the appointment of multiple trustees, specifying their duties and powers, including the request for bank account statements.
            C.The initiation of administrative liquidation and the appointment of the Bankruptcy Committee to manage the procedure.
            D.The suspension of the debtor’s authority and the appointment of the trustee to manage operations during financial reorganization proceedings.
        • 6. The Execution or Submission of the Transactions Outlined in Sections (4) and (5) Should not Exceed the Timeframes Specified in the Following Table

          Section

          Timeframe

          Section (4.1)One business day from the completion of requirements.
          Section (4.2)Immediately upon completion of requirements.
          Section (4.3)One business day from the completion of requirements (for opening the account), and immediately upon completion of requirements (for continuing account management).
          Section (5.1)Seven business days from the completion of requirements.
    • The requirements and Information Needed for Customers’ Bank Account Statements

      No: 42059442 Date(g): 4/4/2021 | Date(h): 22/8/1442Status: In-Force

      Translated Document

       

       

      Based on the powers granted to SAMA under the provisions of the Banking Control Law and its implementing regulations, and in line with SAMA’s supervisory and regulatory role over financial institutions under its jurisdiction, and in an effort to standardize the minimum operations, information, and details that should be included in bank account statements for customers according to unified standards across all banks. Given that the information contained in a bank account statement serves as a source and reference for legal evidence in matters that benefit the public interest, it simultaneously assists customers in understanding the sources of funds deposited into their accounts, the amounts withdrawn and transferred from them, as well as the types, nature, and dates of the transactions carried out. This ensures clarity and precision in understanding, leaving no room for ambiguity. Furthermore, this enables customers to determine their responsibility for verifying the sources and uses of their funds and the authorities for managing these transactions. This information also benefits banks by providing clear responses to customer inquiries regarding transactions on their accounts.

      Attached is the updated version of the required information for bank account statements for customers. Banks are also reminded of the option to provide customers with a simplified bank account statement as an alternative, which includes at a minimum: (The type of transaction, its date, and the amount).

      Please take note and ensure compliance with these specified requirements by the end of the second quarter of 2021G.

      • Transaction Type and Criteria for Statement Details: Cash Deposit (Bank Branch). (1/1)

        Type of Transaction and Standards for Account Statement Details

        Cash Deposit (Bank Branch). (1/1)

         

        No.

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Creation of the Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Name of Service Delivery Channel/Code (Bank Name + Branch Name where the deposit is made)

        -

        2

        Location of the Service Delivery Channel (City where the branch is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (Generated by the system)

        -

        4

        Type of Transaction (Cash Deposit - Bank)

        -

        5

        Transaction Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Time (Mandatory for ATM and online transactions, optional for other transactions)

        Statements arranged by date and time

        7

        Due Date (Creditor)

        -

        B

        Credit Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Purpose / Payment Details / Source of Funds

        -

        -

        -

        5

        Depositor's Name

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Depositor's ID Number

        -

        -

        To be recorded on the cash deposit form

      • Transaction Type and Criteria for Statement Details

         

        Cash Deposit (ATM) - (1/2)

        No.

        Information Criteria

        Arabic

        English

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Name of the Service Delivery Channel/Code (Bank Name + ATM Code for cash deposit)

        -

        2

        Location of Service Delivery Channel (City where the ATM is located)

        -

        3

        The transaction reference number (generated by the ATM)

        -

        4

        Transaction type (Cash Deposit - ATM)

        -

        5

        Transaction start date

        -

        6

        Transaction start time (mandatory for ATMs and electronic banking transactions, optional for other regular transactions)

        Mandatory for ATMs and electronic banking transactions

        7

        Due date (creditor)

        -

        B

        Creditor information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied exchange rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Purpose / Payment details / Source of funds

        -

        -

        -

        5

        Depositor's name

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Depositor's ID number

        -

        -

        -

        7

        Fees

        -

        -

        -

         

        Cash Withdrawal (Check) – (2/1)

        No.

        Information Criteria

        Arabic

        English

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Name of Service Delivery Channel/Code (Bank Name + Branch Name from which the cash is withdrawn)

        -

        2

        Location of Service Delivery (City where the branch is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (generated by the system)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Cash Withdrawal - Within Bank)

        -

        5

        Transaction Creation Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Creation Time

        -

        7

        Due Date (Debtor)

        -

        B

        Debit Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Fees

        If withdrawal is in a foreign currency

        5

        Check Number

        -

        6

        Beneficiary Name

        -

        -

        -

        7

        Beneficiary ID Number

        -

        -

        Recorded by the cashier on the check

         

        Cash Withdrawal (Form) – (2/2)

        No.

        Information Criteria

        Arabic

        English

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Name of Service Delivery Channel/Code (Bank Name + Branch Name where the cash is withdrawn)

        -

        2

        Location of Service Delivery channel (City where the branch is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (generated by the system)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type(Cash Withdrawal - Receipt)

        -

        5

        Transaction Creation Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Creation Time

        -

        7

        Due Date (Debit)

        -

        B

        Debit  Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Fees

        If withdrawal is in a foreign currency

        5

        Beneficiary Name

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Beneficiary ID Number

        -

        -

        Recorded on the form

         

        Cash Withdrawal (ATM) – (2/3)

        No.

        Information Criteria

        Arabic

        English

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Name of Service Delivery / Code (Bank Name + ATM Code where the cash is withdrawn)

        -

        2

        Location of Service (Country and City where ATM is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference (Name and Code of the Bank that issued the ATM/Visa card + Transaction Reference Number generated by the ATM)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Cash Withdrawal "Mada Card / Credit Card" – ATM)

        -

        5

        Transaction Creation Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Creation Time (Mandatory for ATMs and electronic banking transactions; optional for other regular transactions)

        Mandatory for ATMs and electronic banking transactions.

        7

        Due date (debtor)

        -

        B

        Debit Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Fees

        If the amount is withdrawn in a foreign currency

         

        Deposit of Checks (Clearing – External) (3/1)

         

        No

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Name of the Service Delivery Channel / Code (Bank name and Branch/Department conducting the transaction)

        -

        2

        Location of the Service Delivery Channel (City name where the branch/department is located)

        -

        3

        Reference number for the transaction (generated by the system)

        -

        4

          Transaction Type (Cash Deposit - Bank)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time

        -

        7

        Due Date (Creditor)

        -

        B

        Creditor Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Check Number

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Drawn on the Bank Name

        -

        -

        -

        5

        Name of the Depositor

        -

        -

        If not the account holder

        6

        Depositor ID Number

        -

        -

        To be recorded on the check deposit form

        7

        Name of the Drawer

        -

        -

        -

        8

        Country of the Bank Issuing the Check

        -

        -

        -

         

         

        Check Deposit (Collection) – (3/2)

        No.

        Information Criteria

        Arabic

        English

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Name / Code of the Service Delivery Channel (Bank Name and Branch/Department where the transaction occurs)

        ATM Information (if the check was deposited via an ATM)

        2

        Service Delivery Channel Location (City where the branch/department is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (generated by system)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Check Collection)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time

        -

        7

        (Credit) Due Date

        -

        8

        (Debit) Due Date

        -

        B

        Debtor  information

        1

        Amount

        Collection fees

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Cheque number

        -

        5

        Drawn on the bank name and city

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Fees (collection fees + correspondent banks)

        -

        -

        -

        C

        Creditor  Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Cheque number

        -

        5

        Drawn on the bank name and city

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Depositor's name

        -

        -

        If not the check holder

        7

        Depositor's ID number

        -

        -

        And it is recorded on the check deposit form

        8

        Drawer's name

        -

        -

        -

         

        Check Deposit (Same Bank- Internal) – (3/3)

        No.

        Information Criteria

        Arabic

        English

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Name / Code of the Service Delivery Channel (Bank Name and Branch/Department where the transaction is conducted)

        ATM Information (if the check was deposited via an ATM)

        2

        Service Delivery Channel Location (City where the branch/department is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (generated by system)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Internal Check Deposit)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time

        -

        7

        Due Date (Debit)

        -

        8

        Due Date (Credit)

        -

        B

        Debtor information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Cheque number

        -

        5

        Beneficiary's name

        -

        C

        Creditor Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Cheque number

        -

        5

        Drawn on the bank's name

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Depositor's name

        -

        -

        If not the cheques holder

        7

        Depositor's ID number

        -

        -

        And it is recorded on the check deposit form

        8

        Check issuer's name

        -

        -

        And it is recorded on the check deposit form

        9

        Check issuer's ID number

        -

        -

        And it is recorded on the check deposit form

         

         

        Check Cashing (Clearing/Internal Collection) – (4)

        No.

        Information Criteria

        Arabic

        English

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Delivery Channel Name/Code (Bank Name and Branch/Department where transaction takes place)

        -

        2

        Location of the Service Delivery Channel (Name of the city where the branch/department is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (Generated by the system)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Clearing/Internal Collection)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time

        -

        7

        Due Date (Debtor)

        -

        -

        -

        8

        Due Date (Creditor)

        -

        -

        -

        B

        Debtor ledger information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Cheque number

        -

        5

        Beneficiary's name

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Beneficiary's ID number

        -

        -

        -

        7

        Presenting bank / Collecting bank's name

        -

        -

        -

         

        Outbound Money Transfer (Fast System) – (5/1)

         

        No

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Name / Code of the Service Delivery Channel (Bank Name and Branch where the transaction is conducted)

        -

        2

        Location of the Service Delivery Channel (Name of the City for the Branch)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (Outbound Transfer Number generated by the system) + Local System Transaction ID Number

        Local System Transaction ID Number

        4

        Transaction Type (Outbound Transfer – Local System)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Start Time of the Transaction (Mandatory for ATM/Electronic Banking Transactions, Optional for Other Transactions)

        Mandatory for ATM Transactions

        / Electronic Banking

        7

        Due Date (Debit)

        -

        B

        Debit Entry Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Fees

        -

        5

        Beneficiary Name

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Beneficiary Bank Name/Code

        -

        -

        -

        7

        Beneficiary Account Number

        -

        -

        Credit Card Number if to a Credit Card Account

        8

        Beneficiary Address

        -

        -

        To be noted on the form

        9

        Purpose/Details of the Transaction

        -

        -

        To be noted on the form

        10

        Number and Date of Reference at SAMA / Judicial Order if Issued by SAMA

        -

        -

        -

         

        Outbound Money Transfer (SWIFT) – (5/2)

         

        No

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Name / Code of the Service Delivery Channel (Bank Name and Branch where the transaction is conducted)

        -

        2

        Location of the Service Delivery Channel (Name of the City where the Branch conducting the transaction is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (Outbound Transfer Number Generated by the System)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Outbound Transfer – SWIFT)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Start Time of the Transaction (Mandatory for ATM/Electronic Banking Transactions, Optional for Other Transactions)

        Mandatory for ATM/Electronic Banking Transactions

        7

        Due Date (Credit)

        -

        B

        Credit Entry Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Fees

        SWIFT Fees

        5

        Commission

        Commission on Transfer

        6

        Beneficiary Name

        -

        -

        -

        7

        Beneficiary Bank Name

        -

        -

        -

        8

        Beneficiary Account Number

        -

        -

        -

        9

        Beneficiary Address

        -

        -

        To be noted on the form

        10

        Country of Transfer

        -

        -

        -

        11

        Purpose / Details of the Transaction

        -

        -

        To be noted on the form

         

        Outbound Transfer (Salaries) – (5/3)

         

        No

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Name / Code of the Service Delivery Channel (Bank Name and Branch where the transaction is conducted)

        -

        2

        Location of the Service Delivery Channel (Branch City Name)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (MT 102 - Outbound Transfer Number generated by the system) + Local System Transaction ID Number

        Local System Transaction ID Number

        4

        Transaction Type (Salaries – Total Customer Payments)

        -

        5

        Start Date of the Transaction

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time (Mandatory for ATM/Electronic Banking Transactions, Optional for Other Transactions)

        Mandatory for ATM/Electronic Banking Transactions

        7

        Due Date (Debit)

        -

        B

        Debit Entry Information

        1

        Amount

        Total Amount

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Fees

        Total Customer Payments Fees

        5

        Payment Details (Salaries)

        -

         

         

         

         

        Outbound Transfer (Profit Shares) – (5/4)

         

        No

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

         Name/Code of service delivery Channel(Bank Name and Branch where the transaction takes place)

        -

        2

        Channel Location (Branch City Name)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (MT 102 - Outbound Transfer Number Generated by the System)

        Local System Transaction Identifier Number

        4

        Transaction Type (Profit Shares – Total Customer Payments)

        -

        5

        Start Date of the Transaction

        -

        6

        Start Time of the Transaction

        -

        7

        Maturity Date (Debit)

        -

        B

        Debit Entry Information

        1

        Amount

        Total Amount

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Exchange Rate Applied

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Fees

        Customer Payments Total Message

        5

        Field 70: Payment Details (Profit Shares + Period) Example: Profit Shares / First Half of 2010G

        -

         

        Inbound Transfer (Rapid System) – (6/1)

         

        No

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Channel Name/Code (Bank Name and Branch/Department where the transaction takes place)

        -

        2

        Channel Location (City Name where the Branch/Department is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (Inbound Transfer Number) + Local System Transaction Identifier Number

        Local System Transaction Identifier Number

        4

        Transaction Type (Inbound Transfer – Local System)

        -

        5

        Start Date of the Transaction

        -

        6

        Start Time of the Transaction (Mandatory for ATM/Electronic Banking Transactions, Optional for Other Transactions)

        -

        7

        Maturity Date (Credit)

        -

        B

        Credit Entry Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Sender Name

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Sender Account Number

        -

        -

        Credit Card Number if from a Credit Card Account

        5

        City Name of Sender

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Name/Code of the transferring bank

        -

        7

        Purpose/Payment Details

        -

        -

        -

        8

        Reference number and date at SAMA / judicial decision in case it is mandated by SAMA

        -

        -

        -

         

         

        Inbound Transfer (SWIFT System) – (6/2)

         

        No

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Channel Name/Code (Bank Name and Branch/Department where the transaction takes place)

        -

        2

        Channel Location (City Name where the Branch/Department is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (Inbound Transfer Number)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Inbound Transfer – SWIFT)

        -

        5

        Start Date of the Transaction

        -

        6

        Start Time of the Transaction

        -

        7

        Maturity Date (Credit)

        -

        B

        Credit Entry Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate 

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Sender Name

        -

        -

        -

        5

        Sender Account Number

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Sender's Country Name

        -

        -

        -

        7

        Bank Name of Sender

        -

        -

        -

        8

        Purpose/Payment Details

        -

        -

        -

         

        Incoming Transfer (Salaries) – (6/3)

        No

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Name / Code of Service Channel (Bank and Branch / Department where the transaction takes place)

        -

        2

        Location of the Service Channel (City name where the branch/department is located)

        -

        3

        Reference number for the transaction (MT 102 - Incoming Transfer Number) + Local System Unique Identifier for the transaction

        Unique Identifier for Local System Transactions

        4

        Type of Transaction (MT 102 - Local Incoming Transfer - Salaries)

        -

        5

        Date of Transaction Start

        -

        6

        Time of Transaction Start

        Mandatory for ATM / electronic banking transactions

        7

        Due Date (Creditor)

        -

        B

        Creditor Transaction Details

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

         Name of the Customer Order (Transferrer) 

        -

        4

        Name / Code of the Transfer Bank

        -

        5

         Purpose / Payment Details (Salaries)

        -

        -

        -

         

         

        Incoming transfer (profit share)- (6/4)

        No

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        AEstablishing a Service Delivery Channel
        1

        Name / Code of the service delivery channel (name of the bank and branch / department where the transaction is conducted)

        -

        2

        Location of the service delivery channel (name of the city where the branch/department is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction reference number (MT 102 – incoming transfer number) + local system transaction identification number 

        Local system transaction identification number

        4

        Transaction type (Profit Share)

        -

        5

        Transaction start date

        -

        6

        Transaction start time

        -

        7

        Due date (credit entries)

        -

        B

        Creditor ledger information

        1Amount-
        2Currency-
        3Field 50: Name of the ordering customer (remitter). Example: Saudi Telecom Company, SABIC, etcThe company that declared the profit share
        4Name / Code of the remitting bank---
        5Name of the entity / company---
        6Account number of the entity / company---
        7Name of the remitting bank---
        8Field 70: Purpose/Payment details (Profit share + period) Example: Profit share / First half of 2010---
        CDebtor ledger information
        1Amount-
        2Currency-
        3Field 50: Name of the ordering customer (remitter) Example: Saudi Telecom Company, SABIC, etcThe company that declared the profit share
        4Name/Code of the remitting bank---
        5Beneficiary's name---
        6Beneficiary's account number---
        7Beneficiary's bank---
        8Field 70: Purpose/Payment details (Profit share + period) Example: Profit share / First half of 2010---

         

        Internal Transfer (Account to Account – Same Bank) – (7)

         

        No

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Name / Code of Service Channel (Bank and Branch / Department where the transaction takes place)

        -

        2

        Location of the Service Channel (City name where the branch is located)

        -

        3

        Reference number for the transaction (generated by the system)

         

        4

        Type of Transaction (Transfer from Account to Account)

        -

        5

        Date of Transaction Start

        -

        6

        Time of Transaction Start

        -

        7

        Due Date (Creditor)

        -

        8

        Due date (creditor)

        -

        B

        Debtor ledger information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Exchange Rate Applied

        -

        4

        Beneficiary's name

        -

        -

        -

        5

        Beneficiary's ID number

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Beneficiary's account number

        -

        -

        -

        7

        Purpose of the transfer

        -

        -

        -

        8

        Reference number and date in SAMA / court order in case it is mandated by SAMA

        -

        -

        -

        C

        Creditor ledger information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Exchange Rate Applied

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Name of the remitter

        -

        -

        -

        5

        ID number

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Account number

        -

        -

        -

        7

        Purpose / Payment details

        -

        -

        -

        8

        Reference number and date in SAMA / court order in case it is mandated by SAMA

        -

        -

        -

         

        Cashier Request (in Saudi Riyals) – Version (8)

         

        No.

         

        Information Standards

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Channel Name/Code (Bank and Branch Name)

        -

        2

        Service Channel Location (Branch City Name)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (Generated by System)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Cashier Request)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time

        -

        7

        Due Date (Credit)

        -

        B

        Debit Entry Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Commission

        -

        5

        Bank application number

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Beneficiary's name

        -

        -

        -

         

        Demand Draft Under Collection – Version (9)

         

        No.

         

        Information Standards

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Channel Name/Code (Bank and Branch Name)

        -

        2

        Service Channel Location (Branch City Name)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (Generated by System)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Demand Promissory Note)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time

        -

        7

        Due Date (Debit)

        -

        B

        Debtor Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Commission

        -

        5

        Demand promissory note number

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Beneficiary's name

        -

        -

        -

         

         

        SADAD Payments System – (10)

         

        No.

         

        Information Standards

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Channel Name (Bank/Branch/Management/Electronic Banking Channel)

        -

        2

        Service Channel Location (City Name for Branch/Management/Electronic Banking Channel)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (Generated by SADAD system - 9 digits)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (SADAD Payments)

        -

        5

        Transaction start date

         

        6

        Transaction start time (mandatory for ATM transactions, optional for regular transactions)

        Mandatory for ATM transactions. Optional for regular transactions

        7

        Due date (debtor)

        -

        B

        Debtor Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Biller name (company name) Example: Saudi Telecom Company, Saudi Electricity Company, Mobily, Ministry of Interior - Traffic Violations, Ministry of Interior - Driver’s License, Ministry of Interior - Vehicles, Ministry of Interior - Saudi Passports, and others

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Invoice number or biller subscription number (for Saudi Telecom Company and Saudi Electricity Company) / or beneficiary ID number (for the Ministry of Interior)

        -

        -

        -

        C

        Creditor Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Biller name (company name) Example: Saudi Telecom Company, Saudi Electricity Company, Mobily, Ministry of Interior - Traffic Violations, Ministry of Interior - Driver’s License, Ministry of Interior - Vehicles, Ministry of Interior - Saudi Passports, and others

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Invoice number or biller subscription number (for Saudi Telecom Company and Saudi Electricity Company) / or beneficiary ID number (for the Ministry of Interior)

        -

        -

        -

         

        Direct Debit Payments - (11)

         

        No

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Channel Name (Bank Name and Branch/Department where the transaction occurs)

        -

        2

        Service Channel Location (City Name where the Branch/Department is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (System-generated unique reference number) + Local System Transaction ID

        Local System Transaction ID

        4

        Transaction Type (Direct Debit Payments)

        -

        5

        Start Date of the Transaction

        -

        6

        Start Time of the Transaction

        -

        7

        Maturity Date (Debtor)

        -

        B

        Debit Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Beneficiary Name (Originator's Name)

        -

        -

        -

        5

        Beneficiary Bank (Guaranteeing Bank Name)

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Direct Debit Authorization Number

        -

        -

        -

         

        Foreign Currency Purchase (Cash) - (12)

         

        No

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Channel Name (Bank Name and Branch where the transaction occurs)

        -

        2

        Service Channel Location (City Name where the Branch is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (System-generated unique reference number)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Foreign Currency Sale)

        -

        5

        Start Date of the Transaction

        -

        6

        Start Time of the Transaction

        -

        7

        Maturity Date (Creditor)

        -

        B

        Creditor Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Currency Purchased from the Customer

        -

        -

        US Dollar, Euro, AED + Amount

         

        Foreign Currency Sale (Cash) - (13)

         

        No

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Channel Name (Bank Name and Branch where the transaction occurs)

        -

        2

        Service Channel Location (City Name where the Branch is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number # (System-generated unique reference number)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Foreign Currency Purchase)

        -

        5

        Start Date of the Transaction

        -

        6

        Start Time of the Transaction

        -

        7

        Maturity Date (Debtor)

        -

        B

        Debit Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Costs

        -

        -

        -

        5

        Commissions

        -

        6

        Currency Sold

        -

        -

        US Dollar, Euro, AED + Amount

        7

        Depositor Name

        -

        -

        -

        8

        Depositor ID Number

        -

        -

        -

        9

        Source of Funds

        -

        -

        -

        10

        Purpose of Deposit

        -

        -

        -

         

        Credit Card Settlements - Transactions - (14)

         

        No

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Channel Name (Bank Name and Branch/Department where the transaction occurs)

        -

        2

        Service Channel Location (City Name where the Branch/Department is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (System-generated unique reference number)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Credit Card Settlement)

        -

        5

        Start Date of the Transaction

        -

        6

        Start Time of the Transaction (Mandatory for ATM/online banking transactions, optional for other regular transactions)

        Mandatory for ATM/online banking transactions.

        7

        Maturity Date (Debtor)

        -

        8

        Maturity Date (Creditor)

        -

        -

        -

        B

        Information on debit entries (entry for a demand deposit for the customer's current account). Credit card balance settlements are executed for the outstanding limit of the Visa credit card (Visa credit limit) at the beginning or end of each month, according to the arrangements agreed upon with the customer.

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Account Number (Credit Card) of the Beneficiary Creditor

        -

        -

        -

         

        Point of Sale Operations – ATMs/Visa Card - (15)

         

        No.

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Channel Name (POS Number + Bank Name + Store Name)

        -

        2

        Service Channel Location (Country or City Name of the POS)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (ATM Number/Visa Card Number + Bank Name)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Purchase via POS/Visa Card/Mada Card/Mada Pay/Apple Pay)

        -

        5

        Credit Card Company

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time (Mandatory for ATM/Online Banking Transactions; Optional for Other Transactions)

        Mandatory for ATM/Online Banking; Optional for Regular Transactions

        7

        Due Date (Debtor)

        -

        8

        Due Date (Creditor)

        -

        -

        -

        B

        Debit Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Fees

        Purchase via Visa Card / Cash Withdrawal

        C

        Credit Ledger Information

        1

        POS Number

        -

        2

        Bank Name of the POS

        -

        3

        Store Name of the Transaction

        -

        4

        Service Channel Location (City Name of the POS)

        -

        5

        Country Name

        -

        6

        Issuing Bank Name of the Card

        -

        7

        Transaction Type (Purchase via POS/Visa Card/Mada Card/Mada Pay/Apple Pay)

        -

        8

        Credit Card Company (Visa, MasterCard, American Express)

        -

         

        Public Offering of Shares - Subscription - (16)

         

        No.

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Delivery Name/Code (Bank Name + Branch Name where the operation is executed)

        -

        2

        Delivery Location (City Name where the branch is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (Generated by the system)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Initial Public Offering – Subscription)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time

        Mandatory for ATM/Online Banking Transactions

        7

        Due Date (Debtor)

        -

        B

        Debit Entry Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Request Number for the Initial Public Offering

        -

        -

        -

        5

        Entity/Company Name

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Entity/Company Account Number

        -

        -

        -

        C

        Credit Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Request Number for the Initial Public Offering

        -

        -

        -

        5

        Number of Shares Subscribed

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Entity/Company Name

        -

        -

        -

        7

        Entity/Company Account Number

        -

        -

        -

        8

        Transfer Bank Name

        -

        -

        -

         

        Pending Orders - (17)

         

        No.

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Channel Name/Code (Name of Bank/Branch where the operation is executed)

        -

        2

        Service Location (City Name of the branch executing the operation)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (System generates a reference number) + The unique identifier number for the transaction concerning local system operations

        Reference number specific to the local system transactions

        4

        Transaction Type (Standing Order)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time

        Mandatory for ATM/Online Banking Transactions

        7

        Due Date (Debtor)

        -

        B

        Debtor Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Fees

        -

        5

        Funded (Current order)

        -

        6

        Beneficiary's Name

        -

        -

        -

        7

        Beneficiary's account number

        -

        -

        -

        8

        Beneficiary's address

        -

        -

        -

        9

        Beneficiary's bank name

        -

        -

        -

        10

        Transaction details (type of current order and its reference number)

        -

        -

        -

        C

        Creditor Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Fees

        -

        5

        Funded (Standing order)

        -

        6

        Remitter's name

        -

        -

        -

        7

        Account Number

        -

        -

        -

        8

        Remitting bank's name

        -

        -

        -

        9

        Purpose of the transfer

        -

        -

        -

        10

        Transaction details (type of current order and its reference number)

        -

        -

        -

         

        Costs / Fees – Operations - (18)

         

        No.

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Channel Name / Code (Name of the department / branch of the bank where the transaction is executed)

        -

        2

        Service Channel Location (Name of the city where the branch executing the transaction is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (The system generates a reference number for the transaction)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Costs / Fees)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time

        -

        7

        Due Date (Debtor)

        -

        B

        Debtor Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applicable Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Transaction Details (Details of Costs / Fees)

        -

        -

        -

        5

        Name of Entity / Company

        -

        -

        -

        C

        Creditor Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applicable Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Transaction details (costs/fees details)

        -

        -

        -

        5

        Name of the entity / company

        -

        -

        -

         

        Term Deposits - (19)

         

        No.

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Channel Name (Name of the department / branch of the bank where the transaction is executed)

        -

        2

        Service Channel Location (Name of the city where the branch/department executing the transaction is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (Transaction Number)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Term Deposit)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time

        -

        7

        Due Date (Debtor)

        -

        8

        Due Date (Creditor)

        -

        9

        Type / Details of the deposit

        -

        -

        -

        B

        Debtor Ledger Information (Funds are deposited as term deposits and a confirmation of the term deposits is issued to the customer)

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applicable Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        C

          Creditor Ledger Information (Upon maturity, the principal + interest is deposited as mentioned in the confirmation of the term deposits sent to the customer)

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applicable Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

         

        Term Loan Transactions - (20)

         

        No.

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Channel Name (Name of the department / branch of the bank where the transaction is executed)

        -

        2

        Service Channel Location (Name of the city where the branch/department executing the transaction is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (Transaction Number)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Term Loan)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time

        -

        7

        Due Date (Debtor)

        -

        8

        Due Date (Creditor)

        -

        B

          Debtor Ledger Information (Loan Installment Payment) (Installment schedule as per the agreement signed by the customer)

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applicable Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Type of financing

        -

        -

        -

        5

        Payment details

        -

        -

        -

        C

         Creditor Ledger Information (Loan Payment) (A confirmation of the loan detailing the loan specifics is sent to the customer)

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applicable Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Type of financing

         

         

         

        5

        Financing details

        -

        -

        -

         

        Murabaha Deposits - (21)

         

        No.

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Channel Name (Name of the department / branch of the bank where the Murabaha deposit is made)

        -

        2

        Service Channel Location (Name of the city where the branch/department executing the transaction is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (Transaction Number)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Murabaha Deposit)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time

        -

        7

        Due Date (Debtor)

        -

        8

        Due Date (Creditor)

        -

        B

        Information for Debits (Payment) (An investment confirmation of Murabaha containing investment details is sent to the customer)

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applicable Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        C

        Creditor ledger information (on the payment date) (a credit entry is made for the sale price, including the purchase amount + the profit mentioned in the Murabaha investment confirmation)

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applicable Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

         

        Tawarruq Financing - (22)

         

        No.

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Channel Name (Name of the department/branch where the operation is executed)

        -

        2

        Service Location (City where the branch/department is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (Murabaha transaction number)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Murabaha Financing)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time

        -

        7

        Due Date (Debtor)

        -

        8

        Due Date (Creditor)

        -

        B

        Debit Entry Information (Payment of installment) (A Tawarruq financing confirmation containing the transaction number and details of the purchase and sale of the commodity is sent to the customer.)

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        C

        Creditor Ledger Information (Tawarruq Repayment) (Confirmation of Tawarruq containing transaction number and details of goods purchase and sale is sent to the customer)

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

         

        SAMA Orders - (23)

         

        No.

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Service Delivery Channel Name (Name of the department/branch where the operation is executed)

        -

        2

        Service Location (City where the branch is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (The system generates a reference number for the transaction) + Unique Identifier Number for Rapid System Transactions

        Unique identifier number for Rapid System Transactions

        4

        Transaction Type (Standing Order)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time

        -

        7

        Due Date (Debtor)

        -

        B

        Debtor Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Fees

        -

        5

        Commission (Standing Order)

        -

        6

        Name of Beneficiary

        -

        -

        -

        7

        Beneficiary Account Number

        -

        -

        -

        8

        Beneficiary Address

        -

        -

        -

        9

        Name / Code of Beneficiary Bank

        -

        -

        -

        10

        Reference Number at SAMA

        -

        -

        -

        11

        Purpose of Transfer if specified in SAMA Order

        -

        -

        -

        12

        Transaction Details (Type of standing order and reference number)

        -

        -

        -

        C

        Creditor Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Fees

        -

        5

        Commission (Standing Order)

        -

        6

        Name of Remitter

        -

        -

        -

        7

        Account Number

        -

        -

        -

        8

        Name of Remitter Bank

        -

        -

        -

        9

        Purpose of Transfer if specified in SAMA Order

        -

        -

        -

        10

        Transaction Details (Type of standing order and reference number)

        -

        -

        -

         

        Issuing a Bank Check - (24)

         

        No.

         

        Information Criteria

         

        Arabic

         

        English

         

        Notes

        A

        Establishing a Service Delivery Channel

        1

        Name / Code of the Service Delivery Channel (Name of the bank and the branch/department where the transaction is executed)

        -

        2

        Location of the Service Delivery Channel (Name of the city where the branch/department is located)

        -

        3

        Transaction Reference Number (Generated by the system)

        -

        4

        Transaction Type (Issuing a Bank Check)

        -

        5

        Transaction Start Date

        -

        6

        Transaction Start Time

        -

        7

        Due Date (Debtor)

        -

        -

        -

        8

        Due Date (Creditor)

        -

        -

        -

        B

        Debtor Ledger Information

        1

        Amount

        -

        2

        Currency

        -

        3

        Applied Exchange Rate

        -

        -

        -

        4

        Check Number

        -

        5

        Name of Beneficiary - for Order

        -

        -

        -

        6

        Name of Beneficiary

        -

        -

        -

         

    • Instructions on the Working Hours of Bank Branches, Self-Service Centers, and Remittance Centers in Shopping Centers

      No: 41049329 Date(g): 11/3/2020 | Date(h): 16/7/1441Status: In-Force

      Translated Document

      In accordance with Article Sixteen of the Banking Control Law and in reference to the Central Bank circular No. 35487/MAU/586 dated 09/10/1427H. concerning the working hours of bank branches for the public.

      We present the following instructions. These are related to the working hours of bank branches, self-service centers, and remittance centers in shopping malls with the purpose of extending their optional hours under specific guidelines and in keeping with applicable regulations.

      For your information and action accordingly as of 15/3/2020G. All banks are required to review the status of their existing branches and remittance centers within shopping malls and adjust their working hours and provided services accordingly.
       

      • First: Definitions

        The following terms and phrases - wherever used herein- shall have the corresponding meanings, unless the context indicates otherwise:

        Shopping malls:  Large, enclosed markets, typically consisting of multiple floors and containing various businesses, entertainment venues, and food outlets.

        Independent Branch:  A fully integrated, standalone bank branch located in the same building as the shopping mall, accessible solely through an external entrance.

        Non-Independent Branch: A fully integrated bank branch located within the shopping mall.

        Independent Self-Service Center Branch: A standalone self-service center within the mall building, accessible solely through an external entrance.

        Non-Independent Self-Service Center Branch: A self-service center located inside the mall, or in a rented space in the mall’s lobby.

        Independent Remittance Center Branch: An independent fully integrated remittance center branch within the mall. The branch entrance is external only.

        Non-Independent Remittance Center Branch: A fully integrated remittance center branch located within the shopping mall.

        Cash Transactions: Transactions that involve the exchange of cash through deposits, cash withdrawals, or the deposit, withdrawal, or issuance of cheques through tellers.

        Customer Services: Opening accounts, updating information, printing "MADA" cards and credit cards, and receiving inquiries, requests, and complaints.

        Marketing and Sales Services: Offering consumer loan products, real estate loans, and credit cards.

      • Second: General Provisions

        1. The working hours of independent bank branches and independent remittance center branches shall remain as per the instructions issued by the central bank regarding them.
        2. The application of what is stated in these instructions shall not result in any violation of the provisions of the Labor Law and its implementing regulations.
        3. The Central Bank must be informed about any branches with extended working hours, as well as any subsequent changes.
           
      • Third: Instructions

        A. Non-Independent Branches.

        Non-independent bank branches are allowed to operate for extended working hours in line with the mall's working hours throughout the week, following these controls:

        1. Operations after 4:30 PM from Sunday to Thursday shall be limited to customer service and marketing and sales services, any cash transactions are prohibited during these hours.
        2. Cash transactions shall not be provided on Fridays and Saturdays, with operations limited to customer service and marketing and sales services only.

        B. Independent and Non-Independent Self-Service Center Branches.

        Independent and non-independent self-service center branches are allowed to operate for extended working hours in line with the mall's working hours throughout the week, following these controls:

        1. The cash withdrawal or cheque cashing service shall not exceed an amount of (5,000) SAR through Interactive Teller Machines (ITM) after 4:30 PM from Sunday to Thursday.
        2. The cash withdrawal or cheque cashing service shall not exceed an amount of (5,000) SAR through Interactive Teller Machines (ITM) on Fridays and Saturdays.

        C. Non-Independent Remittance Centers.

        Non-independent remittance center branches are allowed to operate extended working hours in line with the mall's working hours throughout the week, provided that operations after 5:30 PM are limited to membership opening services, data updates, beneficiary additions, card printing, and providing cash transfer services only through self-service machines (KIOSK) or point-of-sale devices.

    • Rules of Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express Indirect Participation

      No: 43046288 Date(g): 27/12/2021 | Date(h): 23/5/1443Status: In-Force

      Based on the powers vested to the Saudi Central Bank under its law issued by Royal Decree No. M/36 dated 11/04/1442 H, the Banking Control Law issued by Royal Decree No. M/5 dated 22/02/1386 H, and the implementing the provisions of the Banking Control Law issued by Ministerial Resolution No. 3/2149 dated 14/10/1406 H.

      Attached are the rules for indirect participation of banks in the Saudi Rapid Financial Transfer System, which aims to set eligibility criteria for indirect participation in the system, and to determine the requirements of the service level agreement between the bank participating directly and indirectly in the system.

      • 1. Introduction

        • 1.2 Definitions

          BankAs defined in Article 1(a) of the Banking Control Law and licensed by its provisions.
          National BankAs defined in Article 1(c) of the Banking Control Law.
          Foreign BankAs defined in Article 1(d) of the Banking Control Law.
          Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank ExpressSaudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express System, the Kingdom's Inter-Bank Electronic Funds Transfer Systems i.e. the Central System at SAMA, the Participants’ Gateways, the security sub-system, the Contingency Central System and Gateways, the communications links between these systems, and all other systems used by SAMA in connection with Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express.
          ParticipantAs defined by Rule 2.1.1. of SARIE Operating Rules and Regulations - Version 3.0.
          Settlement AgentA Participant who is authorized by SAMA to clear, settle and record transactions for Indirect Participants.
          Indirect ParticipantA Non-Participant Bank, whose transactions are cleared, settled and recorded by a Settlement Agent through Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express.
        • 1.3 Scope

          1.These rules are only applicable to Banks.
           
          2.Any Financial Institutions, supervised by SAMA or any other regulatory authority, are out of scope in relation to the applicability of these rules.
           
          3.For the avoidance of any doubt, these rules are not applicable to International Corresponding Banking Business.
           
      • 2. Criteria

        • 2.1 Participant

          4.As stipulated in SARIE Operating Rules and Regulations.
           
        • 2.2 Indirect Participant

          5.Subject to SAMA’s approval, a bank may opt to apply to register itself as Indirect Participant.
           
          6.A Bank can be a Participant or an Indirect Participant therefore cannot hold both participation statuses at one time.
           
          7.Upon receiving information as per Article 19 of these Rules, SAMA will assess overall risk before approving Tiered Participation Participant arrangement.
           
          8.SAMA may define and impose risk exposure thresholds on case-by-case basis, which Indirect Participant has to monitor on a period basis.
           
          9.Indirect Participant must notify SAMA its expectation on a bi-annual basis to when it is likely to breach thresholds as and if communicated by SAMA.
           
          10.Indirect Participant must provide an updated information as required by Article 22 of these Rules whenever there is a significant change to risk exposures.
           
          11.An existing Participant may apply to de-register itself to be Participant and register itself to Indirect Participant subject to SAMA’s approval.
           
          12.An Indirect Participant may appoint only one Settlement Agent in Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express and shall notify the identity of the Settlement Agent to SAMA in writing at least three (3) months before such service come into effect in Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express.
           
        • 2.3 Settlement Agent

          13.Only National Banks having Participant status can be Settlement Agents.
           
          14.Participants must follow SAMA New Banking Products and Services Regulation before offering Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express Clearing Service to Banks.
           
          15.SAMA may define and impose risk exposure thresholds on case-by-case basis, which Settlement Agent has to monitor on a periodic basis.
           
          16.Settlement Agents must notify SAMA its expectation at least on an annual basis to when it is likely to breach thresholds.
           
          17.Participants, through its own current account with SAMA (as Indirect Participant will not maintain current account with SAMA) must be able to clear all types of SAR transactions on the behalf of their indirect participants without any encumbrance.
           
          18.Participants must have ability and capacity to execute SAMA’s monetary operations (Overnight Repurchase Agreement (Repo), Overnight Reverse Repurchase Agreement (Reverse Repo), USD sales etc.) and SAMA’s open market operations (SAMA Bills and term Repo etc.) on the behalf of their indirect participants without any encumbrance.
           
      • 3. Indirect Participant Registration

        • 3.1 Application Letter

          19.A bank wish to register itself as Indirect Participant must send application letter to SAMA along with following documents:
           
           i)Appointment Letter from Chief Executive Officer (CEO) or equivalent of the Indirect Participant proposing the appointment of Settlement Agent;
           
           ii)A letter from the Bank to SAMA explaining to why it is in the Bank’s interest to operate as Indirect Participant;
           
           iii)Draft Service Level Agreement between Settlement Agent and the Bank wishing to register itself as Indirect Participant; and
           
           iv)Current Year plus 3 year SAR Payment Instructions Volumes and Values forecast (Incoming and Outgoing) of the Indirect Participant.
           
          20.Based on review of the application letter and documents / information stated in article 19, SAMA will approve Bank’s registration as indirect participant to the Bank. SAMA may require additional information or may apply additional criteria on a case-by-case basis.
           
          21.SAMA may reject the request if SAMA is of the view that Bank does not satisfy the Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express Indirect Participation Rules. SAMA can also reject the request if it is of the view that it would be best interest of Financial Sector for the Bank to be Participant.
           
        • 3.2 Appointment of Settlement Agent

          22.As a part of appointing Settlement Agent, Indirect Participant must ensure that:
           
           i)the Settlement Agent is authorized to clear, settle and record transactions for Indirect Participants;
           
           ii)the Settlement Agent has operational, technical, financial and organizational capacity to support the needs of the Indirect Participant;
           
           iii)it has identified all material dependencies on its Settlement Agent and must satisfy itself on the arrangements Settlement Agent has in response to those dependencies;
           
           iv)it has performed detailed risk assessment on the Settlement Agent; and
           
           v)all arrangements are in place with Settlement Agent to satisfy Indirect Participant's own clearing liabilities such for e.g. Intraday and / or Overnight Liquidity Facilities.
           
        • 3.3 Onboarding of Indirect Participant

          23.As a part of its onboarding process, Settlement Agent should ensure that:
           
           i)it has identify, assess and document the risk associated with its provision of Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express clearing and settlement services to the Indirect Participant including the impact of its own additional capital requirement due to increase in risks.
           
           ii)it has ability and capacity to clear Indirect Participant’s liabilities (whether prefunded or not) i.e. Settlement Agent must ensure that it maintain adequate liquidity with SAMA to ensure its and its indirect participant’s liabilities are cleared on a timely manner. It establishes and operates such controls, policies and arrangements as are necessary to ensure that it has appropriately mitigated to an acceptable level the risks associated with providing Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express clearing and settlement services to its Indirect Participant.
           
           iii)it has taken reasonable steps to ensure that the Indirect Participant to whom it will provide do not jeopardize the safety, integrity or reputation of the Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express.
           
           iv)it has performed detailed risk assessment on its portfolio of Indirect Participants once additional Indirect Participant will be on-boarded.
           
        • 3.4 Service Level Agreement

          24.Both parties ("Indirect Participants and Settlement Agents") must ensure that they have a legally enforceable service level agreement in place under jurisdiction of Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
           
          25.Scope of services, roles and Responsibilities of both parties must be clearly defined.
           
          26.Effective and expiry dates of the agreement, mechanism of renewal and requirement of periodic review of the agreement must be clearly defined.
           
          27.All key performance indicators and its related attributes such as (but not limited to) definitions, calculation methods, threshold levels, frequency of measurements, reporting mechanism etc. must be clearly defined.
           
          28.All applicable Information Security and Business Continuity Requirements pertaining to both parties in case of Incidents and Disasters must be clearly documented.
           
          29.Both parties must ensure that dispute resolution arrangements are clearly documented including details of the charges payable in case of error, back value etc.
           
          30.Both parties shall establish a process regularly to monitor and document (at a minimum annually) the performance of each other against their contractual obligations in respect of the service level agreement.
           
      • 4. Risk Management

        • 4.1 Material Dependencies

          31.As part of appointment process of Settlement Agent, Indirect Participant should assess and document all its material dependencies on the Settlement Agent. Indirect Participant must ensure that they have adequate arrangements to manage these dependencies, as Settlement Agent will clear all types of SAR transactions of Indirect Participant.
           
          32.Similarly, as part of Indirect Participant On-boarding process, Settlement Agent should assess and document all its material dependencies on Indirect Participant and review adequacy of the arrangements Indirect Participant have to manage these dependencies.
           
          33.Both parties must re-assess and document review of the dependencies identified in Article 31 and 32 above and their arrangements to manage those dependencies at least on an annual basis. As a part of annual review process, both parties should receive/provide updates from/to each other on the arrangements in place to manage material dependencies both parties have on each other.
           
          34.As a part of annual or subsequent review process, both parties should consider whether there are any new material dependencies identified since the last review or appointment date.
           
          35.Both parties should review the effects of all incidents (operational, technical or others) incurred on the service since the last review. Both parties must satisfy themselves that all the remedial action taken to mitigate risk(s) are designed, implemented and operating effectively.
           
          36.Both parties must ensure that similar process is carried to all newly identified dependencies as stated in Article 33 above.
           
          37.Both parties must maintain an up to date log of all incidents that caused disruption to the services with sufficient detail i.e. nature of the incident, detail of its root cause and disruption created, any losses incurred, details of remedial action and status of the remedial action.
           
        • 4.2 Prudential Requirements

          38.Settlement Agent must incorporate all credit lines (utilized, unutilized, committed and uncommitted) assigned to indirect participants as part of the SAMA’s requirements for measuring Counterparty credit risk at the time of on-boarding and on an on-going basis.
           
          39.Indirect Participant must incorporate, manage and measure Settlement Agent Counterparty credit risk especially the cash balance and collateral held by Settlement Agent.
           
          40.Both parties must measure and incorporate all associated risks with Tiered Participation arrangement as part of the Prudential Risk Requirements at the time of inception and on an on-going basis.
           
      • 5. Other Provisions

        • 5.1 Reporting Requirements

          41.Settlement Agent must file statistical report return relating to its Indirect Participants within 5 working days of the month end as prescribed in Appendix 1.
           
          42.Settlement Agent must report all operational incidents and/or credit events relating to services provided to its Indirect Participants within 24 hours of the incident / event occurrence followed by a full report within 7 working days of occurrence detailing the cause(s) of event along with remedial action taken to avoid repetition.
           
          43.Similarly, Indirect Participant must report all operational incidents and/or credit events relating to services provided by its Settlement Agent within 24 hours of the incident / event occurrence followed by a full report within 7 working days of occurrence detailing the cause(s) of event along with remedial action taken to avoid repetition.
           
          44.In case of an operational incident and / or credit event, SAMA encourages both parties to work closely with each other to remediate the effect(s) of incident / event effectively and efficiently. SAMA also encourages both parties to submit joint report instead of submitting separate reports as prescribed in article 42 and 43 of these rules. In case, either Settlement Agent or Indirect Participant submits a joint report, then both parties will be no longer required to submit separate reports as prescribed in articles 42 and 43 of these rules.
           
          45.Banks are required to submit a copy of the report to SAMA via the following email address.
           
        • 5.2 End User Terms

          46.Settlement Agent shall ensure that the contract between the Indirect Participant and its End Users provides (in easily understandable language and in a clear and comprehensible form) all matters related to services relating to Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express.
           
      • Appendix 1 - Monthly Statistical Return

        • Part A: SAR Outgoing Instructions

          Insert name of the Settlement AgentMonthly Indirect Participants SAR Outgoing InstructionsMonth, YYYY
          DateIndirect Participant’s Name 1Indirect Participant’s Name 2Total Indirect Participants InstructionsTotal Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express Instructions processed by Settlement AgentPercentage of Indirect Participant Instructions over Total Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express Instructions
          VolumeValueVolumeValueVolumeValueVolumeValueVolume (%)Value (%)
          abcdef = b + dg = c + eijk = f/i x 100l = g/j x 100
          dd/mm/yyyy          
          dd/mm/yyyy          
          dd/mm/yyyy          
          Total          
           
          In case of a bulk instruction - take volume of individual instructions within the bulk instruction
        • Part B: SAR Incoming Instructions

          Insert name of the Settlement AgentMonthly Indirect Participants SAR Incoming InstructionsMonth, YYYY
          DateIndirect Participant’s Name 1Indirect Participant’s Name 2Total Indirect Participants InstructionsTotal Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express Instructions processed by Settlement AgentPercentage of Indirect Participant Instructions over Total Saudi Arabian Riyal Interbank Express Instructions
          VolumeValueVolumeValueVolumeValueVolumeValueVolume (%)Value (%)
          abcdef = b + dg = c + eijk = f/i x 100l = g/j x 100
          dd/mm/yyyy          
          dd/mm/yyyy          
          dd/mm/yyyy          
          Total          
           
          In case of a bulk instruction - take volume of individual instructions within the bulk instruction
        • Part C: Credit Lines and Collateral

          Insert name of the Settlement AgentCredit Lines and Collateral HeldAs of DD/MM/YYYYSAR' mn
          Indirect Participant’s NameCredit LinesValue of Collateral Held
           TotalUnutilizedUtilizedCommittedUncommittedTotalCashNon- Cash
           a**bcde***ghi
          Indirect Participant’s Name 1        
          Indirect Participant’s Name 2        
          Indirect Participant’s Name 3        
          Total        
           

          ** a = b + c = d + e 
          *** g = h + 1

    • Financial Sector Safety and Security Guidelines CCTV Specifications Summary

      No: 694270000149 Date(g): 22/7/2019 | Date(h): 20/11/1440Status: In-Force

      Reference to the telegram from His Royal Highness, the Minister of Interior, No. 68733 dated 27/03/1440H, regarding the Royal Decree No. 59766 dated 20/11/1439H, which directs the Ministry of Interior to prepare a regulatory framework mandating all government, commercial, and public places, as well as any other locations deemed necessary by the Ministry, to install security surveillance cameras connected to the National Information Center. Also, in reference to the telegram from the Deputy Minister for Security Capabilities, No. 8692 dated 03/09/1440H, which includes instructions for the relevant authorities to require banks and financial institutions, to implement the agreed-upon technical specifications for security systems and to provide the agency with a timeline for implementation.

      Attached herewith is the final version of the technical specifications for the security systems in the financial sector. We kindly request that you expedite their implementation from the date of this notice for all your new or under-construction locations. For existing premises, you are required to provide SAMA within two weeks of this notice with an upgrade and modification plan that includes the site name, number of cameras, and the timeline. Should you have any inquiries regarding this matter, please coordinate with the advisor to the Deputy Governor for the Development of the Financial Sector or contact via email at (BankingSafetySecurity@SAMA.GOV.SA).

      • Security Surveillance Systems

        The Security Surveillance Systems specified in this document are based on the following standards: 
         
         BS EN 62676-4 2015, Application Guidelines, including Operational Requirements.
         
         Centre for Applied Science and Technology CAST (UK Government).
         
         ANSI/ASIS PAP-1:2012 Physical Asset Protection.
         
        Note: 
         
         The minimum recording retention for all bank facilities (Head Office, Branches, Cash Centres and ATMs) security surveillance systems shall be 90 days.
         
         In the event of any claims or complaints from customers, financial organisations need to create a copy of the CCTV footage of the incident and store it for a period of 1 year from the date of receiving the complaint
         
         In the event of any rejected claims or complaints from the customer, banks need to take a copy of the CCTV footage of that incident and store for a period of 5 years from the date of the complaint.
         
        The following specifications shall be used to define surveillance objectives for CCTV equipment at branches: 
         
        CCTV system surveillance objectives
         
        SerSurveillance objectiveBody representationAppropriate linear resolutionFace widthCamera type required for coverage
        1Identification120%250 Pixels/m40 PixelsFull HD with WDR above 120db
        2Recognition50%100 Pixels/m17 PixelsFull HD camera
        3Detection10%20 Pixels/m3 PixelsFull HD Camera
         
        The following table defines how specific areas within branches/facilities shall be considered with reference to the surveillance objectives defined above.
         
        Surveillance objectives by branch/facility area
         
        Branch/facility areaSurveillance objective
        All entrances and exits; indoor and outdoorIdentification
        Full coverage of parking areasDetection
        Full coverage of cash countersIdentification
        Full coverage of perimeter areaDetection
        Full coverage of reception and customer waiting areaIdentification
        Full coverage of service areaRecognition
        Full coverage of locker/safe roomsIdentification
        Emergency doors and exitsIdentification
        Entrances to utility/communication/HVAC/electrical roomsIdentification
        Full coverage of IT rooms and data centresIdentification
        Full coverage of ATMsIdentification
        Cull coverage of customer face at ATM/CCDMIdentification
         
        The following table specifies the branch surveillance objectives by functional area and the technology required to achieve these objectives.
         
        Surveillance objectives by branch (Customer side) functional area and technological requirements
         
        Functional areaSurveillance objectiveTechnology required
        Main branch entranceIdentificationWide Dynamic Range (WDR) and IR camera
        Waiting areaIdentificationNormal dome camera with 2.8 - 12mm VF lens
        ReceptionIdentificationNormal dome camera with 2.8 - 12mm VF lens
        CorridorsDetectionNormal dome camera with 2.8 - 12mm VF lens
        LobbiesIdentificationNormal dome camera with 2.8 - 12mm VF lens
        TellersIdentificationWDR Box camera with 20mm VF lens
        Operations areaRecognitionIndoor IR camera with VF lens
        Elevators - outside of elevatorRecognitionNormal dome camera with 2.8 - 12mm VF lens
        Customer ParkingRecognitionOutdoor IR/PTZ IR camera
        PerimeterRecognitionOutdoor IR/PTZ IR camera
        ATMIdentificationInbuilt pin-hole camera
         
        The following table specifies the office surveillance objectives by functional area and the technology required to achieve these objectives.
         
        Surveillance objectives by office (Staff /Employee side) functional area and technological requirements
         
        Functional areaSurveillance objectiveTechnology required
        Main entrance doorIdentificationWDR camera
        ReceptionIdentificationNormal dome camera with 2.8 - 12mm VF lens
        LobbyIdentificationNormal dome camera with 2.8 - 12mm VF lens
        CorridorsDetectionNormal dome camera with 2.8 - 12mm VF lens
        ElevatorsDetectionNormal dome camera with 2.8mm VF lens
        Emergency exitsIdentificationNormal dome camera with 2.8 - 12mm VF lens
        Storage areasRecognitionNormal dome camera with 2.8 - 12mm VF lens
        IT / IDF roomIdentificationIndoor IR camera with VF lens
        Security Control Room / IT roomIdentificationIndoor IR camera with VF lens
        SWIFT/dealing/treasury roomRecognitionIR camera with VF lens
        File and Passport officeRecognitionIR camera with VF lens
        Data centreIdentificationIndoor IR camera with VF lens
        Vault - outsideIdentificationIndoor IR camera with VF lens
        Vault - insideIdentificationIndoor IR camera with VF lens
        Office entranceRecognitionNormal dome camera with 2.8 - 12mm VF lens
        Vehicle entryIdentificationIndoor IR camera with VF lens and number plate recognition
        Access points to the buildingDetectionIndoor IR camera with VF lens
        Utility roomsRecognitionIndoor IR camera with VF lens
        PerimeterDetectionPTZ camera/Outdoor IR camera
        Parking - indoorDetectionIndoor IR camera with VF lens
        Parking - outdoorDetectionPTZ camera/Outdoor IR camera
      • CCTV System Installation Requirements

        The CCTV system design shall enable monitoring of buildings and facilities from a security control room; furthermore, the system must be able to integrate with third party systems including but not limited to the Building Management System (BMS), Access Control Systems (ACS) and the Intruder Detection System (IDS). 
         
        The system must be designed, engineered, furnished, delivered, installed and tested prior to handover, with appropriate handover documentation signed by the receiving authority and the installation engineers. The system must be supported by an Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) as well as being connected to a generator to ensure for long term continuity in the event of power loss. 
         
        The security surveillance system must support the following recording types:
         Motion Detection
         
         Continuous Recording
         
         Video Analytics
         
        Each branch/facility shall maintain a register which records all security equipment failures, including details regarding time and date of failure; type of failure; action taken; date of rectification. All failures and intentional stoppages of the system shall be recorded in the log. 
         
        All cameras shall be installed in protective enclosures at locations and heights which are not easily accessible. These enclosures shall be rated to prevent the ingress of dust, dirt and moisture that might affect the operation of the camera. Vandal proof housings shall be used for cameras installed at a height which is accessible to people. Outdoor camera enclosures shall be rated to a minimum of IP66, with a sun-shield. 
         
        All siting of cameras should appropriately consider factors such as lighting ambient conditions. 
         
        Supporting CCTV equipment shall be installed in lockable racks or cabinets in secure rooms, in accordance with the branch security zoning policy. 
         
      • General CCTV Camera Specifications

        CCTV cameras shall be compliant with the following specifications:
         
         IP cameras shall be compliant with the H.264 baseline encoding profile
         
         IP cameras shall be capable of multi-stream with its native resolution and FPS
         
         Live stream of IP cameras shall be a minimum resolution of 720p at a minimum of 12 FPS
         
         Recording streams of IP cameras shall be in accordance with storage requirements in this document
         
         Each camera shall be configurable with a single IP address
         
         IP cameras shall support security features including HTTPS standards
         
         IP cameras shall be able to automatically start streaming according to the last known configuration when it is restarted/reset/rebooted
         
         Cameras must support 4CIF through full HD resolutions
         
         Full HD quality day and night cameras with wide dynamic range (WDR) above 120dbs and with backlight compensation shall be required for the main areas as per surveillance objectives
         
         The FPS software should be capable of being scalable between 12 - 30 FPS
         
         IP cameras shall be synchronised to the NTP server or similar time server
         
         All cameras shall be configured with a unique name based on the location and coverage; camera names shall not be repeated.
         
         The system must have a time and date display on the image.
         
         The system must be capable of searching by time, date and the camera for real time view.
         
         The system must be an integral part of a private network with an IP-based infrastructure.
         
         The network infrastructure should be able to afford high quality images and video during display and recording.
         
         A firewall and security system should be provided for the CCTV network in case of connecting to other networks.
         
         The system should give warnings when the communication is interrupted or lost.
         
      • Specifications for CCTV Cameras and NVR Server

        The following tables define the exact specifications for each specific camera type employed at branches/facilities and the NVR server.

        PTZ IP cameras

        PTZ IP cameras specification table

        SerSpecification description
        1.The image sensor shall be ⅓or ½ CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor)
        2.Shall be true Day and Night and automatically switches between colour and black/white depending on the illumination
        3.Minimum of 20x optical zoom and 12x digital zoom, minimum 2 Megapixel Full HD resolution cameras. Min of 20x optical zoom in HD cameras
        4.Optical zoom control shall provide a scaling function that automatically adjusts the speed of the pan and tilt movement dependent on the field of view
        5.Shall be a true IP camera with a high-level connection to the other components in the system; camera shall communicate internal errors and support built-in functions like motion detection through a TCP/IP
        6.Auto focus and iris with manual override
        7.Shall support a minimum illumination for colour 0.2 lux 80% scene reflectance and 0.02 lux 80% scene reflectance for B/W
        8.Shall have back-light compensation; multiple users; privacy zone masking; auto and manual tour; remote set-up and automatic image flip
        9.Gain control should be automatic; manually 'on' or 'off'
        10.Shall be capable of utilising encrypted password transmission (HTTPS)
        11.Panning range shall be 360° continuous and tilting range shall be 180°. In-built geared pan/tilt is preferred
        12.Pan/tiIt speed shall be minimum of 0.5%/s to 100%/s
        13.Minimum 100 pre-sets and shall have accuracy of +/- 0.1°
        14.Operating temperature shall be -10°C to +60°C. Relative humidity shall be 0 - 95% non- condensing
        15.Shall have built-in compression algorithms such as MJPEG and H.264
        16.Vandal- and dust-proof housing construction with polycarbonate dome and cast aluminium body
        17.Shall be ONVIF (open network video interface forum) compliant
        18.Outdoor cameras shall be in an IP66 rated enclosure with sun-shroud
        19.Cameras must contain open API and support multi streaming
         

        External fixed IP cameras

        External fixed IP cameras specification table

        SerSpecification description
        1The image sensor shall be ⅓ or ½ CMOS. CCD chips used in less than 0.5 lux illumination with 20mm vari-focal lens, minimum 2-megapixel camera. Lux should be 0.2lux colour, 0.01 lux B/W
        2Shall be D/N automatically, switching between colour and B/W mode and vice versa
        3Auto focus and iris with manual over-ride
        4Shall have upgradable internal storage minimum 32GB SD card
        5Shall be ONVIF (open network video interface forum) compliant
        6Outdoor cameras shall be in an IP66 rated enclosure with sun-shroud
        7Shall support 12VDC, 24VDC and POE (power over Ethernet)
        8Automatic tracking white balance
        9Operating temperature should be -10 to +60
        10Cameras must contain open API and support multi streaming
         

        Dome IP cameras

        Dome IP cameras specification table

        SerSpecification description
        1The image sensor shall be ⅓ or ½ CMOS. CCD chips used in less than 0.5 lux illumination with 20mm vari-focal lens, minimum 2-Megapixel camera. Lux should be 0.2lux colour, 0.01 lux B/W
        2Auto focus and iris with manual over-ride
        3Shall have tri-axis
        4Shall have upgradable internal storage minimum 32GB SD card
        5Shall be ONVIF (open network video interface forum) compliant
        6Shall support 12VDC, 24VDC and POE (power over Ethernet)
        7Automatic tracking white balance
        8Shall have built-in compression algorithms such as MJPEG and H.264
        9Cameras must contain open API and support multi streaming
         

        Indoor IR IP cameras

        Indoor IR IP cameras specification table

        SerSpecification description
        1The image sensor shall be ⅓ or ½ CMOS. CCD chips used in less than 0.5 lux illumination with 20mm vari-focal lens, minimum 2-megapixel camera. Lux should be 0.2lux colour, 0.01 lux B/W
        2High power infrared LED's
        3Auto focus and iris with manual over-ride
        4Shall support 12VDC, 24VDC and POE (power over Ethernet)
        5Shall have built-in compression algorithms such as MJPEG and H.264
        6Shall be ONVIF (open network video interface forum) compliant
        7Automatic tracking white balance
        8Cameras must contain open API and support multi streaming
         

        Indoor IP Box cameras

        Indoor IP Box cameras specification table

        SerSpecification description
        1The image sensor shall be ⅓ or ½ CMOS. CCD chips used in less than 0.5 lux illumination with 20mm vari-focal lens, minimum 2-Megapixel camera. Lux should be 0.2lux colour, 0.01 lux B/W
        2Dual encoding stream support
        3Support up to 32GB SD card capable to record in motion in case of NVR failure
        4Automatic tracking white balance
        5Shall have built-in compression algorithms such as MJPEG and H.264
        6Shall be ONVIF (open network video interface forum) compliant
        7Shall support 12VDC, 24VDC and POE (power over Ethernet)
        8Cameras must contain open API and support multi streaming
         

        Outdoor IR IP cameras

        Outdoor IR IP cameras specification table

        SerSpecification description
        1The image sensor shall be ⅓ or ½ CMOS. CCD chips used in less than 0.5 lux illumination with 20mm vari-focal lens, minimum 2-Megapixel camera. Lux should be 0.2lux colour, 0.01 lux B/W
        2Auto focus and iris with manual override
        3Shall support a minimum illumination for colour 0.2 lux 80% scene reflectance and 0.02 lux 80% scene reflectance for B/W
        4High power infrared LEDs
        5Shall have built-in compression algorithms such as MJPEG and H.264
        6Shall be ONVIF (open network video interface forum) compliant
        7Outdoor cameras shall be in an IP66 rated enclosure with sun-shroud
        8Operating temperature shall be -10°C to +60°C. Relative humidity shall be 0 - 95% non- condensing
        9Cameras must contain open API and support multi streaming
         

        Pinhole IP cameras

        Pinhole IP cameras specification table

        SerSpecification Description
        1.The image sensor shall be ⅓ or ½ CMOS. CCD chips used in less than 0.5 lux illumination with 20mm vari-focal lens, minimum 2-Megapixel camera. Lux should be 0.2lux colour, 0.01 lux B/W
        2.Super wide dynamic range
        3.Shall have built-in compression algorithms such as MJPEG and H.264
        4.Shall be ONVIF (open network video interface forum) compliant
        5.Operating temperature shall be -10°C to +60°C. Relative humidity shall be 0 - 95% non-condensing
        6.Cameras must contain open API and support multi streaming
         

        NVR server

        NVR specification table

        SerSpecification description
        1When viewing recorded footage the server shall be capable of providing 90 to 180 days of continuous recorded footage at a minimum of 12 FPS with the resolution of 5MP with RAID 5 on hot swappable hard disk arrangement; the RAID 5 shall be hardware controlled. External NAS/SAN storage shall be considered for any branch installation with more than 32 cameras
        2Shall be capable of full operation under a Physical Security Information Management (PSIM) system with full integration capability for video analytics
        3Shall be client-server based NVR
        4Shall support simultaneous recording, playback, exporting video and searching
        5Shall support recording of a minimum of 12 FPS with 5MP resolution for each video channel individually
        6Shall have extra 25% provision in video inputs and storage capacity for future expansion
        7Shall support H.264/MPEG4/MJPEG compression
        8Shall have twin gigabit Ethernet ports
        9Shall have a USB ports and HDMI ports and VGA ports
        10Shall be based on Linux or Windows server (at least 2008) standard platform or above
        11The NVR and storage shall be equipped with dual processor, dual power supplies and a minimum of 10/1 gigabit per second dual communication uplinks to network with any single point of failure.
        12The CPU load of server and storage must not exceed 70%
        13Shall support plug and play configuration
        14Shall support individual camera schedule with different frame rates and resolution
        15Shall support continuous, motion based, alarm and events based recording
        16Shall be synchronised automatically with time server or NTP server
        17Shall support ONVIF communication protocol
        18Shall support multiple users with different privileges
        19Shall be protected with passwords
        20Shall be capable of sending an email in the event of a loss of video or NVR failure
        21Shall be in a secure location, which limits access to those with access rights and fixed in an IT rack
      • CCTV Operational Deployment Requirements

        The following operational deployment requirements for CCTV will be maintained for all branches/facilities

        Security Surveillance operational deployment requirements

        SerOperational deployment requirement
        1Each branches/facilities entrance and exit (whether from outside or from inside a building) shall be provided with a dedicated CCTV camera, deployed to provide identification of an unknown person, e.g. 120% of screen height. Cameras looking towards the outside of the building from an internal mounting position will need a wide dynamic range in order to capture the intended target
        2All internal public circulation and assembly areas shall be provided with a camera with general views which allow the individual target to be tracked throughout the branch. This requires recognition of a known person e.g. 50% of screen height
        3Each entrance to the private (staff) domain (whether from the exterior or from the public domain) shall be provided with a dedicated CCTV camera, deployed to provide identification of an unknown person, e.g. 120% of screen height. Cameras looking towards the outside from an internal mounting position will need a wide dynamic range in order to capture the intended target
        4Provided the entrance to the private (staff) domain are sufficiently covered by CCTV there should be no need to track through the common staff areas, unless required by each individual bank policy
        5As well as a general view of the teller area, each individual teller station should have its own dedicated camera. The dedicated camera should be able to capture all transactions as well as identifying an unknown customer e.g. 120% of screen height. The dedicated camera should ideally be positioned above the teller station, looking towards the customer, but capturing the whole workstation. It is required to cover cash drawers and activity of the same area
        6Highly restricted access areas (operations room, IT servers, data centres, safety deposit rooms, tellers, operations area and any other cash dealing areas) require fixed cameras with general views which allow an individual target to be tracked throughout the area while monitoring their activities. This requires identification of a known person, e.g. 1200% of screen height. If the area is too large to be covered by an individual camera, additional cameras shall be deployed as necessary to comply with this guidance
        7The entrance to the vault/strong room/safety deposit box room shall be provided with a dedicated CCTV camera on the inside in addition to the vault entrance from the outside, deployed to provide identification of an unknown person, e.g. 120% of screen height. Additionally, the area should be provided with general views which allow an individual target to be tracked throughout the area while monitoring their activities, requiring recognition of a known person, e.g. 50% of screen height. Users of safety deposit boxes shall be provided a private area where items can be deposited and removed out of sight of the cameras
        8The entire cash and valuables in transit (CVIT) route shall be monitored by CCTV. The route should be provided with a general view which allows an individual target to be tracked along the entire path and their activities monitored, requiring recognition of a known person, e.g. 50% of screen height
        9All ATM's shall have a wide dynamic range camera within the body of the machine to identify the user, e.g. 120% of screen height. Additionally, all ATM shall have a general view camera covering the area around the machine which provides recognition of a known person, e.g. 50% of screen height
        10All branch external facades shall be monitored by CCTV. The cameras shall be able to observe the activities around the entire branch perimeter, e.g. 25% of screen height. Additionally, any external areas owned by the branch, such as customer and staff parking, should also have observation coverage.
        11It is mandatory for fixed CCTV cameras to be deployed in the following areas:
        Teller areas/teller counters focussing to teller and customer's face as well as teller counter for cash demonstration (using one camera for each teller and another camera for the drawer)
        Teller door entrance/teller counters field area
        Customer services and waiting areas
        Operations areas, back office and cash loading area
        All corridors leading to the vault, where applicable
        Branch vault room, focussing on the whole vault entrance/exit
        Branch vault room, focussing on the cash cabinet and the entrance
        Safety deposit box room entrance
        ITD server; SWIFT/dealing and security room: CPD; Cad file office; HR filing; passport office; IDF room
        On-site and off-site ATMs (a minimum of two cameras, one focussing on the customer's face and the other on the withdrawal of cash; with an additional camera used for perimeter/rear entry of the service cabinet, where applicable)
        Staff entrance door
        Bank main entrance
        Bank premises and parking area
        Lift lobbies, office entrances and emergency exit
        Customer service, counter coverage and reception area
        Any other risk area as per requirements
        To cover the security items
        Entry to high security areas, subject to prior approval from authorised staff
        Design and fixing of cameras shall be in proper sequence with the recording device
        Specification and viewing angles shall comply with SAMA policy
        Recording capacity shall be in accordance with SAMA policy
        NVR recorder must be secured in accordance with this document
        CCTV system shall be supported by a UPS in accordance with SAMA requirements
        There shall be separate power supply for all devices and cameras
        No cables shall be exposed without conduits
        CCTV room temperatures shall be maintained as per system requirements
        Spot monitor for branch manager and security officer
        Sufficient lighting shall be provided for all monitoring and recording areas
        Security system drawings must be received from the supplier prior to the installation of the systems, and once the systems have been installed
        12CCTV room shall be covered by a camera and the entrance shall be via an access control system reader. Only designated and authorised bank personnel shall handle the CCTV system and equipment
        13Deployment of CCTV cameras shall be at an appropriate angle, in which maximum areas can be viewed. In the event that a camera's location needs to be changed approval shall be sought from the respective branch manager or department head in consultation with the security department
        14Branch staff shall be assigned to ensure the correct temperature is maintained in the CCTV room
        15A CCTV system viewing monitor shall be installed in the office of the respective branch manager
        16Authorisation for access to the security system control room shall be restricted to the designated staff only. In the event of a requirement for system vendor/maintenance technician attendance, this should only be authorised by the designated responsible staff and designated security department personnel. Technician attendance should be logged alongside the purpose for the visit
        17Entry to the CCTV/IT room is restricted and all entry shall be documented in the security log-book alongside a reason and relevant justification
        18Support to law enforcement authorities will follow the bank procedures after approval by the bank's security department
        19Video data overwriting or missing recordings shall be reported immediately to the branch/facility management and the security department
        20To ensure optimum system performance the branch manager/delegated staff shall check the CCTV system on a daily basis; the Head of branch operations/delegated staff shall ensure that the security personnel are checking the system on a daily basis and that there is no interruption to the system. Checks should include whether standard time is applied to the security system. Any interruption in recording or fault in the security system shall be reported immediately to the security department who will coordinate with the vendor maintenance team
        21Security systems maintenance records shall be maintained in a separate file for future record and maintenance. All visits of contractors/system vendors shall be recorded in the log, and shall be at the prior approval of relevant branch/facility manager in consultation with the bank security department
        22The CCTV checking form used in branches and bank facilities shall be maintained daily and submitted at the end of the month by security to the security department; it shall be signed by the designated staff alongside the signature of the security guard
        23In compliance with system maintenance requirements, the CCTV system shall be regularly maintained by the vendor to ensure it is working optimally
        24Each branch/facility must ensure that the system is in operational condition at all times and recordings are stored for the duration dictated by SAMA regulations
        25All cameras on the NVR shall be coded with a unique identification number
        26All equipment requiring users to log on using a password shall be configured with user/site-specific password/passwords. No system/product default passwords shall be allowed
        27The CCTV system at all branches/facilities shall be inspected annually by the security department
      • CCTV Surveillance Specifications

        • 1. General

          The ATM will have a pin-hole camera located above the client facing screen to record the client's face, this will be supported by an overhead camera to record the transaction and whether cash was deposited and withdrawn. Additionally, in the case of an off-site ATM and additional camera is to be located to observe and cover rear entrance to the cash service room as well as an internal camera to observe the custodians/financial organisation employees during their activities inside the service room. Supporting CCTV equipment shall be installed in lockable racks or cabinets in secure rooms, in accordance with the branch security zoning policy.

          Note: This section must be read along with Security Surveillance Systems, from pages 2-16, as the primary resource and means to support and clarify the surveillance requirements.

          Camera Description
           
          1.The specified unit shall be of manufacturer's official product line, designed for commercial and/or industrial 24/7/365 use.
           
          2.The specified unit shall be based upon standard components and proven technology using open and published protocols
           
          3.The specified unit shall be manufactured in accordance with ISO 14001.
           
           
          Certifications and Standards
           
          General abbreviations and acronyms:
           
           1.AGC: Automatic gain control
           
           
           2.AES: Advanced Encryption Standard
           
           
           3.API: Application Programming Interface
           
           
           4.Aspect ratio: A ratio of width to height in images
           
           
           5.Bit Rate: The number of bits/time unit sent over a network
           
           
           6.Bonjour: Enables automatic discovery of computers, devices, and services on IP networks.
           
           
           7.DHCP: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
           
           
           8.DNS: Domain Name System
           
           
           9.EIS: Electronic Image Stabilization
           
           
           10.FPS: Frames per Second
           
           
           11.FTP: File Transfer Protocol
           
           
           12.H.264 (Video Compression Format)
           
           
           13.IEEE 802.1x: Authentication framework for network devices
           
           
           14.IP: Internet Protocol
           
           
           15.IR light: Infrared light
           
           
           16.ISO: International Standards Organization
           
           
           17.JPEG: Joint Photographic Experts Group (image format)
           
           
           18.LAN: Local Area Network
           
           
           19.LED: Light Emitting Diode
           
           
           20.LPR: License Plate Recognition
           
           
           21.Lux: A standard unit of illumination measurement
           
           
           22.MBR: Maximum Bit Rate
           
           
           23.MPEG: Moving Picture Experts Group
           
           
           24.Multicast: Communication between a single sender and multiple receivers on a network
           
           
           25.NTP: Network Time Protocol
           
           
           26.NTSC: National Television System Committee - a colour encoding system based on 60Hz
           
           
           27.ONVIF: Global standard for the interface of IP-based physical security products
           
           
           28.PACS: Physical Access Control System
           
           
           29.PAL: Phase Alternating Line - a colour encoding system based on 50Hz
           
           
           30.PoE: Power over Ethernet (IEEE 802.3af/at) standard for providing power over network cable
           
           
           31.Progressive scan: An image scanning technology which scans the entire picture
           
           
           32.PTZ: Pan/Tilt/Zoom
           
           
           33.QoS: Quality of Service
           
           
           34.RAID: Redundant Array of Independent Disks
           
           
           35.SaaS: Software as a Service
           
           
           36.SIP: Session Initiation Protocol
           
           
           37.SMTP: Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
           
           
           38.SMPTE: Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers
           
           
           39.SNMP: Simple Network Management Protocol
           
           
           40.SSL: Secure Sockets Layer
           
           
           41.TCP: Transmission Control Protocol
           
           
           42.TLS: Transport Layer Security
           
           
           43.Unicast: Communication between a single sender and single receiver on a network
           
           
           44.UPnP: Universal Plug and Play
           
           
           45.UPS: Uninterruptible Power Supply
           
           
           46.VBR: Variable Bit Rate
           
           
           47.VMS: Video Management System
           
           
           48.WDR: Wide dynamic range
           
           
          The specified unit shall carry the following EMC approvals: 
           
           1.EN 55032 Class A, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2
           
           
           2.FCC Part 15 - Subpart B Class A
           
           
           3.VCCI Class A
           
           
           4.RCM AS/NZS CISPR 32 Class A
           
           
           5.ICES-003 Class A
           
           
           6.KCC KN32 Class A, KN35
           
           
          The specified unit shall meet the following product safety standards: 
           
           1.IEC/EN/UL 60950-1
           
           
           2.G. The specified unit shall meet relevant parts of the following video standards:
           
           
           3.SMPTE 296M (HDTV 720p)
           
           
           4.SMPTE 274M (HDTV 1080p)
           
           
           5.SMPTE ST 2036-1 (UHDTV)
           
           
          The specified unit shall meet the following standards 
           
           1.MPEG-4:
           
           
            a.ISO/IEC 14496-10 Advanced Video Coding (H.264)
           
           2.Networking:
           
           
            a.IEEE 802.3at (Power over Ethernet Plus)
           
            b.IEEE 802.1X (Authentication)
           
            c.IPv4 (RFC 791)
           
            d.IPv6 (RFC 2460)
           
            e.QoS - DiffServ (RFC 2475)
           
           
          Quality Assurance
           
          A.All installation, configuration, setup, program and related work shall be performed by electronic technicians thoroughly trained by the manufacturer in the installation and service of the equipment provided.
           
          B.The contractor or designated sub-contractor shall submit credentials of completed manufacturer certification, verified by a third-party organization, as proof of the knowledge.
           
          C.The Contractor shall provide four (4) current references from clients with systems of similar scope and complexity that became operational in the past three (3) years. At least three (3) of the references shall be utilizing the same system components, in a similar configuration as the proposed system
           
          D.The specified unit shall be manufactured in accordance with ISO 9001.
           
           
          Warranty
           
          A.All security system components and labour furnished by the contractor including wiring, software, hardware and custom parts shall be fully warranted for parts, materials, labour and travel expenses for a minimum of three (3) years from date of the final acceptance of the Video Surveillance System.
           
          B.The manufacturer shall provide warranty and optional extended warranty for the camera for a total period of maximum five years. If enacted as part of the contract, the contractor will repair or replace parts and/or labour per the warranty for the length of this warranty at no cost to the client.
           
        • 2. Products

          General
           
           A.Cameras shall be Full HD IP-based and comply with established network and video standards.
           
           B.Cameras shall be powered by the switch utilizing the network cable. Power injectors (midspans) shall be provided by the contractor when required for proper operation.
           
           C.Cameras shall be fully supported by an open and published API (Application Programmers Interface), which shall provide necessary information for integration of functionality into third party applications.
           
           D.Cameras shall comply with relevant ONVIF profile as defined by the ONVIF Organization.
           
          Video Surveillance Schedule
           
           A.Camera types listed below describing various resolutions, form-factor and features shall be supplied by a single camera manufacturer for the video surveillance system.
           
          Video Surveillance Cameras
           
            
           A.Fixed 2 MP camera for IP
           
           
          1.The fixed network camera shall meet or exceed the following design specifications:
           
            
           a)The camera shall operate on an open source; Linux-based platform and including a built-in web server.
           
           
           b)The camera shall be equipped with an IR-sensitive progressive scan megapixel sensor.
           
           
           c)The camera shall provide a removable IR-cut filter, providing day/night functionality.
           
           
           d)The camera shall provide remote focus functionality.
           
           
           e)The camera shall provide local video storage utilizing a microSD/microSDHC/microSDXC memory card expansion.
           
           
           f)The camera shall be manufactured with an aluminium casing.
           
           
           g)The camera shall be equipped with a SFP slot for fibre network connectivity.
           
           
           h)The camera shall incorporate network redundancy functionality.
           
           
           i)The camera shall be designed to be compatible with different lenses from the manufacturer, including:
           
           
            1.24 mm fixed lens, f/2.8
           
            2.35 mm fixed lens, f/2
           
            3.50 mm fixed lens, f/1.4
           
            4.85 mm fixed lens, f/1.2
           
            5.100 mm fixed lens, f/2.8
           
            6.10-22 mm varifocal lens, f/3.5-4.5
           
            7.55-250 mm varifocal lens, f4-5.6
           
            8.70-200 mm varifocal lens, f/2.8
           
          2.The fixed camera shall meet or exceed the following performance specifications:
           
            
           a)Illumination. The camera shall meet or exceed the following illumination specifications:
           
           
            Colour: 0.2 lux F1.2
           
            B/W: 0.001 lux F1.2
           
           b)Resolution
           
           
            The camera shall be designed to provide video streams in resolutions up to 1280x720 (HD 720p) at a minimum of 12 frames per second using H.264 or Motion JPEG.
           
            The camera shall be designed to provide up to 4 individually cropped out view areas
           
            The camera shall support video resolutions including:
           
             i.1280x720 (HDTV 720p) or better
           
            
           c)Encoding
           
           
            The camera shall support the following video encoding algorithms:
           
             i.Support H.264 with automatic scene adaptive bitrate control
           
            
             ii.MPEG 4
           
            
            The camera shall provide independently configured simultaneous H.264 and Motion JPEG streams.
           
            The camera shall in H.264 support Variable Bit Rate (VBR) for video quality adapted to scene content. To protect the network from unexpected bit rate spikes the camera shall support Constant Bit Rate (CBR) or Maximum Bit Rate (MBR).
           
            The camera shall provide configurable compression levels.
           
            Support standard baseline profile H.264 with motion estimation.
           
            Support motion estimation in H.264/MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC.
           
            The camera shall for its H.264 implementation support scene adaptive bitrate control with automatic dynamic Region of Interest (ROI) to reduce bitrate in unprioritized regions in order to lowering bandwidth and storage requirements.
           
           d)Transmission
           
           
            The camera shall allow for video to be transported over:
           
             i.HTTP (Unicast)
           
            
             ii.HTTPS (Unicast)
           
            
             iii.RTP (Unicast & Multicast)
           
            
             iv.RTP over RTSP (Unicast)
           
            
             v.RTP over RTSP over HTTP (Unicast)
           
            
            The camera shall support Quality of Service (QoS) to be able to prioritize traffic
           
            Cameras must contain open API and support multi streaming
           
           e)Image
           
           
            The camera shall incorporate Automatic and Manual White Balance.
           
            The camera shall incorporate an electronic shutter operating in the range of 1/8000 to 1 s.
           
            The camera shall support manually defined values for:
           
             oColour level
           
            
             oBrightness
           
            
             oSharpness
           
            
             oContrast
           
            
            The camera shall incorporate a function for optimization of low light behaviour.
           
            The camera shall allow for rotation of the image.
           
           f)User Interface
           
           
            Web server
           
             i.The camera shall contain a built-in web server making video and configuration available to multiple clients in a standard operating system and browser environment using HTTP, without the need for additional software.
           
            
             ii.Optional components downloaded from the camera for specific tasks, e.g. Active X, shall be signed by an organization providing digital trust services, such as Verisign, Inc.
           
            
            Language Specification
           
             i.The camera shall provide a function for altering the language of the user interface and shall include support for at least 10 different languages.
           
            
            IP addresses
           
             i.The camera shall support both fixed IP addresses and dynamically assigned IP addresses provided by a Dynamic Host Control Protocol (DHCP) server.
           
            
             ii.The camera shall allow for automatic detection of the camera based on UPnP and Bonjour when using a PC with an operating system supporting this feature.
           
            
             iii.The camera shall provide support for both IPv4 and IPv6.
           
            
           g)Event functionality
           
           
            The camera shall be equipped with an integrated event functionality, which can be trigged by:
           
             i.Video Motion Detection
           
            
             ii.Audio Detection
           
            
             iii.Live Stream Accessed
           
            
             iv.Camera tampering
           
            
             v.Manual Trigger/Virtual Inputs
           
            
             vi.PTZ functionality
           
            
             vii.External input
           
            
             viii.Embedded third party applications
           
            
             ix.Edge storage disruption detection
           
            
            Response to triggers shall include:
           
             i.Send notification, using HTTP, HTTPS, TCP, SNMP trap or email
           
            
             ii.Send images, using FTP, HTTP, HTTPS, network share or email
           
            
             iii.Send video clip, using FTP, HTTP, HTTPS, network share or email
           
            
             iv.iv. Send SNMP trap message
           
            
             v.Recording to local storage and/or network attached storage
           
            
             vi.Activating external output
           
            
             vii.Play audio clip
           
            
             viii.PTZ control functionality
           
            
             ix.Day/Night vision mode
           
            
             x.Text Overlay
           
            
            The camera shall provide memory for pre-& post alarm recordings.
           
           h)Edge storage
           
           
            The camera shall support continuous and event-controlled recording to:
           
             i.Local memory added to the cameras microSD-card slot
           
            
             ii.Network attached storage, located on the local network
           
            
            The camera shall be able to detect and notify Edge storage disruptions.
           
           i)Protocol
           
           
            The camera shall incorporate support for at least the following: IPv4/v6, HTTP, HTTPS, SSL/TLS, QoS Layer 3 DiffServ, TCP, ICMP, SNMPv1/v2c/v3 (MIB-II), RTSP, RTP, UDP, IGMP, RTCP, SMTP, FTP, DHCP, UPnP, ARP, DNS, DynDNS, SOCKS, SSH, NTP, CIFS/SMB, Bonjour.
           
            The Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) implementation shall include support for SMTP authentication.
           
           j)Text overlay
           
           
            The camera shall:
           
             i.Provide embedded on-screen text with support for date & time, and a customer-specific text, camera name, of at least 45 ASCII characters.
           
            
             ii.Provide the ability to apply privacy masks to the image.
           
            
             iii.Allow for the overlay of a graphical image, such as a logotype, into the image.
           
            
           k)Security
           
           
            The camera shall support the use of HTTPS and SSL/TLS, providing the ability to upload signed certificates to encrypt and secure authentication and communication of both administration data and video streams.
           
            The camera shall provide centralized certificate management, with both pre-installed CA certificates and the ability to upload additional CA certificates. The certificates shall be signed by an organization providing digital trust services.
           
            The camera shall support IEEE 802.1X authentication.
           
            The camera shall provide support for restricting access to pre-defined IP addresses only, so-called IP address filtering.
           
            The camera shall restrict access to the built-in web server by usernames and passwords at three different levels.
           
           l)API support
           
           
            The camera shall be fully supported by an open and published Application Programmers Interface (APi), which shall provide necessary information for integration of functionality into third party applications.
           
            The camera shall conform to ONVIF profile G as defined by the ONVIF Organization.
           
            The camera shall conform to ONVIF profile S as defined by the ONVIF Organization.
           
           m)Embedded applications
           
           
            The camera shall provide a platform allowing the upload of third party applications into the camera.
           
           n)Installation and maintenance
           
           
            The camera shall be supported with Windows-based management software which allows the assignment of IP addresses, upgrade of firmware and backup of the cameras' configuration.
           
            The camera shall support the use of Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)-based management tools according to SNMP v1, 2c & 3 / MIB-II.
           
            The camera shall allow updates of the software (firmware) over the network, using FTP or HTTP.
           
            The camera shall provide the ability to perform remote focus adjustment.
           
            The camera shall provide the ability to apply a rectangle of customer-defined number of pixels to the image, which can be used as a pixel counter identifying the size of objects in number of pixels.
           
            The camera shall accept external time synchronization from an NTP (Network Time Protocol) server.
           
            The camera shall store all customer-specific settings in a non-volatile memory that shall not be lost during power cuts or soft reset.
           
            The camera shall incorporate a software-controlled functionality for network redundancy.
           
           o)Access log
           
           
            The camera shall provide a log file, containing information about the 250 most recent connections and access attempts since the unit's latest restart. The file shall include information about the connecting IP addresses and the time of connecting.
           
            Provide a connection list of all currently connected viewers. The file shall include information about connecting IP address, time of connecting and the type of stream accessed.
           
           p)Camera diagnostics
           
           
            The camera shall be equipped with LEDs, capable of providing visible status information. LEDs shall indicate the camera's operational status and provide information about power, communication with receiver, the network status and the camera status.
           
            The camera shall be monitored by an overwatch functionality, which shall automatically re-initiate processes or ultimately attempt to restart the unit if a malfunction is detected.
           
            The camera shall send a notification when the unit has been re-booted, and all services are initialized.
           
           q)Hardware interfaces
           
           
            Network interface
           
             i.The camera shall be equipped with one 100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T PoE Fast Ethernet-port, using a standard RJ45 connector and shall support auto negotiation of network speed and transfer mode (full and half duplex).
           
            
             ii.b. The camera shall be equipped with one SFP connector for SFP fibre module (100/1000 Mbps).
           
            
            Serial interface
           
             i.The camera shall be equipped with one RS-485/422 serial port.
           
            
            Inputs/Outputs
           
             i.The camera shall be equipped with two configurable I/O ports, accessible via a removable terminal block. These inputs/outputs shall be configurable to respond to normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) dry contacts. The output shall be able to provide 12 V DC, 50 mA.
           
            
            Power
           
             i.The camera shall be equipped with a removable terminal block providing connectivity for external power.
           
            
           r)Enclosure
           
           
            The camera shall be manufactured with an aluminium casing.
           
           s)Power
           
           
            Power over Ethernet Plus IEEE 802.3at Type 2 Class 4
           
             i.Max: 25.5 W
           
            
             ii.Typical: 13.1 W
           
            
            20- 28 V DC
           
             i.Max: 18.6 W
           
            
           t)Environmental
           
           
            The camera shall operate in a temperature range of -10 °C to +60°C & in a humidity range of 10-95% RH (non-condensing).
      • Execution

        Installation
         
        A.Outdoor cameras shall be in an IP66 rated enclosure with sun-shroud.
         
        B.The Contractors or subcontractor's main resources within the project shall carry proper professional certification issued by the manufacturer and verified by a third-party organization to confirm sufficient product and technology knowledge.
         
        C.The Contractor shall carefully follow instructions in documentation provided by the manufacturer to ensure all steps have been taken to provide a reliable, easy-to-operate system.
         
        D.All equipment shall be tested and configured in accordance with instructions provided by the manufacturer prior to installation.
         
        E.All firmware found in products shall be the latest and most up-to-date provided by the manufacturer, or of a version as specified by the provider of the Video Management System (VMS) or the Network Video Recorder (NVR) alternatively the DVR manufacturer.
         
        F.All equipment requiring users to log on using a password shall be configured with user/site-specific password/passwords. No system/product default passwords shall be allowed.
         

        NVR server

        The NVR must, in the event of any alert/alarm, automatically stream the CCTV footage to the SCR for storage. This will allow and support any follow up actions by the SCR operators or MOI investigations. This is especially important in the event that the ATM unit is intentionally damaged or rammed with the aim of toppling or removing it from site. As such a final snapshot of the illegal activity will be available and safely stored.

      • Maintenance

        A programme of preventative maintenance must be undertaken in line with the manufactures' guidelines; periods between maintenance checks must not exceed six months (except where contractually agreed). Additionally, regular testing of the system must be undertaken to ensure key components are functioning to full specification. Details of the tests should be recorded in the site record for the IDS and retained as well as updates/copies forwarded to the security department.

      • Bandwidth Requirements for Security Systems

        This guideline is applicable for all existing and future deployment and installation of security systems. This encompasses all systems inclusive of the Surveillance System, Access Control System and Intrusion Detection Systems.

        The hard-wired direct network interface bandwidth for all security devices shall be sized to cater for the local bandwidth of the accumulated video and alarm feeds as a minimum capacity. All switches and routers used on the security network shall be rated for gigabit speeds (minimum 1 GB) throughout the supporting infrastructure.

        When hard wired direct network connectivity is not available directly to the command centre (indirect via telco or wireless / G3 /G4 / G5 networks), connectivity bandwidth shall be sized in the same way as the hard-wired network.

        In all cases, the bandwidth for the WAN connectivity between all bank facilities must allow for on the spot streaming and retrieving of the CCTV footage, with a minimum of 15 FPS and 2MP resolution.

    • Depositors Protection Fund(DPF) Rules

      No: 361000089524 Date(g): 14/4/2015 | Date(h): 25/6/1436Status: In-Force
      In order to provide a formal mechanism for the protection of small depositors and to further strengthen the existing safety nets, SAMA has decided to establish a Depositors Protection Fund (DPF). The main objective of the DPF is to maintain financial stability by protecting small depositors. 
       
      SAMA has prepared the enclosed DPF Rules to provide for the establishment of the DPF and for matters connected therewith. These Rules are being issued by SAMA under Article 3(d) of its Charter issued by Royal Decree No. 23 dated 23-5-1377H (15 December 1957G) and Article 16(3) of the Banking Control Law issued by Royal Decree No. M/5 dated 22-2-13.86H (11 June 1966 G). AU banks including the branches of foreign banks licensed under the Banking Control Law that conduct banking business in Saudi Arabia shall be members of the DPF and liable to pay the prescribed premium. These Rules shall come into force with effect from 1st January 2016. 
       
      In order to provide a formal mechanism for the protection of Eligible Depositors and to further strengthen existing safety nets, SAMA has decided to establish a Depositors Protection Fund (DPF) in Saudi Arabia. These rules (DPF Rules) for the establishment of the DPF are being issued by SAMA in exercise of the powers vested upon it under Article 3(d) of its Charter issued by Royal Decree No. 23 dated 23-5-1377 H (15 December 1957 G) and Article 16(3) of the Banking Control Law issued by Royal Decree No. M/5 dated 22-2-1386 H (11 June 1966 G). 
       
      The main objective of the DPF is to maintain financial stability by protecting depositors up to certain limits. 
       
      These Rules are meant to provide for the establishment of the DPF and for matters connected therewith: 
       
      • 1. Definitions

        The following terms and phrases, where used in these Rules, shall have the corresponding meanings, unless the context requires otherwise: 
         
         i.SAMA: The Saudi Central Bank*.
         ii.Rules: Depositors Protection Fund (DPF) Rules.
         iii.Bank: means any Person practicing any banking business as such term is defined in the Banking Control Law of the Kingdom issued under Royal Decree No. M/5 on 22/2/1386H (11/6/1966).
         iv.Subsidiary: means any legal entity in which a Bank owns or controls more than 50% of the shares or voting rights.
         v.Deposit: means the unpaid balance of the aggregate of moneys received or held by a Bank from or on behalf of a person in the usual course of the business of deposit taking of the Bank and includes:
         
          a)a bank draft, cheque or other similar instrument or instruction entered into a payment system notwithstanding any delay or failure or unsettlement by the Bank in crediting the account;
          b)all forms of deposits including current accounts, savings accounts, time deposits, inheritance accounts, unclaimed accounts, escrow accounts, client accounts, trust accounts, structured deposits, etc. by whatever name called;
          c)a foreign currency deposit; and/or
          d)any other deposit or financial instrument as may be specified by SAMA.
         
        However, the term “Deposit” does not include the following, unless it is otherwise specified by SAMA: 
         
          a)a deposit that is not payable in Saudi Arabia;
          b)an inter-bank deposit;
          c)a negotiable instrument of deposit and any other bearer deposit;
          d)a repurchase agreement; and
          e)any other deposit or financial instrument as may be specified by SAMA.
         
         vi.Eligible Depositor: means any depositor of a Bank, whether a natural or a legal Person, but excludes the following:
         
          a)members of the board of directors and senior management of Bank (including its chief executive officer and Key Executives) as well as their Family Members;
          b)other Banks or financial institutions;
          c)shareholders holding in excess of 5% shares in the Bank
          d)Saudi government or quasi-government institutions; or
          e)Persons acting on behalf of any of the Persons mentioned in a) through c) above;
          f)any other Person(s) or institution(s) as may be specified by SAMA from time to time;
         
         vii.Family Members: means first-degree relatives including father, mother, spouse and children.
         viii.Key Executive: means an officer of the Bank whose appointment is subject to prior non-objection of SAMA.
         ix.Person: means a natural or a legal person.
         x.Assessment Year: means a calendar year from 1st January to 31st December for determining the amount of annual premium payable by a Bank to the DPF;
         

        * The Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency was replaced by the name of Saudi Central Bank in accordance with The Saudi Central Bank Law No. (M/36), dated 11/04/1442H, corresponding 26/11/2020G.

         

      • 2. General Provisions

         i.These Rules shall be called the Depositors Protection Fund Rules, 2015 (hereinafter called the DPF Rules);
         ii.The DPF Rules shall be applicable to all Banks, including all branches of foreign Banks licensed under the Banking Control Law that conduct banking business in Saudi Arabia. However, the provisions of these Rules shall not apply to the following:
         
          a)branches of Saudi Banks operating outside the Kingdom;
          b)subsidiaries of Saudi Banks operating within or outside the Kingdom.
         
         iii.All Banks, including all branches of foreign Banks, operating in Saudi Arabia shall be participants of the DPF and required to pay the prescribed premium;
         iv.The DPF Rules shall come into force with effect from 1st January 2016.
         
      • 3. Establishment of the DPF

         i.The DPF shall be established as an administrative unit in SAMA. The head of the DPF unit shall report to the Deputy Governor for Supervision;
         ii.The management and oversight of the DPF shall be provided by a governing committee appointed by the Governor of  SAMA and its terms of reference will be approved by  SAMA;
         iii.The governing committee may constitute one or more subcommittees and determine their terms of reference to ensure smooth functioning of the DPF.
         
      • 4. Functions of the DPF

        The DPF shall cany on all or any of the following functions: 
         
         i.Collect premiums and contributions;
         ii.Manage resources of the DPF and conduct its operations;
         iii.Evaluate the adequacy of the DPF’s funding from time to time;
         iv.Assess claims of Eligible Depositors for payments out of the DPF;
         v.Make payments of accepted claims to Eligible Depositors within applicable protection limits;
         vi.Perform all such other functions as may be incidental or related to the affairs of the DPF or required to achieve its objectives.
         
      • 5. Resources of the DPF

         i.The DPF’s resources shall consist of the following:
         
          a)Initial and periodic premium payments from Banks;
          b)return on the investment of DPF’s resources;
          c)proceeds received from a Bank’s property in case of its sale or liquidation;
          d)Other sources of funding including loans and grants.
         
         ii.If at any time, the resources of the DPF fall short of its liabilities, such shortfall may be covered in such manner as may be specified by SAMA and may include, inter alia, requiring Banks to make advance premium payments and/or increasing the rate and/or frequency of premium payments for which Banks will be notified in advance;
         iii. SAMA shall open and maintain a separate account in the name of DPF with itself and all premium payments and contributions shall be deposited in the said account.
         
      • 6. Use of the DPF’s Resources

         i.The DPF’s resources shall be used only for:
         
          a)payments in relation to protected Deposits up to the applicable protection limits under the DPF Rules;
          b)repayment of principal and payment of commission/return on any loans obtained by the DPF; and
          c)meeting its operating expenses;
         
         ii.The DPF’s resources shall be managed by the governing committee according to the guidelines approved by SAMA.
         
      • 7. Protection of Deposits

         i.The DPF shall insure the payment of Deposits held on an Eligible Depositor’s account(s) with a Bank up to the applicable protection limit as determined by SAMA from time to time. However, no financial liability shall be assumed by SAMA as a result of making any such determination;
         ii.The applicable protection limit shall be inclusive of any special commission/ return due or accrued on Deposits up to the cut-off date determined by SAMA.
         
      • 8. Protection Limit

         i.The protection limit for protection of Eligible Depositors shall be SAR 200,000 per Person per Bank. This means that the total amount payable by the DPF to any one Eligible Depositor in respect of his Deposit in a Bank shall not exceed SAR 200,000;
         ii. SAMA may, from time to time, having regard to the availability of funds with the DPF as also to the maintenance of financial system stability, raise the above protection limit as deemed appropriate.
         
      • 9. Determining the Size of Protected Deposits

         i.The total amount of a Bank’s liability to an Eligible Depositor shall be determined by adding up all such Eligible Depositor’s Deposits, including any return due or accrued thereon on or before the cut-off date set by SAMA. In establishing the Bank's total liability to an Eligible Depositor, foreign currency Deposits shall be converted into Saudi Riyals at the exchange rate determined by SAMA on the cut-off date;
         ii.Only one Deposit per Person per Bank shall be covered under the DPF. If an Eligible Depositor has more than one account with a Bank, all Deposits with that Bank shall be deemed to be one Deposit and be protected only up to the maximum limit of SAR 200,000. Where an Eligible Depositor is a joint owner of a Deposit with a Bank together with one or more other Persons, only his proportionate share of such joint Deposit(s) shall be taken into account, and, together with any other Deposits he may have with that Bank, be deemed to be one Deposit and be protected only up to the specified limit of SAR 200,000 per Person per Bank;
         iii.The Deposit of a legal Person shall not be aggregated with the personal Deposit of its owner(s) while determining the amount of protected Deposit;
         iv.Any Deposits which are subject to a regulatory freeze, or restrictions of any sort shall not be included while determining the amount of protected Deposits unless specifically allowed by  SAMA;
         v.The amount of a protected Deposit shall be determined after deducting any sum of money which the Bank is legally entitled to deduct by way of set-off from the deposit held by a depositor with the Bank;
         vi. SAMA may provide further guidance on determining the size of Deposits as well as the procedure to be adopted for payment of the protected amount of Deposits.
         
      • 10. Payment of Premium

         i.Every Bank shall initially pay a flat rate premium to the DPF as may be specified by SAMA from time to time. However,  SAMA may at any time change the basis for calculation of premium, and may in particular move from a flat rate to a risk-based method;
         ii.The annual premium owed by a Bank for an Assessment Year shall initially be 0.05% of the average amount of Deposits of Eligible Depositors held by the Bank. However, SAMA may review the premium rate from time to time and make changes therein as deemed appropriate after taking into account the relevant factors including size of the accumulated DPF. Any such change in premium rate shall be notified to Banks at least six months in advance;
         iii.The amount of premium shall be payable on a quarterly basis and calculated by Banks at the rate of one-fourth of 0.05% (i.e. 0.0125%) of the average amount of deposits of Eligible Depositors held by the Bank during the preceding calendar quarter. The quarterly average of deposits will be calculated by adding the opening and closing balance of deposits of Eligible Depositors during a calendar quarter and dividing it by 2. The payable premium must be paid by a Bank within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar quarter. The first premium payment shall be for the quarter ending 31st March 2016 and shall be paid by 30 April 2016;
         iv.No premium contribution (or part thereof) shall be refundable to a Bank in any circumstance;
         v.The annual premium payable by a Bank shall be based on returns containing data of Deposits to be certified by its Managing Director or Chief Executive Officer and must be submitted in the form and within the deadlines determined by  SAMA;
         vi.If a Bank fails to make a premium payment in full and on time, SAMA may impose a premium surcharge and take any other punitive action against the defaulting Bank as permitted under the Banking Control Law.
         
      • 11. Submission of Return

         i.Every Bank shall submit to SAMA a quarterly return containing information on the composition and amounts of its average Deposits for each calendar quarter. The return shall also set out in detail the calculation of the annual premium and shall be certified by the Managing Director or Chief Executive. The return shall be submitted to the DPF Unit within 30 days of the end of every calendar quarter;
         ii.If a Bank fails to submit the above return within the specified time or provides incorrect information, SAMA may take any action permitted under the Banking Control Law.
         
      • 12. Responsibilities of Banks

         i.A Bank shall pay the annual premium and any premium surcharge within such time and in such manner as specified by  SAMA;
         ii.A Bank shall be liable to fully indemnify the DPF for any payments made to its Deposit holders, until its liquidation;
         iii.A Bank shall comply with and observe all relevant rules, regulations, directives/instructions, etc. issued by  SAMA;
         iv.A Bank shall forthwith inform  SAMA about any significant deterioration in its capital adequacy or liquidity position or any other major development which has a significant bearing on its safety and soundness.
         
      • 13. Maintenance of Accounts

         i.The DPF shall maintain separate accounts and other records and prepare annual financial statements including the profit and loss account and balance sheet;
         ii.The accounts of the DPF shall be audited by an external auditor to be appointed by SAMA for this purpose.
         
      • 14. Miscellaneous Matters

         i. SAMA may from time to time issue further instructions and guidance to the Banks to deal with any other related matters and to achieve the objectives of the DPF;
         ii.Any issues arising during the implementation of these rules shall be dealt with under the rules and regulations of  SAMA and the applicable laws of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
         

        ************* 
         

      • Depositors Protection Fund (DPF): Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

        Q.1: What is the Depositors Protection Fund(DPF) 
         
        Ans.: The DPF is a fund established to protect eligible depositors. All banks including the branches of foreign banks licensed under the Banking Control Law that conduct banking business in Saudi Arabia are members of the DPF. The DPF will provide full protection to depositors having deposits of up to SAR 200,000, including principal and accrued commission/retum, with a member bank. For example, if a person had a deposit in a member bank with a principal balance of SAR 194,500 and accrued commission/return on this deposit of SAR 5,000 on the cut-off date, the full SAR 199,500 would be insured, since principal plus commission/return did not exceed the SAR200,000 protection limit for a single depositor. 
         
        Q.2: Why the coverage under DPF is restricted to SAR 200,000? 
         
        Ans.: The objective of the DPF is to provide adequate protection to eligible depositors. The protection limit of SAR 200,000 would fully insure more than 97% of depositors of banks. This is a high level of coverage and exceeds international norms of 80% to 90%. 
         
        Q.3: Why is the DPF established? I thought Saudi Arabia’s banking system is very safe? 
         
        Ans.: Yes, Saudi Arabia’s banking system is safe and sound.  SAMA has a regulatory framework in place to ensure the safety and soundness of individual banks as well as the overall Banking System.  SAMA also ensures that banks are well managed, well capitalized and have enough liquidity to meet their obligations to depositors. The DPF is a financial safety net and layer of protection for depositors. The objective is to build up a protection fund in good times rather wait for a crisis to happen. 
         
        Q.4: How does the DPF work? 
         
        Ans.: In the unlikely event of a member bank failure,  SAMA premiums paid by member banks and other resources available with it. 
         
        Q.5: Who is covered under the DPF? 
         
        Ans.: Individuals and other non-bank depositors with accounts in member banks are covered. Non-bank depositors include sole proprietorships, partnerships, companies, unincorporated entities, etc. However, the following are not covered: 
         
          a)members of the board of directors and senior management of Bank (including its chief executive officer and Key Executives) as well as their Family Members;
          b)other Banks or financial institutions;
          c)shareholders holding in excess of 5% shares in the Bank
          d)Saudi government or quasi-government institutions; or
          e)Persons acting on behalf of any of the Persons mentioned in a) through c) above;
         
        Q.6: What types of deposits are covered for protection under DPF? 
         
        Ans.: All types of deposits whether in local or foreign currency with member banks including current accounts, savings accounts, time deposits, inheritance accounts, unclaimed accounts, escrow accounts, client accounts, trust accounts, structured deposits, etc. are covered except the following: 
         
          a)a deposit that is not payable in Saudi Arabia;
          b)an inter-bank deposit;
          c)a negotiable instrument of deposit and any other bearer deposit;
          d)a repurchase agreement; and
          e)any other deposit or financial instrument as may be specified by  SAMA.
         
        Q.7: If I have deposits in several member banks, will all my deposits be added up for deposit protection purposes? 
         
        Ans.: No. Your deposits in different member banks are protected separately. The SAR200,000 deposit protection limit is applicable per depositor per member bank. 
         
        Q.8: If I have deposits in different branches of the same member bank, will all my deposits be protected separately? 
         
        Ans.: No. Deposits held in different branches of the same member bank will be consolidated for deposit protection purposes. 
         
        Q.9: As foreign currency deposits also enjoy protection under the DPF, are they separately protected from Saudi Riyal deposits? 
         
        Ans.: No. Saudi Riyal and foreign currency deposits are not separately protected if they are placed in the same member bank. Foreign currency deposits will be converted to Saudi Riyals and aggregated with local currency deposits for protection of up to SAR200,000. 
         
        Q.10: Do I need to sign up or pay a premium to be covered by the DPF? 
         
        Ans.: No action is needed from you as a depositor as all premiums and costs relating to coverage under the DPF are borne by member banks. 
         
        Q.11: In the event that a compensation is to be claimed from a failed bank, do I need to file a claim with the DPF or the bank? 
         
        Ans.: The DPF will provide details on how the compensation will be made. You do not need to file any claims. The DPF will make announcements for payment of compensation to eligible depositors through the public media and at the affected bank and its branches. If your deposit exceeds the compensation from the DPF, you can file a separate claim with the liquidator of the affected bank for the difference but you cannot claim what has already been compensated under the DPF. 
         
        Q.12: How the DPF will affect credit rating of a bank? 
         
        Ans.: The DPF is a regulatory financial safety net and should have a positive impact on credit ratings of member banks. The statement earlier issued by the Supreme Economic Council in October 2008 stating that the Saudi authorities continued to ensure the safety of local banks and bank deposits, has not been withdrawn. As the protection provided by the DPF is a designated layer of protection for the eligible depositors, it should provide additional comfort to the external rating agencies. 
         

        ****************** 
         

    • Security and Safety Guidelines

      No: 291000000525 Date(g): 24/8/2008 | Date(h): 23/8/1429Status: In-Force

       With reference to the Central Bank Circular No. 485/MA/36 dated 07/01/1416H on the Security Safety Manual, a copy of the final draft of the updated Security Safety Manual is attached.

      We hope that you will express your views on the draft within one month from the date of this letter.

      • Section 1 Requirements and Responsibilities

        Synopsis 
         

        This section describes the general requirements of the Security and Safety Guidelines and the responsibilities of the banks and SAMA. 
         

        • 1. Introduction

          Since the last guidelines were introduced in June 1995 (1/1416) a number of major changes have affected the security and safety responsibilities of the Saudi banks to its staff, assets and customers. 
           
          A major consideration is the recent increase of criminal activity against Saudi banks in the form of robbery, theft and fraud. Whilst the initial guidelines provided suitable standards and requirements at the time, it was therefore, assessed that these required a detailed review process followed by a revision of the minimum security and safety standards. 
           
          The recent criminal activities and the advances in security and safety equipments, systems and procedures has provided an opportunity to implement more effective measures that incorporate international, regional and local standards that would only benefit the Saudi banks. 
           
        • 2. Security and Safety Standards and Requirements

          SAMA has issued the Security and Safety Guidelines that are designed to provide the minimum standards in the following areas: 
           
          a.Implementation of a Corporate Security and Safety Plan
          b.Standards for the implementation of Electronic Security and Safety Systems
          c.Standards for the implementation of Physical Security and Safety Systems
          d.Standards for the Cash in Transit procedures and transportation service providers
          e.Standards and Procedures for the Security Guards operating in the main buildings and branches
           
          These documents have been prepared using international consultants and reviewed by SAMA and associated government agencies prior to their dissemination to the Saudi Banks. 
           
        • 3. Security and Safety Unit

          Saudi banks are required to appoint a senior and capable individual as a Security and Safety Manager who will be responsible for the design, planning and implementation of the minimum standards contained within the SAMA Security and Safety Guidelines. The Security and Safety Manager is to be provided the necessary personnel and resources to fulfil these obligations and thereby safeguard the staff, assets, customers and business operations of the bank. 
           
        • 4. Implementation Plan

          A detailed Implementation Plan is attached at Appendix 1 to this Circular. The banks are required, within 30 days of the implementation date, to provide a certificate to SAMA from an external security consultant that these requirements and standards have been implemented. 
           
        • 5. Effective Date

          With this Circular is attached the final version of the SAMA Security and Safety Guidelines which supersede the previous guidelines and all memorandums and circulars issued prior to this date. The effective date for the implementation of these requirements is (Date). 
           
          To ensure regulatory compliance of the implementation of the new requirements, SAMA and the Joint Security Committee will carry out site visits to the banks using appointed representatives. The failure by a bank to meet the requirements and standards could lead to penalties prescribed under the Banking Control Law
           
        • Summary of Responsibilities

          SAMA: 
           
          To ensure the effective implementation of the Security and Safety Guidelines the following responsibilities are to be undertaken by Saudi Central Bank: 
           
          1.The Guidelines are to be implemented in full by all banks before the 01st July 2009.
           
          2.The Guidelines are to supersede the previous version and any associated amendments, circulars and memos.
           
          3.All matters regarding the Security and Safety of the banks will be coordinated through SAMA. All correspondences, responses and requirements from external organizations, agencies and ministerial departments will be reviewed, assessed and forwarded as formal amendments to all banks.
           
          4.Amendments and updates to the Guidelines will be provided by SAMA electronically and/or hardcopy as applicable.
           
          5.Regular audits of the Guidelines will be carried out by SAMA or its nominated external consultants to ensure compliance and implementation by the banks.
           
          6.Annual audits of the Guidelines will be conducted to ensure the accuracy and validity of its content. The audits will be conducted internally or by its nominated external consultants.
           
          BANKS: 
           
          To ensure the effective implementation of the Security and Safety Guidelines the following responsibilities are to be undertaken by the Banks: 
           
          1.The Guidelines are to be implemented in full by all banks before the 01st July 2009.
           
          2.The Guidelines have been prepared to provide the minimum security and safety standards for all banks. It is expected, where applicable, that all banks will exceed these requirements and adopt internal standards and specifications dependent upon their structure and organizational needs.
           
          3.The sections within the Guidelines have been designed to work in unison with each other and a clear understanding of its entire content is required.
           
          4.The appointment of identified and capable personnel is to be undertaken to ensure the implementation of the Guidelines and its compliance.
           
          5.All sections within the Guidelines are to be adhered to in full and will include the implementation of any subsequent amendments sent by SAMA.
           
      • Section 2 Corporate Security and Safety Plan

        Synopsis 
         
        This section describes the minimum requirements for the establishment and implementation of the Corporate Security and Safety Plan. 
         
        1.0 INTRODUCTION  

        The purpose of the Corporate Security and Safety Plan (CSSP) is to provide a single document that incorporates all the procedures and processes to ensure the security and safety of the banks staff, assets and customers.

        The CSSP is to include the overall security and safety policy of the bank and identify locations requiring dedicated plans and procedures for specific facilities.

        The CSSP is to include the minimum requirements contained within this section and be prepared, introduced and implemented by the appointed Security and Safety Manager and/or a nominated external consultant.

          
        2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES  

        The CSSP is considered a strategic document that will have an impact on every aspect of the banks business and therefore requires senior management commitment and approval.

        The CSSP is to include a Corporate Policy Statement that confirms the commitment by the banks senior management and their enforcement of its content.

        To ensure the successful enforcement of the CSSP the bank is to appoint a Security and Safety Manager and who is provided the necessary assistance and support to carry out his duties and responsibilities.

        Whilst the CSSP is to be enforced, controlled and managed by the Security and Safety Manager, Its preparation and implementation can be undertaken and/or assisted by a nominated external consultant.

        The CSSP is to include the minimum requirements contained within these guidelines and be available for audit and assessment by SAMA and/or its nominated representatives.

          
        3.0 CORPORATE SECURITY AND SAFETY PLAN REQUIREMENTS  

        The Corporate Security and Safety Plan (CSSP) is to include all aspects that would affect the security and safety of the banks' staff, assets and customers.

        The CSSP is to incorporate the policies, procedures and processes for both general and detailed requirements.

        Whilst common elements will affect the bank as a whole, the more detailed requirements will need to be prepared for specific facilities. These facilities include:

          
         1.Regional Buildings
         2. Branches
         3.Cash Holding Facilities
         4. Data Centres
         5. Disaster Recovery (DR) Sites
         6.Warehouses
         
        To ensure a complete and consistent approach is incorporated within the preparation of the CSSP the following sections and elements are to be mandatory.
         
        3.1 INTRODUCTION  
        This section of the CSSP will include the following elements:
         
          
         1. Purpose and Regulatory Basis - identifies the standards, regulatory requirements and authority of the CSSP.
         2.CSSP Security and Control - identifies the security of the CSSP and its dissemination within the bank.
         3. Reviews and Audit Requirements - identifies the frequency of reviews, audits and those responsibly for conducting them.
         4.Reference Documentation - includes the associated material in the construction of the CSSP and related plans, policies and procedures.
         5. Business Description and Assets - provides a summary of the banks facilities that are included within the CSSP.
         
        3.2 INTERNAL SECURITY AND SAFETY ORGANISATION  
        This section of the CSSP will include the following elements:
         
          
         1.Corporate Policy Statement - signed policy statement from senior management that provides commitment to the CSSP.
         2. Security and Safety Organisational Chart - identifies the management and reporting chain of all relevant personnel.
         3.Security and Safety Personnel Responsibilities and Job Descriptions - provides the requirements of each position and their Key Performance Indicators.
         4. External Agencies and Organisations - identifies the coordination between the banks' security personnel and external groups i.e. Contract Guards, Police, Civil Defence, SAMA etc.
         5. Security Coordination Committee -identifies personnel responsible for review of the CSSP and any amendments and/or updates.
         6.Conduct and Ethical Practices -provides the standards expected of the security and safety personnel.
         7.Vendor Management and Tendering Process - identifies the procedures for tendering and contracting security and safety related equipment, services and systems.
         
        3.3 SECURITY AND SAFETY TRAINING AND DRILLS  
        This section of the CSSP will include the following elements:
         
          
         1. Security and Safety Awareness Programmes - provides the training and education requirements delivered to new and existing staff.
         2.General Security and Safety Training - identifies internal and external training in security, fire prevention and incident control for the banks' dedicated security and safety personnel.
         3. Specialist Security and Safety Training - outlines specific training to select personnel that would include Retail Robbery, Anti Money Laundering (AML), Fire Marshalls / Floor Wardens and Emergency Evacuation procedures.
         4. Security and Safety Drills - include practical tests of the physical and electrical security and safety systems, measures and procedures.
         
        3.4 RECORDS AND DOCUMENTATION  
        This section of the CSSP will include the following elements:
         
          
         1. Purpose and Requirements - outlines the files and records required to support the CSSP, provide a centralised reference system and assist in the audit process.
         2. Security and Safety Files:
         
          a. Internal and External CSSP Updates and Amendments
          b. CSSP Distribution List
          c.Security Equipment List and Floor Plans
          d. Safety Equipment List and Floor Plans
          e. Access Control Card Request and Issue Record
          f. Master Key and Password Register g. Training Courses and Programmes h. Security and Safety Drills
          i. Fire Marshalls / Floor Wardens
          j. Reviews, Inspections, Assessments and Audits
          k.Incidents, Threats and Breaches of Security
          l. Service and Maintenance Contracts, Schedules and Reports
          m. Visitor and Control Room Logs
          n. Approved Vendor List
         
         3. Maintenance of Records - identifies the location and security of the records and files that are to be retained for a minimum of five (5) years from the date of preparation.
         
        3.5 SECURITY SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES  
           
        This section of the CSSP will include the following elements:
         
          
         1. Security Guards - include roles, responsibilities and post instructions for the access control of the banks facilities.
         2. Entry Point Screening Procedures - identifies the procedures for permitting access to a facility for staff, visitors, customers and vehicles.
         3.ID Cards / Access Control Cards -includes the request, issue, replacement and cancellation procedures for the cards.
         4.Locks and Keys - identifies the distribution, storage, management and recording of all keys, lock changes and master keys.
         5.5. Restricted Areas - identifies and lists the locations considered sensitive, high risk and vulnerable whose loss would severely impact on the business operation and the security and safety of the bank.
         6.Security and Safety Equipment Systems - includes the operational capability, locations, specifications, standards, testing and maintenance for installed equipment and systems in the following locations:
         
          a. Main Buildings
          b.Branches
          c.Restricted Areas
          d.Cash Holding Facilities (Vaults and Safes)
          e.ATMs
          f.Data Centres and Back Up Sites
          g.Disaster Recover (DR) Sites
          h.Warehouses
         
         7.Asset Protection - identifies the cash and types of valuables held by the bank and the levels of security needed for their protection.
         8.Cash In Transit (CIT) - provides the internal procedures and processes in the receipt, accounting and delivery of cash and the coordination with external service providers in its transportation.
         9.Communications Systems - identifies the relevant systems used by the security personnel and the effective management of their use.
         10.Disposal of Sensitive Material -identifies the procedures for the disposal of sensitive electronic data stored on equipment and confidential documentation.
         11.Clear Desk Policy - identifies the procedures for the accessibility of confidential documents in Individual workspaces.
         
        3.6 SECURITY AND SAFETY THREATS AND RESPONSES  
        This section of the CSSP will include the following elements:
         
          
         1. Identification of Threats and Risks - provides a summary of the main threats and risks concerning the banks staff, assets and customers.
         2.Security and Safety Response Procedures - provide a detailed list of the main events and the response procedures in mitigating their effects. The following are to be included within the CSSP:
         
          a.Bomb Threats (vehicle and Package)
          b.Armed Robbery
          c.Burglary
          d.Shooting
          e.Fire
         
         3.Travel Security - identifies the risks and mitigation procedures when travelling as individuals and in groups. Considerations are to include the following:
         
          a.Air
          b.Vehicle (Company and Private)
          c.Hotels
         
         4.Search Plans - provide detailed procedures for searching and checking during routine operations and elevated threat levels. The following are to be included within the CSSP:
         
          a.Buildings
          b.Cars
          c.Armoured CIT Vehicles and Trucks
          d.Stores Delivery Vehicles
          e.Personnel
         
        3.7 SAFETY SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES  
        This section of the CSSP will include the following elements:
         
          
         1. Fire Systems and Equipment - provide a detailed list of the equipment, function, location, specification and operating capability of the installed systems in each facility. The following are to be included within the CSSP:
         
          a.Fire Detection Equipment
          b.Fire Alarm and Control System
          c.Fire Suppression Equipment and Systems (Sprinklers, Extinguishers and Hose Reels)
         
         2.Emergency Response Procedures - provide detailed instructions for personnel in the event of discovering a fire or smoke condition.
         3. Emergency Evacuation Procedures - provide detailed instructions and plans on the emergency evacuation procedures of a facility.
         4.
         
        First Aid - identifies the personnel trained to deal with First Aid and the equipment they have available to use.
      • Section 3 Electronic Security and Safety Systems

        Synopsis 
         
        This section describes the minimum requirements and standards for Electronic Security and Safety Systems installed throughout the banks facilities.
         
        1.0 INTRODUCTION  

        The purpose of installing electronic security and safety systems is to enhance the physical measures employed to protect, deter and mitigate the effects of a serious incident and/or criminal activity.

        No single system in isolation is completely effective, and it is only through their layered approach, physical barriers, manned guarding, effective management and clearly identified procedures and policies can their use be fully maximized to best effect.

        Due to the variety and availability of internationally recognized standards it is left to the bank and its internal policies and practices to dictate the appropriate standards for such systems.

        The every increasing availability of systems, equipment and changes / advancements in technology provides an extensive selection of products to choose from. The selection of the appropriate systems and equipment is dependent upon the security and business requirements of the bank.

        The guidelines contained within this document are designed to provide a minimum requirement that must be met and included for all electronic security and safety system installations.

          
        2.0 CCTV SURVEILLANCE AND RECORDING SYSTEM  
        The use of a CCTV Surveillance and Recording system is an essential element in an effective security and safety screen. The systems main functions within the bank environment are as follows:
         
          
         1. Visual deterrence
         2. Proactive and preventative surveillance on suspicious activity
         3.Identification of individuals
         4.Visual evidence in criminal investigations
         5.Visual confirmation in the event of an incident
         6.Post event analysis
         
        The installation and connection of a CCTV surveillance network should consider the integration with related systems such as the Access Control, Intruder, Building Management and Fire Alarm systems.
         
        2.1 General Requirements and Standards  
        To ensure appropriate equipments, systems, services and their security are incorporated throughout the banks facility, the following are considered a minimum requirement for all locations:
         
          
         1.All Installed equipment is to include a one (1) year warranty period as standard.
         2.On expiration of the warranty period all equipment is to be serviced and maintained by a qualified, recognised and registered supplier and/or service provider. A minimum schedule should include two (2) visits per year.
         
        CCTV Cameras:
         
         1.CCTV camera types employed throughout the banks facilities are dependant upon their purpose and can be a mixture of both fixed and dome type.
         2.Dependant upon the purpose and requirement of the camera the picture/image type can be:
         
          a.Black and White
          b.Colour
          c.Combination (Day/Night)
         
         3.To ensure the security of the connections and cabling of the cameras all exposed cabling is to be encased in steel tubes no less than 1.5mm thick.
         4.Pinhole Camera - Minimum Requirements:
         
          a.Resolution: 500 TVL
          b.Lens: 1/3 inch
          c.Fixed Iris Lens: 3.8mm
          d.Back Light Compensation (BLC)
          e.Illumination: 0.1 Lux
         
         5.Fixed Camera - Minimum Specification:
         
          f.Resolution: 500 TVL
          g.Lens: 1/3 inch
          h.Video Motion Detection (VMD) -through DVR
          l.Auto Iris Lens
          j.Back Light Compensation (BLC)
          k.Illumination: 0.1 Lux
         
         6.PTZ Camera - Minimum Specifications:
         
          a.Resolution: 500 TVL
          b.Lens: 1/4 inch
          c.Optical (x22) and Digital (x10) Zoom
          d.Auto and Manual Focus
          e.Pan Range: 340 deg
          f.Tilt Range: 90 deg
          g.Pan-Tilt Speed: 300 deg / sec
          h.Back Light Compensation (BLC)
          i.Illumination: 0.1 Lux
         
         7.External Cameras - Minimum Requirements:
         
          a.Positioned to cover all access and entry points for a facility.
          b.Provide effective picture quality at both day and night. This can be achieved by correct positioning, shielding from the sun, In-built LED lighting and/or external illumination.
          c.Fully enclosed in a weatherproof and vandal resistant housings.
          d.Positioned at a minimum height of 2.5m.
         
         8.Internal Cameras - Minimum Requirements:
         
          a.Provide effective picture quality at both day and night. This can be achieved by correct positioning, built in LED lighting and/or external illumination.
          b.Positioned at a minimum height of 2.5m and not vulnerable to approach without surveillance.
         

        CCTV Digital Recording System:

        The central element of the CCTV surveillance system is the recording medium. To ensure effective management, recording and storage of surveillance material it is to be undertaken in a digital format.

        The type of system installed is dependant upon the requirements and capability of the bank. Ultimately, this can be either a hardwire system or an IT based solution.

         1.The recording equipment is to be secured (as well as its power supply) separately in an enclosed and lockable cabinet / container that is securely fixed.
         2.To ensure the integrity and continuous operation of the recording and surveillance equipment in the event of a power failure a separate battery back up supply is to be incorporated. The use of a UPS system is to have a minimum back up capability of 30 minutes.
         3.The location of the recording equipment is essential in maintaining its integrity and in the prevention of tampering. The following options are available for its placement:
         
          a.Security Control Room
          b.Communication Room
          c.Data Room
          d.Cash / Operations Officer (if located within the secure Teller Area)
         

        Monitors:

        To ensure effective monitoring and viewing of the CCTV surveillance system a 17" screen is to be considered as a minimum for all identified locations.

        2.2 Detailed Requirements - Main Buildings  
        The classification for main buildings includes all facilities not separately covered within these guidelines. They include the following types:
         
          
         1.Head Office Buildings
         2.Regional Buildings
         3.Data / Computer Centres
         4.Disaster Recovery Sites
         5.Warehouses
         

        To ensure an effective recording period is adopted for all main buildings a minimum storage period of 1 month is to be retained at 6 fps. If recordings for specific incidents and events are requested and/or required by the bank these can be transferred to separate hard disk drives and/or writeable discs as required.

        In addition to the general requirements listed above the following standards are to be considered as minimum requirements for CCTV surveillance and recording systems in all main buildings:

        CCTV Cameras - Surveillance Area:

         1.External coverage of all entry and exit points
         2.Internal coverage of customer reception areas and staff entrances
         3.Internal coverage of entry and exit points
         4.Floor access points that include stairwells and elevator lobbies
         5.Restricted Areas that require internal surveillance include:
         
          a.Data and Computer Rooms (including individual aisles)
          b.Security Control Rooms
         

        CCTV Digital Recording System:

        The operation and storage of the system is to be located in the Security Control Room. For smaller buildings it can be located in a secure area and monitored from the reception and/or the security guard position.
         

        2.3 Detailed Requirements - Branches and Cash Holding Facilities  

        The primary risks and threats facing the banks are against its branch network and cash holding facilities. The geographic diversity and storage of cash / valuables makes them an attractive target for criminal activities.

        In combination with other related systems the CCTV surveillance capability plays an essential role in deterring, recording and monitoring the potential risks.

        The requirements covered within these guidelines include male, female and combined branches. Where combined branches are concerned they are to have separate recording and monitoring systems and controlled independently of each other.

        To ensure an effective recording period is adopted for all branches and cash holding areas a minimum storage period of 3 months is to be retained at 6 fps. If recordings for specific incidents and events are requested and/or required by the bank these can be transferred to separate hard disk drives and/or writeable discs as required. If specific recorded data is requested by SAMA a copy is to be retained by the bank for a period of 1 year.

        In addition to the general requirements listed above the following standards are to be considered as minimum requirements for all branches and cash holding facilities:

          
         1.Cash In Transit (CIT) Route - the bank is responsible for the continuous and uninterrupted CCTV recording of cash and valuables once it has arrived at the property until the time it has left the property. This is to include the following:
         
          a.External arrival / departure point
          b.The transit route through the branch or cash holding facility
          c.Transfer point to bank staff
          d.Cash Handling Area
          e.Transfer to Storage Area
          f.Storage Area (Vault / Safe / Safety Deposit Boxes)
          g.ATM service room and access door
         
         2.CIT Call Point - at the recognised access point for CIT operations a Call Point is to be fitted (bell / Video Speaker Phone) to alert the Cash Officer and/or Security Guard.
         3.Branch - in addition to the above requirements the following areas are also to be covered by CCTV cameras:
         
          a.Tellers - a camera is to be located behind the teller positions and cover a maximum of two (2) teller locations. The camera is to include facial features of the customers and the area around the teller. The coverage of VIP tellers is also to be covered.
          b.Entry and Exit Points - all doors that exit the building are to be monitored internally. These include main, service entrances and emergency exits. Internal stairwells and access points to upper floors are also to be covered.
          c.Customer Lines - a camera is to monitor the customer lines.
         
         4.Monitors - the surveillance and monitoring of the installed cameras is to be undertaken by the Cash Officer and nominated representatives. Security guards are only to be provided surveillance of the external areas, public areas and the entry points to the building.
         

        Monitors are to be positioned so that the images are not clearly visible to the customers.

        No more than sixteen (16) images are to be displayed on the monitor at any one time.

        2.4 Detailed Requirements - ATMs  

        In addition to, and for the same reasons, the risk and threats facing the branches and cash holding areas, the ATMs are also a potential target for criminal activities.

        To ensure an effective recording period is adopted for all ATMs a minimum storage period of 3 months is to be retained at 6 fps. If recordings for specific incidents and events are requested and/or required by the bank these can be transferred to separate hard disk drives and/or writeable discs as required.

        Whilst the ATMs located in the branches are supported by their security system, all ATMs are to incorporate the following minimum requirements:

        CCTV Cameras - Surveillance Area:

          
         1. External Camera - to monitor the activity in front of the ATM and include the immediate area around the customer / vehicle.
         2.Internal Camera - to clearly monitor the facial features of the customer.
         
        CCTV Digital Recording Equipment:
         
         1.Branch ATMs - are to be connected to the branch recording system.
         2.Off Site ATMs - are to have a separate recording unit or server-based system.
         
        Sufficient ventilation and cooling are to be available to the installed equipment to ensure effective and continuous operation.
         
        2.5 Additional Considerations  

        In addition to the minimum requirements listed above for the CCTV surveillance and recording system the bank could implement a Central Monitoring System (CMS) which is considered preferable by SAMA.

        The adoption of a CMS will provide a remote monitoring and (possible) recording capability that will enhance the banks' ability to respond to incidents and effectively mitigate the potential losses and damage as a result of a serious event that would affect its staff, assets, business and customers.

        SAMA is currently reviewing this option for kingdom wide implementation with the following considerations:

          
         1.Bank Controlled CMS
         2.Police Controlled CMS
         3.Privately Controlled CMS
         
        3.0 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM  

        An Access Control System is designed to provide a centralised control, management and recording of personnel throughout the banks facilities.

        To ensure effective security of the banks facilities; Its critical assets, and the prevention of unauthorised access a dedicated system is to be employed.

        Electronic Access Control Systems include the following types:

          
         1.Proximity Cards
         2.Biometric
         3.Digital Keypads
         

        Access Control utilising mechanical locks and keys are Included within Section 4 'Physical Security and Safety Systems'.

        To ensure the integrity and continuous operation of the Readers in the event of a power failure a separate battery back up supply is to be incorporated within the reader / controller. The internal battery is to have a minimum back up capability of 30 minutes.

        Access control systems that utilise controllers are to have a maximum of eight (8) doors controlled from a single unit.

        The central database for maintaining the record of authorised personnel and the access log is to have a separate automatic / simultaneous back up capability.

        To ensure effective security, control and recording of specific locations and Restricted Areas, all banks are to implement one (1) of the above systems, mechanical alternatives or a combination of them and retain a log of events for a period of 6 months.

        ID Cards:

        All staff, contractors and visitors are to be issued and clearly display an ID Card that identifies them whilst in the banks facility.

        The cards may be incorporated within the Access Control system technology described above or be independently produced.

        All banks are to ensure an effective system is adopted for the process of requesting, issuing and managing of the ID Cards.

        4.0 INTRUDER ALARM SYSTEMS  

        An Intruder Alarm System incorporates a number of different sensors to detect and alarm in the event of unauthorised access or presence.

        All alarms are to be controlled through a panel and have both local and remote capability. Remote capability may include one (1) or a combination of the following options:

          
         1.External and separate Building / Branch / Security Control Room
         2.Regional Building
         3.Centralised Monitoring Station (CMS)
         

        The remote location must have a 24-hour monitoring capability to ensure an effective response.

        The bank is responsible for the preparation and implementation of effective response procedures in the event of receiving an alarm from any one of the identified systems.

        The Intruder Alarm panel can either be a separate system or be combined with the Fire Alarm System.

        The panel is to be located in a secure location and situated within a Restricted Area. Remote keypads for arming / disarming are to be located close to the exit of the area to be alarmed and not in a public area of the building or branch.

        To ensure the integrity and continuous operation of the Intruder Alarm panel and its sensors / detectors in the event of a power failure a separate battery back up supply is to be incorporated. The use of a UPS system is to have a minimum back up capability of 48 hours.

        The following sensors / alarms are to be fitted in the locations identified:

        Hold Up / Panic Buttons:

        These are designed to be activated if the operator / user is being attacked or threatened. The buttons are to be fitted in the following locations:

         1.Teller Positions
         2.Cash Officer
         3.Cash Handling Area
         4.Branch / Operations Manager
         5.Vault / Safety Deposit Room
         6.Security Guard (Branch)
         7.Reception Desk (Main Buildings)
         8.ATMs
         

        The buttons can be of double operation and suitably protected and positioned against false activation.

        Passive Infra Red (PIR) Sensors:

        PIR sensors are designed to detect movement in a given area under their surveillance. Sensors are to be a minimum of dual technology and Include enhanced features to minimise false alarms. The sensors are to be fitted in the following locations:

         1.Access points to the Teller Area
         2.Access route and door to the Vault / Safe / Safety Deposit Room
         3.Emergency Exit doors (Ground Floor)
         4.Data / Computer Room
         5.Disaster Recover (DR) Sites
         6.ATM Cabinet
         7.ATM Service Room
         

        The PIR sensor is to have a visual LED self-test capability to demonstrate when movement is detected. This is to be active when in the armed or disarmed mode.

        Seismic / Vibration Sensors:

        Seismic sensors are used to detect vibrations from all types of attacks through solid structures. The primary purpose of the sensors is to protect and prevent access to the vault, cash holding areas and ATMs.

        All sensors are to be flush mounted within the floor (where applicable), wall and ceilings and be suitably protected using a protective cover to prevent damage and as a trip hazard.

        Locations to be fitted with seismic sensors are as follows:
         

         1.Vaults - to cover all 4 walls, ceilings and floor (where there is a basement)
         2.ATMs - to be fitted inside the body / cabinet of the unit
         

        Additional sensors are to be fitted to walls and ceilings adjoining other commercial or private properties.

        Magnetic Door Contacts:

        Restricted Areas identified above that do not have Electronic Access Control Systems are to incorporate Magnetic Door Contacts and linked to the Intruder Alarm Panel. Additional locations include all ground floor Emergency Exit doors.

        Magnetic Door Contacts are to be fitted to the internal side of the door and located at the top open corner. Dependant upon the construction material and design of the door alternative contacts / switches may be used.

        All doors with Magnetic Contacts are to have effective heavy duty door closures fitted.

        Glass Break Detectors:

        Glass Break Detectors are to incorporate dual technology that is capable of analyzing both flex (impact) and audio (shattering) frequencies.

        Prior to the fitting of the sensors the glazed areas are to be checked for their type (sheet / tempered / laminated) to ensure their effectiveness.

        If the glazed panels have film fitted, are of tempered or laminate type there is no requirement for the detectors.

        Where sheet glass is used it is to be supported by the detectors.

        5.0 FIRE DETECTION, ALARM AND SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS  

        The installation of a dedicated, integrated and effective fire detection, alarm and suppression system is critical for the safety of the banks staff, assets, business and customers.

        The installation of smoke detectors is to be included in all rooms, stairwells, corridors, lift shafts, and public areas of a banks facility.

        Fixed temperature thermal detectors are to be fitted to all kitchen and tea room facilities. Special attention is to be given to the fitting of thermal detectors within ATMs.

        To ensure effective identification and response to a potential alarm activation a maximum of 20 detectors are to be registered in each zone if the system is not of the addressable type.

        Manual Call Points are to be installed next to emergency exits, escape routes and located close to the fire extinguisher and hose reel points. The distance between Manual Call Points should not exceed 30m.

        On the activation of an alarm an audible ringing is to be heard throughout the entire facility. An audible bell and visual strobe is to be visible from outside the facility.

        The internal bells are to be rated at 108 dB and external bells at 120 dB.

        The strobe is to remain active until the system has been reset.

        Both the strobe and bells must be tamper resistant.

        All cabling is to be fire rated and not run alongside power cables.

        All banks are to ensure the fire alarm panel has both local and remote capability. Remote capability may include one (1) or a combination of the following options:

          
         1.External and separate Building / Branch / Security Control Room
         2.Regional Building
         3.Centralised Monitoring Station (CMS)
         

        The remote location must have a 24-hour monitoring capability to ensure an effective response.

        To ensure the Integrity and continuous operation of the Fire Panel, detectors and suppression systems in the event of a power failure a separate battery back up supply is to be incorporated. The internal battery is to have a minimum back up capability (under normal load) of 48 hours and then maintain the activation of the alarm for a further 5 minutes.

        The bank is responsible for the preparation and implementation of effective response procedures in the event of receiving an alarm from the panel.

        The Fire Alarm panel can be implemented as a separate system or combined along with the Intruder Alarm System. It is to be located in a secure room and remote annunciator panels near personnel operating on a 24 hour shift.

        All installed equipment is to Include a one (1) year warranty period as standard.

        On expiration of the warranty period all equipment is to be serviced and maintained by a qualified, recognised and registered supplier and/or service provider. A minimum schedule should include two (2) visits per year.

        To ensure the effectiveness and capability of the system, regular internal tests are to be conducted. These tests are to be conducted on a monthly basis and the results recorded.

        Evacuation procedures and floor plans identifying exit routes are to be prepared and positioned throughout the facility for maximum exposure.

        All Emergency Exit doors are to be fitted with mechanical push bars / levers to facilitate a quick and easy access and open outwards in the direction of escape (Section 4).

        To facilitate the safe evacuation process from a building once a fire alarm has activated the recruitment and training of Floor Wardens / Fire Marshalls is to be done from with the banks' staff.

        Careful selection of individuals and their deputies will ensure all relevant areas are considered and included.

        6.0 LIGHTING  

        Internal and external lighting can enhance the security and safety requirements of the bank and assist the surveillance capabilities of the security guards and CCTV surveillance system.

        Application, placement and types of lighting are to be carefully considered as part of the overall requirements.

        All CCTV camera locations that do not have built in illumination are to be supported by external lighting.

        All identified Restricted Areas are to maintain constant illumination.

        All branches are to maintain constant lighting throughout the ground floor.

        External lighting is to be available for all entry and exit points of a building including emergency exit doors.

        Emergency lighting incorporating an internal battery back-up capability is to be available in the event of a power failure and automatically activate.

        Emergency lighting is to be fitted in the following locations:

          
         1. Emergency Exit Routes
         2.Emergency Exit Doors
         3.Fire Extinguisher and Hose Reel Locations
         4.Manual Fire Alarm Points
         5.Restricted Areas
         

        Emergency lighting must be capable of operating for minimum of 3 hours and fitted no less than 2m from ground level.

        Emergency Exit signs that are not self-illuminating and to be covered by the back-up system.

        7.0 POWER SUPPLY  

        Whilst the main power for the banks facilities will be supplied from the electrical grid there may be occasions where a disruption or power failure is experienced.

        As identified above, all the main security and safety systems are to incorporate an emergency battery / UPS back up system that will provide sufficient power for a minimum of 30 minutes. This is designed to provide sufficient time to secure the premises until normal power is resumed.

        In critical facilities the use of emergency generators is to be used. The following locations are to incorporate generators:

          
         1.Head Office Buildings
         2.Regional Head Office Buildings
         3.Data / Computer Buildings
         4.Cash Centres / Main Cash Holding Facilities
         
        Dependant upon business and bank requirements, additional buildings / facilities may be identified for generator back up.
         
        8.0 SERVICE AND PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE  

        Once systems have been installed it is essential they are properly serviced and maintained by qualified, approved and experienced service providers.

        The adoption of a comprehensive service and preventive maintenance contract will mitigate the possibility of system failure in the event of an incident and prolong the life of the equipment.

        A minimum schedule of three (3) visits is to be conducted for all locations. Locations include main buildings, branches, data and cash centres, ATMs and warehouses.

          
        8.1 Disposal of Equipment  

        To ensure the security of information contained on hard drives, internal memory and recordable mediums an effective disposal procedure is to be adopted.

        Equipment identified for proper disposal are as follows:

          
         1.ATMs
         2.Point of Sale Hardware
         3.PCs and Laptops
         4.Fax Machines
         5.CCTV Recording Hardware
         6.Servers and Back Up Units
         7.CDs and DVDs
         

        Disposal is to take the form of electronic (erasing), or physical (destruction), or a combination of both to ensure the data is permanently removed.

        Clear procedures are to be in place for the disposal of the above equipment/items and coordination between the Security and Safety Manager and the Information Security department is to identify the responsibilities dependant upon the internal processes of the bank.

      • Section 4 Physical Security and Safety Systems

        Synopsis 
         
        This section describes the minimum requirements and standards for Physical Security and Safety Systems installed throughout the banks facilities.
         
        1.0 INTRODUCTION  

        The purpose of installing physical security and safety systems is to enhance the electronic and procedural measures employed to protect, deter and mitigate the effects of a serious incident and/or criminal activity.

        No single system in isolation is completely effective, and it is only through their layered approach, physical barriers, manned guarding, effective management and clearly identified procedures and policies can their use be fully maximised to best effect.

        Due to the variety and availability of internationally recognised standards It is left to the bank and its internal policies and practices to dictate the appropriate standards for such systems.

        The every increasing availability of, equipment and changes / advancements in technology provides an extensive selection of products to choose from. The selection of the appropriate systems and equipment is dependant upon the security and business requirements of the bank.

        The guidelines contained within this document are designed to provide a minimum requirement that must be met and included for all physical security and safety system installations.

          
        2.0 EXTERNAL SECURITY AND SAFETY MEASURES  

        The first line of deterrence and protection for any facility is the application of measures to secure the external perimeter.

        The effective use of measures and systems will greatly reduce the risk of criminal elements considering the facility a potential target for their activities and in preventing easy access.

          
        2.1 Windows and Glass Panels  

        The increased use of glass in buildings and branches provide an alternative entry point to the much better protected main entrances.

        Glass panels provide both a security and a safety risk to a facility, its personnel and customers.

        The most vulnerable areas are on ground level and those obscured from public sight. To protect and secure these locations the following options are to be installed:

          
         1.Sheet/Tempered Glass - is to have security/blast film (min 200 microns) attached to the inner surface and be secured within the frame. A minimum thickness of 10mm is to be used for the glass panels.
         2.Laminate Glass - does not require additional measures added to the panels.
         

        Laminate glass panels are to be capable of multiple attacks and be tested/certified by internationally recognised standards.

        All ground floor windows/glass panels are to be of clear glass (or maximum 10% tint) and lighting is to be left on during 'out of working' hours to maximise external surveillance.

        The use of grills and shutters to secure the facility during 'out of hours' can be used but will not reduce the above requirements for the glass panels.

        Windows and glass panels in upper floors still require an element of protection for personnel who may be at risk from flying/broken glass. To ensure the safety of personnel in the upper floors the following options are to be installed:

         1.Sheet Glass - is to have security/blast film (min 150 microns) attached to the Inner surface and be secured within the frame.
         2.Tempered / Laminate Glass - does not require additional measures added to the panels.
         
        2.2 Main Entrances  

        All bank facilities are to have at least one main entrance that is to be used for its primary access control point.

        These entrances are to be kept to a minimum to ensure their control of access and surveillance capability. All staff and service entrances are to be treated in the same way.

        All glass doors are to conform to the above standards (2.1) in the type and protection required.

        All non-glass doors are to be of solid wood or steel construction and fitted with an eye-hole if an observation window is not available.

        All access doors to the main entrances are to have a manual locking capability regardless of its primary operating action.

        Dependant upon the use of the main entrance, the results of a Security Risk Assessment (SRA) and the procedures identified within the Entry Point Screening procedures of the Corporate Security and Safety Plan (CSSP), the following screening equipment may be required:

          
         1. Baggage X-Ray Screener
         2.Archway Metal Detector
         3.Hand Held Metal Detectors
         
        2.3 Emergency Exits  

        Emergency exit doors are the primary means of exiting a facility in the event of an incident and should provide unrestricted use from the inside.

        As these locations are easily accessible from the outside they are to be secured using the following measures:

        Internally:

          
         1.A mechanical push bar/lever is to be fitted to the internal surface.
         2.Electronic locking systems are to be on a 'fail open' setting.
         3.Magnetic Contact connected to the Intruder Alarm System
         4.CCTV Camera
         5.An eye-hole.
         6.Appropriate exit signage and lighting.
         
        Externally:
         
         1.Flat door plate with no handle.
         2.CCTV Camera and PIR.
         
        As part of the fire safety requirements, all routes leading to the emergency exit are to be clear of obstructions and have appropriate signage and lighting to facilitate easy exit.
         
        2.4 ATM Locations  

        In addition to a facilities' cash holding areas the Automated Teller Machines (ATM) are to be considered high risk. The diversity in their locations (Branch, Drive Up, and Stand Alone) and the cash they hold make them an attractive target compared to highly secured locations such as vaults and safes contained within buildings and branches.

        Only internationally recognised standards and providers are to be used in the purchase of ATM units.

        Whilst the locations are dictated by the bank in conjunction with SAMA and Police approval, there are a number of minimum-security requirements and are as follows:

          
         1.All ATM units are to be securely fixed to a solid base using at least four (4) points.
         2.All cabling is to be buried/hidden where possible.
         3.All exposed cabling is to be contained within a steel conduit.
         4.All waste paper containers should only facilitate the use of receipt slips and be self extinguishing.
         5.All ATM units are to have external lighting on 24 hour operation.
         6.All intruder/fire panels are to have tamper sensors fitted.
         7.All ATM cabinets are to have the following security measures:
         
          a.Access via high security lock and cylinder or electronic access control.
          b.Door contact connected to intruder alarm panel.
          c.Seismic/Vibration Sensor (Section 3)
          d.PIR connected to the intruder alarm panel (Section 3).
          e.Hold Up Button (Section 3).
          f.Smoke and Heat Sensor.
          g.External alarm bell and strobe.
         

        All ATM units are to have CCTV surveillance (Section 3) that is recorded on its own Digital Recording system, or remotely, through the system incorporated within branch it is attached to.

        All ATM units are to be connected to a remote Central Monitoring Station (CMS) for the activation of alarms from any of the fitted sensors.

        3.0 INTERNAL SECURITY AND SAFETY MEASURES  

        Should the external security and safety measures be defeated and/or bypassed the internal systems are designed to delay and deter criminal activity as part of a layered methodology.

        The internal security measures primarily concentrate on the Restricted Areas identified within a facility so that security can be effectively and efficiently focused.

        Restricted Areas: are considered as follows:

          
         1.Vaults, Safes and Safety Deposit Rooms
         2.Teller Areas
         3.ATM Service Rooms
         4.Cash Holding Areas
         5.Cash Handling Areas
         6.Building Access / Entry Points
         7.Security Control Room
         8.Data / Computer Rooms
         9.IT /Communication Rooms
         10.Disaster Recovery (DR) Sites
         11.Electrical Rooms
         
        Additional locations can utilise either electronic and/or mechanical means to secure their access and include the following:
         
         1.ATM Cabinets
         2.Generator Rooms
         3.PTT/PABX Room
         4.SCECO Switch Room
         5.Electrical Rooms
         
        All Restricted Area doors are to have effective heavy duty door closures fitted.
         
        3.1 Mechanical Locks  

        Mechanical locks using keys are a standard means of securing doors throughout a facility.

        In addition to the considered use of an electronic access control system, appropriate mechanical locks can be used in conjunction, or as a replacement, for the security of Restricted Areas (Section 3).

        To compliment the electronic security and safety measures the physical requirements are as follows:

          
         1.All doors are to be of solid wood or steel construction with same quality material for door frames.
         2.All locks/cylinders are to be of high security standard with deadlocking mechanism and resistant to the following:
         
          a.Picking
          b.Drilling
          c.Overlift and Reading
          d.Rap and Rake
         
         3.All hinges are to be of steel heavy duty standard with non-rising or removable pins.
         4.All doors are to have heavy duty door closures fitted.
         5.All doors are to have appropriate security signage for Restricted Areas.
         

        Restricted Areas are to be completely sealed outside the main entry points that are secured by the above / or electronic means. All false ceilings, floors, AC vents and other access points are to be considered and secured. All walls are to be of brick/block construction.

        The other major consideration concerning mechanical locks is in the security and control of the keys.

        As part of the requirements of the Corporate Security and Safety Plan (CSSP) the following is to be established for keys that access Restricted Areas:

         1.Log of all keys and the controlling department.
         2.Secure storage and issue procedures.
         3.Cylinder / Lock / Key replacements.
         4.Regular audits / inspections of the keys and issue log.
         5.Issue, storage and security of master keys and blanks.
         
        3.2 Teller Areas  

        The teller areas are considered a Restricted Area and incorporate a number of electronic security systems/sensors (Section 3) to protect them during working and silent hours.

        The main threat against the tellers is a hostile attack from a customer, armed robbery and direct access to the vault, safe and/or cash holding area.

        In consideration with the electronic systems, security guards and effective procedures that accommodate the main threats, the following options are available for protecting the teller area:

        Option 1: Open Cash Drawer

          
         1.Tempered/Hardened glass (Min 10mm in thickness) is to be fitted to the top of the teller counter and extend for a minimum of 2m in height.
         2.Construction below the counter is to be of double brick/block with an external layer steel sheet.
         
        Option 2: Automated Cash Dispenser
         
         1.An Automated Cash Dispenser is fitted to each teller position. The dispenser is to be securely fixed to the floor using at least 4 points and have the following security measures:
         
          a.Mechanical / Electronic access control mechanism.
          b.Seismic / Vibration sensor (Section 3).
         
         3.Suitable and appropriate signage is to be used to identify the use of Automated Cash Dispensers.
         

        The main purpose of the above options is to provide additional delay for the police to respond as well as maximising the protection of the teller personnel, branch staff and customers.

        As a result of a Security Risk Assessment (SRA) of the branch there may be a requirement to fit tempered/hardened glass to the top of the teller counter for Option 2. This will be dependant upon the risks identified in the area.

        3.3 VAULTS AND SAFES  

        The primary storage, security and safekeeping for the majority of cash holdings, valuables and high value documents in a facility are kept in the designated vault and/or safe.

        Vault

        In addition to the electronic security systems identified in Section 3, the following physical measures are to be incorporated:

          
         1.Vaults are to have walls, floor and ceiling of steel reinforced concrete with a minimum thickness of 30cm.
         2.Reinforcing is to be in horizontal and vertical staggered rows of 10cm forming a grid pattern using No5 diameter deformed steel bars. A minimum of at least two (2) grid patterns shall be used.
         3.The grids are to be in parallel with the face of the walls and secured using beam bolsters, wall ties or upper continuous high chairs and fastened together at the corners.
         4.The use of modular panels can be used if materials are rated to provide protection against attack using a cutting torch (oxyacetylene), mechanical and/or electrical tools for a net working time of 60 minutes.
         5.The main door is to be constructed of high strength stainless steel with a minimum thickness of 10cm. The door is to provide protection against attack using a cutting torch (oxyacetylene), mechanical and/or electrical tools for a net working time of 60 minutes.
         6.A double rotary mechanical combination and key system is to be used for access control of the main door. The keys are to be under dual control of two (2) senior bank/branch officers. Spare keys are to be kept and combinations are to be kept In a neighbouring branch vault.
         7.The frame of the main door is to be welded to the walls reinforcing bars and filled with concrete.
         8.A steel day gate is to be fitted with two (2) high security cylinders on both sides.
         9.If an optional emergency door is installed it must conform to the specifications of the main door.
         10.An emergency vault ventilator must be provided in the wall or vault door.
         11.A telephone is to be fitted inside the vault.
         12.All cables connected to the vaults security and safety systems are to be secured and protected within steel conduit.
         
        Storage Requirements  
        The purpose of the below table is to provide a minimum security requirement for the identified amounts of cash and valuables. Where extremely high amounts (in excess of SR 20,000,000) are stored, protection levels and specifications are to be investigated and assessed separately.  

         

        Storage Requirement for Cash and Valuables 
         

        Amount / Value

        (Cash and Valuables)

        Storage Type   
        Over SR 2,000,000Vault   
        SR 500,000 to SR 2,000,000Safe 'Type A'   
        Up to SR 500,000Safe 'Type B'   

         

        Safes

        A safe is defined as a free standing, prefabricated secure storage unit whose protection originates in the prefabrication and which does not have holes through the protection other than those for locks and cables for anchoring.

        The safe is to be designed and manufactured to meet stringent international testing authority standards and be approved and/or listed by an international recognised testing laboratory or agency.

        The safe is to have a dual control mechanism that consist of one (1) of the following:

          
         1.2 x Combination Locks
         2.2 x Key Locks
         3.Combination and Key Lock
         

        The safe is to be fire tested and certified to international standards for a resistance of one (1) hour.

        The safe must be positioned in a Restricted Area will the associated protection and systems identified within these guidelines.

        Type A:

        The minimum weight for this safe is 750kg (empty) and must be securely anchored to the concrete floor using two (2) internal bolts that is only accessible from inside the safe.

        All six (6) sides (including the door) must be resistant to a cutting torch (oxyacetylene), mechanical and/or electrical tools for a net working time of 30 minutes.

        Type B:

        The minimum weight for this safe is 200kg and must be securely anchored to the concrete floor using two (2) internal bolts that is only accessible from inside the safe.

        All six (6) sides (including the door) must be resistant to a cutting torch (oxyacetylene), mechanical and/or electrical tools for a net working time of 15 minutes.

        3.4 Safety Deposit Box Room  

        Customer safety deposit boxes are to be contained within a room that incorporates the same requirements and standards as listed above for a vault.

        The electronic security systems (Section 3) are also those required for this location. Special attention in the fitting of the internal CCTV camera is to be considered to ensure it does not cover the area designated for the customer to inspect its content.

        All safety deposit boxes are to have dual control high security cylinders.

          
        3.5 Strong Rooms  
        In addition to the use of the above listed vault and safes there may be a requirement to store other sensitive material and documents separately. These items may include the following:
         
          
         1.Documents classified Confidential and above.
         2.Stocks of Cheque Books.
         3.Bills, Securities and Guarantees.
         4.Official Seals
         5.Shares and Bond Documents
         6.Spare Master Keys
         
        If existing facilities for storage are not available, the strong rooms are to have the same requirements designated for the vault. The only differences are as follows:
         
         1.Vaults are to have walls, floor and ceiling of steel reinforced concrete with a minimum thickness of 15cm.
         2.The main door is to be constructed of high strength stainless steel with a minimum thickness of 10cm. The door is to provide protection against attack using a cutting torch (oxyacetylene), mechanical and/or electrical tools for a net working time of 15 minutes.
         
        3.6 Cabinets  

        In addition to the above listed secure storage rooms there may be a requirement to secure and protect other materials.

        The use of cabinets primarily provides protection against fire and environmental damage. Whilst they do provide a level of security this should be considered limited.

        All cabinets are to have locks that, if tampered with, will provide visual evidence.

        Fire Resistant Cabinets:

        The safe is to be fire tested and certified to international standards for a resistance of one (1) hour.

        The fire resistant cabinets are designed to protect environmentally sensitive items such as:

          
         1.Microfilms and Microfiche
         2.Insurance Files
         3.Documents classified below Confidential
         

        Steel Cabinets:

        The steel cabinets are designed to protect sensitive items such as:

         1.Account Documents
         2.Unclassified Mail
         3.Specimen Signatures
         4.Date, Authority and Signature Stamps
         5.Registers
         6.Security and Safety Plans
         
        3.7 Fire Safety Equipment  

        The risk of a fire in a facility is potentially greater than any other form of hazard or incident type. The ability to effectively detect and quickly extinguish a fire is critical in minimising the potential damage to life and the assets of the bank.

        In addition to the electronic safety systems (Section 3) it is the use of automated and hand held fire suppression systems that will ensure an effective response.

        The positioning, quantity and use of these equipments are available through international standards (eg NFPA), Civil Defence standards and requirements. These should also be clearly identifies within the Corporate Security and Safety Plan along with the identification of responsible personnel, their training on how to use the equipment and in emergency evacuation procedures.

        The main suppression equipment types are as follows:

        Water Sprinkler Systems:

        Dependant upon Civil Defence requirements on the locations, standards and specifications the bank is to install an automated water sprinkler system to all underground car parking areas.

        Clean Gaseous Systems:

        In sensitive electrical locations there is a requirement to minimise the damage to the equipment in the event of an automated system activating.

        This is achieved by using a system such as FM200 (or equivalent) but will require the room to be sealed against air leaks. Due to the non toxic nature of this type of system it is also considered essential in similar areas that are occupied by bank staff and/or contractors.

        Fire Extinguishers and Fire Hoses:

        A wide range of fire extinguisher types are available (water, powder, chemical) and their positioning will be dependant upon the locations they are designed to protect.

        The majority of extinguishers will be water based (Class A Fires). Electrical / Computer rooms will require the use of dry powder types (Class C Fires) and positioned accordingly. The minimum capacity for any extinguisher is to be not less than 6kg.

        Should extinguishers over 10kg be required they should be trolley based.

        The positioning of fire hoses is to ensure sufficient coverage is achieved between them so that no area cannot be reached or is inaccessible.

        Emergency water supplies are to be available to support the hoses in the event of a failure of the mains water supply. This can be achieved by reserving a given amount of water in the existing water tanks or by having a separate tank specifically for the fire fighting system.

        The use of generators (Section 3) will also be required to support the pumps in the event of power loss.

        Signage is to be located at each position where extinguishers and fire hoses are fitted.

        As a minimum requirement they are to be located in the following areas:

          
         1.Floor lobby areas
         2.Emergency Exits
         3.Restricted Areas (Fire Extinguishers dependant upon type required)
      • Section 5 Cash in Transit - Bank Procedures

        Synopsis 
         
        This section describes the minimum requirements, procedures and standards for Cash in Transit (CIT) operations for all banks.
         
        1.0 INTRODUCTION  

        The Cash in Transit (CIT) operations currently pose the greatest risk to the banks. It is during the transit and movement of cash and valuables between the secure storage locations that it is most vulnerable.

        This section describes the internal procedures and requirements of the bank for the movement, handling and safeguarding of cash and valuables.

        As all banks outsource the CIT function a separate document has been prepared for companies that provide this service.

        This section is designed to work in coordination and conjunction with the other section requirements outlined within the SAMA Guidelines.

          
        2.0 DEFINITION OF TERMS  

        Cash:

        Includes both local and foreign currency bank notes and coins.

        Valuables:

        Includes all negotiable documents and materials such as cheques, bills, bonds and guarantees. This also includes precious stones, metals and customer safety deposit boxes.

        CIT Manager:

        This person is assigned by the bank and responsible for the internal coordination of the CIT service and is to be assisted by identified personnel for kingdom wide operations.

        Consignor:

        The person or party involved in the dispatch/sending of the cash or valuables.

        Consignee:

        The person or party involved in the receipt of the cash or valuables.

          
        3.0 RECORDS AND DOCUMENTATION  

        To ensure the security and safety of the CIT operations the bank is responsible for maintaining and coordinating the necessary documentation for the movement and handling of cash and valuables.

        The following records and documentation are required:

          
         1.CIT Operating Schedule - an operating schedule is to be prepared by the bank or CIT service provider for all transportation, deliveries, pick ups and ATM replenishments. The schedule is to be sent to the police by the end of the previous working day. Copies of the schedule are to be held by the bank and CIT service provider.
         2.CIT Transfer Record - a transfer record of all cash and valuables is to be maintained by the bank and include the following:
         
          a.Names and signatures of carriers, consignees and consignor
          b.Date and time of transfer
          c.Cash amount or content of consignment
          d.Condition of consignment
          e.Seal numbers
          f.Departure and destination
         
         3.Corporate Security and Safety Plan (CSSP) - the CSSP is to include a detailed list of procedures and processes for the internal movement and handling of cash and valuables. These procedures are to be sent to SAMA for verification and approval. Procedures are required for the following:
         
          a.Custodians / ATM replenishment teams
          b.Branches (Vaults / Safes / Safety Deposit Boxes)
          c.Cash Centres / Holding Areas
         

        The bank is responsible for the compliance of these guidelines and may utilise the services of an external security consultant to ensure the CIT requirements are met for all applicable facilities and equipment.

        The CIT Manager and/or the Security and Safety Manager are responsible for the implementation, coordination and maintenance of the above requirements.

        4.0 TRANSPORTATION REQUIREMENTS  

        The external transportation of cash and valuables is primarily undertaken by CIT service providers. The requirements, procedures and regulations for these companies are contained within the separate document 'Cash in Transit Procedures for Transportation Companies'.

        To ensure the secure and safe movement and handling of cash and valuables, the minimum requirements for banks are as follows:

          
         1.Canvas Bag Container - to have a double flap and be capable of attaching a uniquely numbered plastic or metal seal.
         2.Cassette Container - to be constructed of heavy duty plastic or metal and be capable of attaching a uniquely numbered plastic or metal seal.
         3.Self Sealing Container - to be constructed of thin gauged plastic and be individually coded and/or numbered.
         

        The bank is responsible for the coordination, verification and performance of the CIT service provider. Regular assessments of the service providers' procedures are to be conducted by the CIT Manager, Security and Safety Manager and/or external consultant.

        The transportation of cash and valuables outside the banks property is to be notified to the appointed police contact by the bank or CIT service provider.

        Should the CIT service provider not be able to deliver a consignment in time the SLA is to clearly identify the procedures for storing and securing it until it can be delivered.

        The use of the above-mentioned CIT Operating Schedule will ensure the police are aware of the routes, locations and activities.

        Whilst it is preferable to have a police escort and presence during the delivery operations and ATM replenishment it may not be possible due to availability of resources. It is the banks responsibility to ensure they are informed and maintain the CIT schedule they, or the service provider, has established.

        The CIT Manager is responsible for the coordination of the schedule and that the police are provided sufficient notice.

        5.0 CIT-PREPARATION  
        To ensure suitable supervision, accountability and security in the preparation of the cash and valuables for transportation, this is to be a dual control operation. A minimum of two (2) bank employees are responsible for the counting, packing and sealing of the bags/containers. Ultimate responsibility is with the following personnel:
         
          
         1.Cash Officer
         2.Chief Cashier / Teller
         

        Nominated deputies can undertake this task but must be authorised by the above.

        Dual control is to be maintained until the transfer has taken place and the CIT Transfer Form has been completed.

        The Branch Manager or Cash Centre Manager is to coordinate with the above staff to identify the transfer of cash and valuables for the next working day with the CIT service provider.

        The CIT Manager or representatives are to ensure the CIT Transfer Forms and Records are correctly completed, maintained and securely stored for each location.

        6.0 CIT-DISPATCH  

        Once the preparatory phase has been completed the two (2) authorised personnel are to recheck seals and the security of the bags or containers and verify the transporting personnel against their ID cards.

        On completion and signing of the CIT Delivery Receipt Form the bags or containers are to be handed over to the authorised carriers.

        The original and a copy of the CIT Transfer Form are to be sent in a sealed envelope to the consignee.

        If cash or valuables are being sent to SAMA an authorised bank employee is to be present during the handover. The authorised employee is to acknowledge the receipt of the consignment from the carriers after checking the bags or containers are securely sealed.

        The authorised bank employee is then to deposit the consignment, forward the deposit receipt and record the transaction.

          
        7.0 CIT - RECEIPT  

        Only authorised bank employees are to receive the cash and valuables from the carrier along with the CIT Transfer Form.

        On verifying that the bags or containers are securely sealed the two (2) authorised bank employees are to sign the CIT Delivery Receipt Form.

        On confirming the contents of the bags or containers are correct and in order, the two (2) authorised bank employees are to sign the CIT Transfer Form.

        On completion and recording of the checks and receipt of the consignment, a copy of the CIT Transfer Form is to be sent to the consignor.

        The Cash Officer or Cash Centre Manager is responsible for checking the forms and records in line with the procedures laid down in the CSSP.

        Cash and valuables being received from SAMA is to follow the above (6.0) requirements.

          
        8.0 CIT - DISCREPANCIES  
        If a discrepancy Is identified during the preparation, receipt or delivery of cash and valuables the following actions are to be undertaken:
         
          
         1.

        Insecure Bags or Containers - in the event of tampering, missing seals and/or any other signs of insecurity of the bags or containers they are to be refused unsigned and returned to the carrier immediately for investigation.

        The authorised checking personnel are to make a report and the following are notified and sent a copy of the report:
         

          a.Cash Officer / Cash Centre Manager
          b.Branch Manager
          c.CIT Manager / Regional Representative
          d.Consignor Manager
         
          

        When returned consignor the bag or container is to be checked by the original authorised personnel for verification.

        In the event of a loss of cash or valuables a report is to be prepared and signed by both the consignor and consignee.
         

         2.Discrepancy in Cash or Valuables - in the event of a discrepancy between the CIT Transfer Form and the contents of the bag or container the above actions are to be followed once a confirmation has been made between the Branch Manager / Cash Centre Manager and the consignor regarding the CIT Transfer Form..
         

        All original reports are to be held and maintained by the CIT Manager for safe keeping.

        Dependant upon the nature of the incident and whether it was resolved or not, the CIT Manager may involve the Security and Safety Manager and/or other identified personnel should further investigations be required.

        Training is to be provided for personnel authorised to conduct these operations that includes the following:

         1.Anti Money Laundering (AML)
         2.Procedures and processes for the movement of cash and valuables as per the CSSP
         3.Procedures in the event of armed robbery and/or criminal acts
         
        9.0 ATM  

        The replenishment and servicing of Automated Teller Machines (ATM) is to be regarded as a CIT operation when the machine cannot be replenished within a secure area.

        The replenishment operation is to be undertaken by a minimum of two (2) authorised personnel.

        All replenishment operations are to be conducted in the presence of armed guards.

        Lobby ATMs:

        Where relevant, all doors and access points to the ATM lobby or replenishment area are to be secured and locked prior to the opening of the ATM.

        The use of blinds and screens are to be maximised to prevent unnecessary visibility of the replenishment operation.

        External ATMs:

        The replenishment teams will be assisted by the team in the armoured car. The cash containers are to remain in the vehicle until they are required and are as close to the ATM as possible.

        During the replenishment the armoured car team is to remain vigilant and is responsible for the protection of the team and the cash containers.

        Dependant upon availability the police may also be present to provide additional security and protection to the replenishment teams and the cash containers.

        Should the replenishment schedule change from the prepared itinerary this is to be communicated back to the CIT Manager or regional representative. Any changes are to be sent to the nominated contact in the police to ensure their presence during transit and replenishment operations.

        Police presence is dependant upon availability of resources and CIT operations should maintain their schedule of timings and identified routes.

        Training is to be provided for personnel authorised to conduct these operations that includes the following:

          
         4.ATM Security and Safety Systems
         5.Procedures and processes for the movement of cash and valuables as per the CSSP
         6.Procedures in the event of armed robbery and/or criminal acts
      • Section 6 Security Guards for Main Buildings and Branches

        Synopsis 
         
        This section describes the minimum requirements and standards for Security Guards operating throughout the banks Main Buildings and Branches.
         
        1.0 INTRODUCTION  

        In addition to the installation and implementation of other security and safety measures to protect the banks' main buildings and branches, a security guarding service to be used.

        The purpose of using security guards is to enhance the electronic and procedural measures employed to protect, deter and mitigate the effects of a serious incident and/or criminal activity.

        No single system in isolation is completely effective, and it is only through their layered approach, physical barriers, manned guarding, effective management and clearly identified procedures and policies can their use be fully maximized to best effect.

        The guidelines contained within this document are designed to provide a minimum requirement that must be met and included for the use of security guards for the banks main buildings and branches.

          
        2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES AND REQUIREMENTS  

        The security guard(s) is intended to compliment the use of other security and safety systems, measures and equipment.

        The deployment of security guards throughout the banks main buildings and branches is to be closely monitored and supervised by the service provider and the banks personnel.

        To ensure sufficient guards are available to carry out their responsibilities, an assessment is to be carried out to identify the quantity and requirements. This can be part of the Security Risk Assessment or undertaken as a separate report.

        The security guards can be contractors or directly employed by the bank.

        Detailed responsibilities and requirements are to be identified within the Corporate Security and Safety Plan (CSSP) and controlled, monitored and enforced by the Security and Safety Manager.

        The primary responsibilities of the security guard is as follows:

          
         1.Provide an effective physical and visual deterrent.
         2.Provide effective control of access and entry points.
         3.Provide an effective response to security and safety incidents.
         
        The primary requirements of the security guard is as follows:
         
         1.They are to be a Saudi national.
         2.Clearly identifiable and appropriate uniform is to be worn at all times.
         3.Maintain the Security Guard Shift Report.
         4.Fully trained and prepared for their function and location.
         
        All security guard reception/entry locations are to maintain a Shift Report that records all the events and activities for each shift. The security guard/supervisor is to include the following Information:
         
         1.Date, time and guard names for each shift changeover.
         2.Suspicious activity identified during the shift period.
         3.Incidents/Events during the shift period.
         4.Activation of Alarms.
         5.Security and Safety equipment check and test.
         

        The Security and Safety Manager is to ensure that the information contained within the Security Guard Shift Report is reported, acknowledged and any appropriate action taken. Apart from immediate/emergency actions the report is to be checked and acknowledged at the start of each working day.

        Prior the changeover between shifts, the oncoming guard is to have physically checked his area of responsibility and acknowledged the content of the previous shift report.

        All security guard locations are to have detailed Post Instructions that clearly identify their function, responsibilities, incident response and reporting chain. These will form part of the CSSP (Section 2).

        The effective use of security guards will greatly reduce the risk of criminal elements considering the facility a potential target for their activities and in preventing easy access.

        3.0 ACCESS CONTROL  

        One of the primary responsibilities of the security guard is the control of access to the building or branch.

        To assist in the control and identification of personnel an ID Card system is to be employed by all banks.

        All security guards are to be aware of the Restricted Areas within their area of responsibility.

        All buildings and branches are to have 24 hour security guard presence and working hours and overtime are to conform to the regulations laid down in the Saudi Labor Law and are the responsibility of the service provider.

        The security guards are responsible for the enforcement of a Clear Desk Policy and are to report any infringements within their shift reports.

          
        3.1 Main Buildings  
        To ensure the identity and control of the different personnel working and visiting the building, the following are to be clearly identified:
         
          
         1.Permanent Employees
         2.Contractors
         3.Visitors
         

        The security guard is to enforce the wearing and prominent display of the issued ID cards by all personnel working and visiting the building.

        A Building Log Sheet is to be maintained at each reception/access point. The log sheets are to include all personnel (without ID) and visitors that enter the building. The information is to include the following:
         

         1.Name, contact number and date
         2.Type of ID used
         3.Person Visited / Employee Dept
         4.Time in and out
         
        Visitors are issued temporary ID cards once the following has been confirmed:
         
         1.Confirmation of visit/appointment by bank employee.
         2.Confirmation of visitor by official identification (picture and name).
         

        Visitors are not to be given access without being escorted by the visited bank employee or a security guard. The bank employee is responsible for their visitor until they are returned to the reception desk and logged out.

        The bank is to establish clear policies and procedures on the identification, issuance and control of an ID card system. These are to be contained within the CSSP (Section 2).

        3.2 Branches  
        To ensure the identity and control of the different personnel working in the branch, the following are to be clearly identified:
         
          
         1.Permanent Employees
         2.Contractors
         

        The security guard is to enforce the wearing and prominent display of the issued ID cards by all employees and contractors whilst working in the branch.

        Customers are only permitted entry during the banks official opening hours.

        Cash In Transit (CIT) operations are considered a separately and can be found in Section 5.

        Bank employees are only permitted access to the branch during out of hours if prior permission has been provided by the Branch Manager or his nominated deputy.

        Access to the branch out of working hours, regardless of permission, is to be visually confirmed by the guard prior to allowing entry.

        The bank is to establish clear policies and procedures on the identification, issuance and control of an ID card system. These are to be contained within the CSSP (Section 2).

        3.3 Cleaning Personnel  

        All cleaning personnel are to be escorted and/or supervised whilst working within Restricted Areas during out of hours. This can be undertaken by a bank employee or the security guard dependent upon the policy of the bank.

        The contract company providing the cleaning services are to issue a list of all personnel, and their duty hours, to the building reception desk or branch security guard.

        Changes to the names and/or hours are to be confirmed in writing by the nominated supervisor/manager of the service provider.

          
        4.0 ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS  

        Whilst it is mandatory for all buildings and branches to maintain 24 hour security, the installation of a remotely monitored alarm/surveillance capability may be considered for the reduction in security guard numbers and presence.

        All implemented and/or proposed systems should be prepared in writing and sent direct to SAMA for review and consideration.